RETURN TO LIBRÄRY OF MflRINE BIOLOGICÄL LÄBORÄTORY WOODS HOLE. MASS. LOANED BY AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI UTGIFVET AF K. SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADEMIEN I STOCKHOLM MED 38 AFHANDLINGAR OCH 35 TAFLOR UPPSALA & STOCKHOLM ALMQVIST & WIKSELLS BOKTKYCKEEI-A.-E. BERLIN LONDON PARIS R. FBIEDLÄNDER & SOHN WILLIAM WESLEY & SON LIBRAIRIE C. KLINCKSIECK 11 CABLSTRASSE 28 ESSEX STREET. STRAND 11 RUE DE LILLE 1911 — 1913 \^ \p Häftet 1 iunehållande N:o I— 11 utkom den 25 januari 1911. » 2 » » 12—21 » » 23 december 1911. » 3 » » 22—27 » »12 april 1912. » 4 » » 28—38 » » 12 febiuari 1913. /\5)0 SJUNDE BANDETS INNEHALL. Sid. 1. Hägg, R., Interglaziale und postglaziale Meeresmollusken aus Feuerland und Siidpatagonien als Beweis fur ein wärmeres Klima als das jetzige 1 — 26 2. Lönnberg, E., Remarks on the dentition of Delphinapterus leucas. 1 — 18 3. AuRiviLLius, Chk., Neue öder wenig bekannte Coleoptera Lon- gicornia 11 1 — 44 4. Odhner, N., Marine Mollusca of Iceland in the collections of the Svvedish State Museum. Wiht 1 Plate 1—31 5. AsHWORTH, J. H., An account of Arenicola loveni Kinb. With 1 Plate 1—19 6. Lönnberg, E., Contributions to the knowledge of the genus Potamochcerus 1 — ^40 7. Andersson, L. G., Reptiles and Batrachians from the north-west of Madagascar colleeted by V. Kaudern 1906 — 1907 .... 1 — 15 8. Lönnberg, E., Tvvo new Snakes from Lower Congo 1 — 8 9. , A new Subspeoies of Clawless Otter {Aonyx capensis congica) from Lower Congo 1 — 8 10. — — — , The pelvic Bones of some Cetacea 1 — 15 11. Rosenius, P., Ornithologiska iakttagelser i Algeriet. Med 6 taflor 1 — 38 ^ 12. Trägårdh, i., Discomegistus, a new genus of myriopodophilous Parasitida^ from Trinidad, with notes on the Heterozerconinae 1 — 21 13. RuNNSTRÖM, J., Untersuchungen iiber die Permeabilität des Seeigeleies fiir Farbstoffe. 1 ' 1 — 17 14. Gyldenstolpe, Nils, Short Xotes on a collection of Birds from Russian Turkestan 1 — 20 15. Björck, W., Bidrag til! kännedomen om Decapodernas larvut- veckling. 1. Passiphaea. Med 1 tafla 1 — 17 16. Thulin, G., Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Tardigradenfauna Sehwe- dens 1 — 60 17. Andersson, L. G., A new Leptodactylus and a new Nototrema from Brazil. With 2 Plates 1—6 18. Sjöstedt, Y., Cber die von Herrn Professor Einar Lönnberg in British Ostafrika eingesammelten Termiten 1 — 3 19. AuRiviLLius Chr., Neue öder wenig bekannte Coleoptera Longi- cornia. 12 1 — 41 20. Sjöstedt, Y., Neue afrikanische Termiten im schwedischen Reichsmuseum 1 — 18 21. Adlerz, g., Tiphia /emora^a Eabr., dess lefnadssätt och utveck- lingsstadier 1 — 19 Sid. 22. TRyBOM, F., Physapoden gesammelt von der Schwedischen Ex- pedition nach dem Brittischen Ostafrika 1 — 12 23. Stolley, E., trber einige Cephalopoden aus der unteren Kreide Patagoniens. Mit 1 Tafel 1—19 24. Lönnberg, E.. and Neuman, L. G., Scorpions, Solpugids and Ixodides collected by the Swedish Zoological Expedition to Brit. East Africa 1911 1—8 25. Rosén, N., Studies on the Plectognaths. 1. With 2 Plates . . 1—24 26. Lönnberg, E., and Budde-Lund, G., Crustacea collected by the Swedish Zoological Expedition to British East Africa 1911 . 1 — 9 27. Sjöstedt, Y., Neue Termiten aus Tripolis, Ober-Ägypten, Abes- sinien, Erithrea, dem Galla- und Somalilande 1 — 17 \ 28. Trägårdh, L, Contributions towards the comparative Morpho- logy and Phylogeny of the Parasitidae (Gamasidae) .... 1 — 24 29. Lenz, H., Afrikanische Crustaceen aus schwedischen Sammlun- gen 1—10 30. Rosén, N., Studies on Plectognaths. 2. With 2 Plates .... 1—23 31. Kemner, a., Beiträge zur Kenntnis einiger schwedischen Koleop- terenlarven. 1. Mit 4 Tafeln 1—31 32. Michaelsen, W., Oligochaeten vom Kenia-Distrikt in Britisch Ostafrika, gesammelt von der Schwedischen Zoologischen Expedition 1911. Mit 1 Tafel 1—5 33. Trybom, F., Physapoden aus Natal und dem Zululande. Mit 5 Tafeln • 1—52 34. Lönnberg, E., On a Hypospadic Pseudohermaphroditic Elk . . 1 — 8 35. Henrici, P., trber die Muskulatur und Fussdriisen bei Tonicella marmorea F. Mit 3 Tafeln 1 — 17 36. Bengtsson, S., An Analysis of the Scandinavian species of Ephe- merida described by older authors 1 — 21 37. Sjöstedt, Y., Zur Orthopterenfauna des Kamerungebirges. Mit 3 Tafeln 1—30 38. — , Tj ber einige von Herrn Prof. E. Lönnberg in Britisch Ostafrika eingesammelte Orthopteren. Mit 3 Tafeln .... 1—28 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 1. Interglaziale imd postglaziale Meeresmollusken ans Feuerlaiid iiiul Suclpatagonien als Bewels fiir ein wärmeres Klima als das jetzige. Von RICHARD HÄGG. Mitgeteilt am 11. Mai 1910 durch Hj. Théel und G. Holm. Während der Expedition des Privatdozenten C. Skotts- berg nach dem siidlichen Siidamerika 1907 — 1909 sammelte Cand. Phil. T. Halle quartäre Meeresmollusken aus drei ver- schiedenen Lokalen ein. Zwei von diesen Lokalen sind auf Feuerland belegen und eines in Siidpatagonien. Cand. Halle iibergab diese Fossilien der zoopaläontologischen Abteilung des Natiirhistorischen Reichsmuseums in Stockholm. Durch das Entgegenkommen des Herrn Professor G. Holm wurde mir Gelegenheit gegeben, diese Mollusken näher zu unter- suchen. — Ich habe bereits einige Angaben hieriiber gemacht in einer von Cand. T. Halle verfassten Abhandlung, betitelt: »On Quaternary Deposits and changes of level in Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego» in BuU. Geol. Inst. Upsala. vol. 9. Upsala 1910. In dieser Abhandlung beschreibt Cand. Halle die geologischen Verhältnisse näher. I. Interglaziale Ablageniiig auf Gable Island. Diese Insel liegt in Feuerland im Beagle-Channel nörd- lich von der Navarin-Insel. J. G. Andersson (1908) ent- deckte das Vorhandensein dieser Ablagerung während Otto Nordenskjöld's schwedischer Siidpolarexpedition 1901 — 1903. ÄfTciv för zoologi. Band 7. ^:o 1. 1 2 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Die von J. G. Andersson gesammelten Fossilien gingen mit der »Antarktik» verloren. Die Ablagerung besteht zn oberst aus Moräne, worin J. G. xA.ndersson seine Fossilien fand. Unter der Moräne kommen dann in einer Starke von 10 — 30 m iiber dem Meeresspiegel abwechselnd Schichten von Kies und Sand. Die behandelten Schalen wurden hier in grobem Sand gefunden nahe der Oberfläche der unteren Serie an einer Stelle. wo der Sand nur bis c:a 10 m tiber den Meeresspiegel reicht. Die Unterlage ist nioht bekannt. Die gesammelten Fossilien sind : Savatieria duhia, Euihria rosea, Euthria cerealis, Euthria meridionalis, Euihria Mar- tensi, Antistreptus magellanicus, Trophon laciniatus, Trophon dispar, Cerithium pullum, Pecten patagonicus, Venus Dombeyi, eine Muschel, die sich nicht bestimmen lässt, und Balanus spec. 1. Savatieria dubia, Strebel. Savatieria frigida, Roch. et Mab. 1891 p. 65, Taf. 2, Fig. 5. Savatieria dubia, Strebel 1905 p. 641, Taf. 21, Fig. 18, 18 a — c, 4 Exemplare. Das grösste: Alt. 15 mm (die äusserste Spitze fehlt). Heutige geographische und batymetrische Verbreitung und Boden: Westpatagonien, Smyth Channel (Strebel 1905). • Magalhaen-Strasse (11 — 275 m Lehm Strebel 1905). Feuerland: Beagle Channel (22 — 143 m, Roch. et Mab. 1891; 7—26 m Lehm. Strebel 1905; Strebel 1908), Nava- rin Insel (18—26 m Strebel 1905), Baie Orange (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Falkland-Inseln (Strebel 1905). Roch. et Mab. (1885) erwähnen die Art als in Patago- nien vorkommend. Diese Angabe bezieht sich vermutlich auf Feuerland; denn in der späteren Arbeit (1891) dieser Ver- fasser iiber dasselbe Material wird nicht Patagonien, sondern nur Feuerland erwähnt unter Angabe desselben Maximal- masses. Batymetrische Verbreitung somit 7 — 275 m. Ist friiher nicht in quartären Ablagerungen gefunden worden. R. HAGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 3 Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gehieten: Smyth Channel Alt. 6, 9 mm (Strebel 1905). Magalhaen- Strås se Alt. 6, 8 mm (Strebel 1905). Beagle Channel Alt. 7,7 mm (Strebel 1905). Sudfeuerland. Alt. 7, o mm (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Die Art ist also sowohl lebend als auch fossil im Beagle Channel gefunden worden. Ihrer Frequenz und Grösse nach zu urteilen, scheint die eigentliche Heimat dieser Art das slidliche Feuerland zu sein. Zu bemerken wäre, dass sie während der interglazialen Zeit beinahe doppelt so gross gewesen zu sein scheint wie jetzt. 2. Euthria rosea Homb. et Jacq. Fasus roseus. Homb. et Jacq. Rousseau p. 107. Taf. 25. Euthria rosea Strebel 1905 p. 616. Taf. 91, Fig. 1—4. 2 Exemplare. Das grösste: Alt. 25 mm (Spitze fehlt.). Heutige geographische und batymetrische Verbreitimg tmd Boden : Westpatagonien: Smyth Channel (15 m Strebel 1905). Magalhaen Strasse. (Rousseau; 6—275 m Lehm, Sand, Strebel 1905). Feuerland: Beagle Channel (15 — 55 m Lehm, Sand, Stre- bel 1905. Falkland- 1 nseln (40 m. Sand. Strebel 1908). Batymetrische Verbreitung somit 6 — 275 m. Ist fossil in quartären Ablagerungen friiher nicht gefun- den worden. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gehieten: Smyth Channel. Alt. a) lebend, 13,2 mm, b) tote Schalen 15 mm (Strebel 1905). Magalhaen- Strasse Alt. a) lebend, 18 mm (Rousseau) 15,8 mm (Strebel 1905), b) tote Schalen 17,5 mm (Strebel 1905). Beagle Channel Alt. 16,4 mm (Strebel 1905). Ist also sowohl lebend als auch fossil im Beagle Chan- nel gefunden worden. Scheint somit ihr eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet in der Magalhaen-Strasse zu haben. Die fossilen Exemplare iiber- treffen die grössten jetzt lebenden ganz bedeutend an Grösse. 4 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. 3. Euthria cerealis. Roch. et Mab. RocH. et Mab. 1885 p. 100. Roch. et Mab. 1891 p. 60. Taf. Fig. 4. Strebel 1905 p. 623. T. 21. Fig. 10, 10 a. 1 Exemplar. Alt. 8, mm. Heutige geographische und batymetrische Verbreitung und Boden: Westpatagonien: Smyth Channel (14 m Strebel 1905). Feuerland (Roch. et Mab. 1885): Beagle Channel (21—198 m, Roch. et Mab. 1891; Ebbstrand — 22 m Strebel 1905) Baie Orange (Roch. et Mab. 1891), Picton-Insel (6 m, Stre- bel 1905). Falkland-Inseln (2 m, Strebel 1905). Batymetrisehe Verbreitung somit Ebbstrand — 198 m. Ist fossil in quartären Ablager ungen vorher nicht gefunden worden. Maxi7nalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Beagle Channel. Alt. 9,i mm (Strebel 1905). Picton-Insel. Alt. 9,6 mm (Strebel 1905). Siidfeuerland. Alt. 9 mm (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Ist demnach sowohl lebend als auch fossil im Beagle Channel gefunden worden. — Die Fossilien sind etwas kleiner als die grössten jetzt lebenden Exemplare. 4. Euthria meridionalis. E. A. Smith. E. A. Smith 1881. p. 29, tab. 4. fig. 6. Strebel 1885 p. 627. Taf. 21, fig. 11, 11 a— d. 2 Exemplare. Das grösste: Alt. 8,5 mm (Spitze und Basis fehlen). Heutige geographische und batymetrische Verbreitung. Westpatagonien: Portland Baj^ (18 m, Sand, Smith 1881; Roch. et Mab. 1891), Saint Andrew-Sound (Roch. et Mab. 1891), Puerta Bueno (Roch. et Mab. 1891), Smyth Channel (Strebel 1905). Magalhaen-Strasse (17 — 18 m, Sand, Smith 1881; 11—37 m, Strebel 1895). Feuerland: Beagle Channel (18 — 46 m, Strebel 1905). Batymetrische Verbreitung somit 11 — 46 m. Ist fossil in quartären Ablagerungen vorher nicht gefunden worden. R. HAGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLANI) U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 5 Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Smyth Channel. Tote Schalen Alt. 8,7 mm. (Strebel 1905). Magalhaen-Strasse Alt. 8,7 mm (Strebel 1905). Smyth Channel + Magalhaen-Strasse. Alt. 9 mm (Smith 1881). Findet sich also im Beagle Channel sowohl lebend als auch fossil. Ihrer Frequenz nach zu iirteilen, scheint diese Art ihr eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet in Westpatagonien zu haben. Die fossilen Exemplare sind etwas kleiner als die grössten jetzt lebenden. 5. Euthria Martensi. Strebel. Strebel 1905. p. 630, Taf. 21, Fig. 13, 13 a, b. 1 Exemplar. Alt. 6 mm (Spitze fehlt). Heutige geographische uncl hatymetrische Verbreitung: Westpatagonien: Smyth Channel (Strebel 1905). Magalhaen-Strasse (Strand — 37 m, Strebel 1905). Feuerland: Beagle Channel (9 — 27 m, Sand und Lehm, Strebel 1905). Batymetrische Verbreitung somit vom Strande — 37 m. In quartären Ablager ungen vorher nicht gefunden. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Magalhaen-Strasse. Alt. 9,5 mm (Strebel 1905). Beagle Chanriel. Alt. 10,3 mm (Strebel 1905). Findet sich also im Beagle Channel sowohl lebend als auch fossil. Ihrer Grösse nach zu urteilen, scheint diese Art ihr eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet im Beagle Channel zu haben. Die fossilen Exemplare sind kleiner als die grössten jetzt lebenden. 6. Antistreptus magellanicus. Dall. Antistreptus magellanicus. Dall 1902. p. 532. Euthria contraria, Strebel 1908. p. 29, Taf. 1, Fig. 4, 4 a— c. Antistreptus magellanicus. Dall 1908. p.315, Pl. 15. Fig. 14. 2 Exemplare: das grösste: Alt. 5 mm. 6 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Heutige geographische und hatymetrische Verbreitung und Boden: Magalhaen-Strasse (37 m, Kies, Dall 1902). Östliclier Einlauf in die MagalJiaen-Strasse (18 m, Sand, Dall 1908). Nordargentinien : 37° 57 s. Br. (100 m, Kies und Sand, Stre- BEL 1908). Batymetrische Verbreitung somit 18 — 100 m. Ist vorher in quartären Ablagerungen nicht gefunden worden. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gébieten: Magalhaen-Strasse. Alt. 4,5 mm. (Dall 1902). Nordargentinien. Tote Schale, Alt. 4,9 mm(STREBELl908). Die Art ist lebend also weder im Beagle Channel noch im iibrigen Feuerland gefunden worden, nur weiter nördlich. Kommt am nächsten in der Magalhaen-Strasse vor. Das Vorkommen dieser Art in der Ablagerung auf der Gable-Inse] könnte also als Beweis fiir ein etwas wärmeres Klima als das jetzige angesehen werden, ein Umstand, auf den auch eines der anderen Fossilien (Venus Domheyi) hin- deutet. Die fossilen Exemplare sind unbedeutend grösser als die grössten jetzt lebenden. Da diese Art als eine nörd- liche Art aufzufassen ist, bestärkt dieses die Ansicht betreffs eines wärmeren Klimas. 7. Trophon laciniatus, Martyn. Buccinum laciniatum Martyn Conehyl. univ. 1769 — 1784. p. 22, Taf. 12, Fig. 4. Murex foliaceus minor, Chemnitz 1795 p. 108. Fig. 1823 —1824. Fusus laciniatus Reeve 1847, Fig. 14 a — c. Trophon laciniatus Strebel 1904, p. 199, Fig. 1—8. 2 Exemplare. Das grösste: Alt. 20 mm. Heutige geographische und batymetrische Verbreitung und Boden : Chile: Puerto Montt (v. Mårtens 1869). W estjpatagonien (Cunningham 1871): Cbonos-Archipel. (Reeve 1847), Trinidad Channel (55 m, Sand, Smith 1881), Port Rosario (4—55 m, Sand, Smith 1881), Smyth Channel (Strebel 1904). K. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 7 Sudpatagonien : Cockle Cove^ (4—59 m, Smith 1881). Magalhaen-Strasse (Chemnitz 1795; Hupé; Philippi 1856 und 1857; Cunntngham^ 1871; Tryon 17— 18 m Sand; Smith 1881, Sandy Point {= Punta Arenas); Hidalgo, Dautzen- berg; Ebbstrand — 27 m Strebel 1904). Feuerland (v. Mårtens 1872): Beagle Channel (Roch. et Mab. 1891; 11—22 m. Strebel 1904), Baie Angot (Roch. et Mab. 1891), Baie Orange (Roch. et Mab. 1891; Lamy 1905 und 1906). Falkla7id-Inseln (Martyn; Lamarck 1843; TrYON; Hi- dalgo; Melville u. Stånden 1900; Strebel 1904; 25 m, Sand, Strebel 1908). Burdwoard Bank (137—150 m, Strebel 1908). Shag Rock Bank (160 m, Sand und Kies., Strebel 1908). Sildgeorgien (75 m, Lehm, ein junges Exemplar, Strebel 1908). Batymetrische Verbreitung somit Ebbstrand — 160 m. Ist in quartären Ablagerungen vorher nicht gefunden worden. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Smyth Channel. Alt. 28,4 mm (Strebel 1904). Magalhaen-Strasse Alt. 54 mm (Strebel 1904). Beagle Channel. Alt. 29,2 mm (Strebel 1904). Falkland-Inseln. Alt. 49, i mm (Strebel 1904). Alt. 45, i mm (Lamarck 1822 und 1843). Magalhaen-Strasse + Falkland-Inseln. Alt. 50,8 mm (Tryon 1880). Shag Rock Baiik. Alt. 16, i mm (Strebel 1908). Die Art ist demnach im Beagle Channel sowohl lebend als auch fossil gefunden worden. Nach Grösse und Frequenz zu urteilen, scheinen ihr eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet die Magalhaen-Strasse und die Falkland-Inseln zu sein. Die vor- liegenden fossilen Exemplare sind kleiner als die grössten bis dahin aus dem Beagle Channel bekannten. 8. Trophon dispar. Mabille et Rocheb. RocHEBRUNE et Mab. 1891 p. 57, Taf. 2. Fig. 3. 1 Exemplar. Alt. 5 mm (Spitze und Basis fehlt). ^ Da ich das Lokal auf der Karte nicht habe finden können, känn ich es, so wie Smith, ii ur flir Sudpatagonien angeben. ^ östlich von Punta Arenas niemals von ihm gefunden. Kein anderer Autor erwähnt diese Art als östlich von Punta Arenas vorkommend. 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Heutige geographische und hatymetrische Verbreitung: Feuerland: Beagle Channel. (25 m, Roch. et Mab. 1891). Baie Orange (21 m, Roch. et Mab. 1891). Batymetriscbe Verbreitung somit 21 — 25 m. Ist in quartären Ablagerungen zuvor nicht gefunden worden. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Sildfeuerland. Alt. 9 mm (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Die Art ist demnach im Beagle Channel sowohl lebend als auch fossil gefunden worden. Das vorliegende fossile Exemplar ist kleiner als die grössten bisher bekannten. 9. Ceritium pullum. Philippi, Ceritium pullum. Philtppi 1845. p. 66. » » Strebel 1905. p. 652, Taf. 23, Fig. 40 a— d. » coelatum. Couth, Gould, Wilkes Explor. Exped. p. 148, Fig. 174 a— d. » » Couth, Roch. et Mab. 1891. p. 40. » » E. A. Smith 1881. p. 32. 2 Exemplare. Das grösste. Alt. 11 mm (Spitze fehlt). Heutige geographische und hatymetrische Verbreitung und Boden : Westpatagonien: Smyth Channel (15 m Strebel 1905). Magalhaen-Strasse: (Philippi 1845; Hupé; Philippi 1856, 1857, Cunningham; Smith 1881, 37 m, Strebel 1905, 18— 275 m. Feuerland: Beagle Channel (9—28 m, Strebel 1905); (125 m, Kies, Strebel 1908); Navarin Island (18 — 55 m, Lehm, Strebel 1905), Strait le Maire (119 m, Strebel 1905), Baie Orange, (Smith 1881; Roch. et Mab. 1891), Wollaston Island (26—30 m Roch. et Mab. 1891). FalMand-Inseln (Melv. und Stånden 1901 ; Strebel 1905; Ebbstrand 7 m.; Strebel 1907, 16 — 40 m, Kies, Sand; Melv. u. Stånden 1908, Schalen). Sudlich von West-Falkland (197 m, Sand und Kies; Stre- bel 1908). R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS PEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 9 Puerto Charruca^ (37 m, Strebel 1905). Batymetrische Verbreitung demnach Ebbstrand — 275 m. Quartäre Fundorte. Chile: Coquimbo (Philippi 18S7). Da die Art nördlich vom Smyth Channel in Westpata- gonien nicht lebend 'gefunden worden ist, liegt die Möglich- keit vor, dass die Ablagerung, in welcher sie bei Coquimbo gefunden wurde, sich während eines kälteren Klimas als das jetzige gebildet hat. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gehieten: Smyth Channel Alt. 14,5 mm (Strebel 1905). Magalhaen-Strasse Alt. 15,7 m (Strebel 1905), grösser als 8,7 mm. (Philippi 1856, 1857). FalUand-Inseln. Alt. 14 mm (Strebel 1905). Die Art ist demnach sowohl lebend als auch fossil im Beagle Channel gefunden worden. Die vorliegenden fossilen Exemplare sind kleiner als die grössten bisher bekannten. Ihre eigentliche Heimat scheinen die Magalhaen-Strasse, Feuer- land und die Falkland-Inseln zu sein. 10. Pecten patagonicus. King. KiNG p. 134. Reeve 1855, Taf. 26, Fig. 110. Stempel p. 228. Mehrere Fragmente. Heulige geographische und batymetrische Verbreitung und Bode?} : W esipatagonien : Trinidad Channel (55 m Sand, Smith 1881), Port Rosario. (4—55 m, Sand, Smith 1881), Tom Bay (2—55 m, Schlamm, Smith 1881), Puorto Bueno (4 — 13 m, Smith 1881). Magalhaen-Strasse (King; D'Orbigny; Sowerby 1847 HupÉ; Reeve 1855; Philippi 1856; 1857; Cunningham Smith 1881; 1885, 17 m, Schlamm; Roch. et Mab. 1891 Dautzenberg). ^ Die geographische Lage dieses Lokals habe ich nicht aiisfindig machen können. 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Feuerland: Seno Almirantazgo = Admirality Sund (Stem- pel), Beagle Channel (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Ostpatagonien: Cape Fairweather (Pilsbry 1899). Falkland-Inseln (22 m, Smith 1885). Batymetrische Verbreitung also 2 — 55 m. In quartären Ablagerungen zuvor nicht gefunden. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gehieten: Magalhaen- Strasse : Long 63,5 mm (King) Long. 57 mm (d'Orbigny) Long. 54,2 mm (Hupé). Patagonien + Magalhaen-Strasse, Long. = 60, o mm (So- WERBY 1847). Die Art ist demnach im Beagle Channel sowohl lebend als auch fossil gefunden worden. Ihre eigentliche Heimat seheint die Magalhaen-Strasse und das siidliche Westpatago- nien zu sein. 11. Venus Dombeyi. Lamarck. Chama tliaca Molin a p. 203. Venus Doynheyi Lamarck 1818 p. 590. » chilensis Sowerby 1835 p. 41. Tapes Dombeyi Sowerby 1855 p. 696, tab. 150, fig. 118. Chione Dombeyi Römer p. 38, 39. Venus Dombeyi Stempel p. 236. Ein kleines Fragment der Skulptur erhaltener. H eldige geographische und batymetrische Verbreitung und Boden: Peru (Lamarck 1818; 1835); Chile (Molin a; Philippi 1845; Hupé; Römer): Arica (sehr gewöhnlich, d'Orbigny 1835); Iquique (STEMPEL),*Cobija (d'OR- bigny 1842), Coquimbo (Stempel), Valparaiso (d'Orbtgny 1835, 1842, Sowerby 1855), Talcahuano (Stempel), Puerto Montt (Stempel); Magalhaen-Strasse (sehr selten Philippi 1856; 1857). Quartäre Fundorte : Chile: Cobija (4—15 m ii. d. M., d'Orbigny 1842), Caldera (CoRBiNEAu), Copiapo (21 m ii. d. M. Darwin; Corbineau), Co- quimbo (Corbineau, Philippi 1887). Die Art ist somit ausser in Chile in quartären Ablage- rungen vorher nicht gefunden worden. R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 11 Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Peru: Long. 47 mm (Lamarck 1818; 1835). Chile: Long. 71,9 mm (Philippi 1845) Long. 52,3 mm(HupÉ). Peru + Chile: Long. 68 mm (d'Oebigny 1835). Die Art ist lebend also weder im Beagle Channel noch im iibrigen Feuerland gefunden worden. Der nächste Fundort ist die Magalhaen-Strasse, wo die Art nur einmal und zwar in sehr wenigen Exemplaren gefunden wurde. Der danach nächste Fundort ist Puerto Montt in Chile. Fehlt somit in dem ganzen dazwischenliegenden Westpatagonien. Die in der Magalhaen-Strasse vorkommenden Exemplare könnten somit als ein Relikt aus einem wärmeren Klima in postgla- zialer Zeit gedeutet werden. Die eigentliche Heimat der Art ist Chile. Das Vorhandensein in Ablagerungen auf Gable Is- land weist noch deutlicher als Antistreptus magellanicus darauf hin, dass während der interglazialen Zeit ein wärmeres Klima als das jetzige geherrscht hat. 12. Unbestimmbare Muschel. 7 Fragment e. 13. Balanus spec. 7 vollständig unbeschädigte Exemplare. Allgemeiues ilber die Fauna. Die Fauna ist als eine homogene Seichtwasserfauna zu betrachten. Mit Ausnahme von zwei x4rten, Antistreptus ma- gellanicus und Venus Dombeyi, wurden alle Arten in unmit- telbarer Nähe des Fundorts lebend gefunden. Die meisten Arten sind sehr gewöhnlich. Antistreptus inagellanicus und Venus Dombeyi deuten darauf hin, dass das Klima zu jener Zeit etwas wärmer war als das jetzige. Die erstere kommt nämlich, wie wir gesehen, lebend in der Magalhaen-Strasse, dem östlichen Einlauf in diesen Sund und in Nordargentinien vor. Die letztere findet sich lebend in Peru, Chile und als Relikt in der Magalhaen-Strasse, wo sie nur einmal und in sehr wenigen Exemplaren gefunden worden ist. Drei Arten kommen in der Ablagerung in Grössen vor, die die grössten heute lebenden Exemplare an Grösse iiber- 12 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 1. treffen. Savatieria duhia ist beinahe doppelt so gross als die grössten heutigen Exemplare; Euthria rosea ist bedeutend grösser als heutzutage, und Antistreptus magellanicus wird ebenfalls in etwas grösseren Exemplaren als jetzt gefunden. Zu bemerken ist, dass dieser Art jetzt in Nordargentinien grösser ist als in der Magalhaen-Strasse, was darauf hindeutet, dass sie ihr eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet in Nordargentinien hat. Dies könnte ja auch als Beweis dafiir angesehen werden, dass die Ablagerung sich Avährend eines wärmeren Klimas bildete. Dass das Klima auf keinen Fall kälter gewesen ist, geht daraus hervor, dass keine der Arten in dem antark- tischen Gebiet gefunden worden ist. Trophoji laciniatus ist die einzige Art, die jemals in kälteren Gegenden als in Feuer- land und auf den Falkland-Inseln vorgekommen ist. Ein einziges Mal ist die Art — und zwar nur ein sehr j unges Exemplar — in Siidgeorgien gefunden worden, welches Land somit als ausserhalb ihres eigentlichen Verbreitungsgebiets liegend angesehen werden muss. Infolge der Vorliebe dieser Arten fiir Wärme ist es aus- geschlossen, dass die Fauna in der Nähe eines Gletschers gelebt hat. Auch die Nähe einer Flussmiindung ist unwahr- scheinlich. Die Fauna macht den Eindruck, als ob sie unter giinstigen Verhältnissen gelebt hatte. Es ist zu bemerken, dass die Gatropoden die Musch ein an Anzahl sehr iiber treffen. Dass die Fauna tertiär öder präglazial sein könnte, ist natiir- lich ausgeschlossen. Sie macht einen sehr rezenten Eindruck. Die Exemplare sind im allgemeinen gut erhalten, Besonders hervorzuheben ist, dass alle Balaniden unbeschädigt sind, was z. B. in den unveränderten spätquartären Ablagerungen im westlichen Schweden ungewöhnlich ist. Nichts spricht somit dafiir, dass die Schalen transportiert worden sind. Zufolge der ablagernden Moräne muss man deshalb die Ablagerung als interglazial, während einer Zeit mit etwas wärmerem Klima als dem jetzigen gebildet, betrachten. Dieses ist die erste interglaziale Ablagerung, die aus Siidaraerika bekannt ist. II. Postglaziale Ablagerimg an der MiiiKlimg des Rio Grande. Dieses Lokal ist an der östhchen Kliste von Feuerland belegen. Die Ablagerung befindet sich einige hundert Meter R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 13 vom Meeresufer. Sie biidet eine sehr gut markierte Terrasse, die 18 m ii. d. M. liegt. Es ist dies der höchste sichere Punkt fiir marine spätk. Fossilien in Feuerland. Dabei ist dann jedoch Darwins Angabe iiber das Vorkommen von lose lie- genden Schalen, die von Vögeln öder auf andere Weise wei- tergetragen worden sein können, ausser Betracht gelassen. Die Ablagerung biidet die Aussenkante eines Deltas und be- stelit aus von Kies iiberlagertem Sand. Die Schalen sind im Sande gefunden worden. Von diesem Lokal sind nur zwei fossile Arten eingesam- melt worden und zwar: Nacella (Patinella) magellanica und Mytilus chilensis. 1. Nacella (Patinella) magellanica. Gmelin. Patella magellanica Gmelin p. 3702. Nacella magellanica Pilsbry 1891 p. » » Strebel 1907, p. 146, Taf. 6, 7. Zwei Exemplare: Das grösste Lo7ig. 54 mm. Alt. 32 mm, Lat. 42 mm. Heutige geographische und batymetrische Verhreitung und Boden : Chile: 42° S°B (nach Pelsexer), Puerto Montt (v. Mår- tens 1869). Westpatagonien: Chiloe (nach Pelsexer), Smyth Channel (Strebel 1907). llagalhaen-Strasse (Martini, Gmelix, Lamarck 1819; 1836; Reeve 1855; Wood; Philippi 1856; 1857; Cunningham; Dall 1876; Crosse; Hidalgo; Ebbstrand, Strebel 1907). Feuerland (v. Mårtens 1872): Hope Harbour (Seichtwas- ser, Pelsener), Beagle Channel (Seichtwasser, Pelsexer; Strebel 1907; 1908), Lennox Insel (Strand, Strebel 1907), Baie Orange (Roch. et Mab. 1891), Baie Angot (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Ostpatagonien: Cape Fairweather (Pilsbry 1899), Santa Cruz River (Pilsbry 1891). FalUand-hiseln (Cuxxixgham ; Melv. u. Staxdex 1898). Kerguelen (Dall 1876; Crosse; Smith 1879). Auckland (Huttox). Campbell (Huttox). Ist somit nur fiir seichtes Wasser angegeben. Die Art ist in quartären Ablagerungen nicht gefunden worden. 14 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Smyth Channel. Long. 50 mm Alt. 42 mm (Strebel 1907). MagalJiaen-Strasse a) lebend Long. 53,5 mm Alt. 42,7 mm. b) Tote Schalen. Long. 66,7 mm. Alt. 56,2 mm und Long. 65,6 mm Alt. 58,3 mm (Strebel 1907). — Long. 39,2 mm, (Gmelin). Beagle Channel. Juvenis. Long 25, o mm, Alt. 20,9 mm (Strebel 1907). Sayita Cruz River. Long. 45 mm, Alt 27 mm (Pilsbry 1891). Von der Ostkiiste Feuerlands her sind keine rezenten Meeresmollusken bekannt, da die offene Kiiste Untersuchungen sehr erschwert. Wie aus den Angaben hervorgeht, ist die Art jedoch von den iibrigen Kusten des Feuerlandes her be- kannt. Das grösste fossile Exemplar iibertrifft die grössten vorher bekannten rezenten (lebenden) unbedeutend an Grösse. Nach Frequenz und Grösse zu urteilen, scheint die eigent- liche Heimat der Art die Magalhaen-Strasse und Feuerland zu sein. 2. Mytilus chilensis. Hupé. HupÉ p. 309, Taf. 5, Fig. 4. Stempel p. 223. Zwei Schalen. Die grösste Long. 52 mm. Heutige geographische und hatymetrische Verbreitung und Boden : Chile (Cunningham) : Valparaiso (Hupé, Roch. et Mab. 1891), Talcahnano (Stempel), Calbuco (Stempel), Puerto Montt (Stempel). Westpatagonien: Chiloe (Cunningham). Magalhaen-Strasse: (Phtlippi 1856; 1857; Cunningham, RocH. et Mab. 1891; Stempel); Feuerland: Beagle Channel (Dautzenberg). Quartäre Fundorte: Chile: Coquimbo (Corbineau; Philippt 1887), Talcahuano (Corbineau). Westpatagonien: Castro auf Chiloe (Corbineau). Ist somit aus quartären Ablagerungen auf Feuerland vor- her nicht bekannt. Maximalgrösse m verschiedenen Gebieten. Talcahuano — Panta Arenas. Long. 67 mm (Stempell). R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 15 Die fossilen Exemplare sind kleiner als die grössten re- zenten Exemplare. Möglicherweise ist diese Art identisch mit Mytilus edulis Linné, die bereits vorher auch aus dem subantarktischen Gebiet bekannt ist. III. Postglaziale Åblagenmg bei Port Famiiie. Dieser Fundort liegt in Siidpatagonien am nördlichen Ufer der Magalhaen-Strasse siidlich von Punta Arenas. Die Ablagerung befindet sich in unmittelbarer Nähe des Meeres- ufers 15 m. ii. d. M. und besteht aus Sand. Die Schalen liegen oberflächlich. Kein Aufschluss kommt vor. An diesem Lokal sind gesammelt: Trophon geversianus, Mytilus chilensis Var. hypeanus, Venus antiqua und Venus Gayi, eine unbestimmbare Muschel und eine Balanide. 1. Trophon geversianus Pallas. Trophon geversianus Pallas p. 33 tab. Buccinum foliaceum Chemnitz 1780 p. 130, Fig. 1297. llurex patagonicus d'Orbigny 1835 p. 452, Taf. 62, Fig. 2—3. llurex varians d'Orbigny 1835 p. 452, Fig. 4—6. Fusus intermedius Hupé p. 166, Taf. 4, Fig. 6. Trophon geversianus Strebel 1904, p. 173, Taf. 4—6, Fig. 11—52, Taf. 8, Fig. 80—81. Ein Fragment. Dieses stimmt mit Fig. 81, c Taf. 8 bei Strebel (1904) iiberein, welches Exemplar von Punta Arenas aus einer Tiefe von 22 m stammt. Heutige geographische und hatymetrische Verbreitung und Boden: Chile (Tryon). Westpatagonien: Smyth Channel (15 m Strebel 1904). 3Iagalhaen-Strasse{Cii-EMisiTZ 1780; Gmelin; Lamarck 1822; 1843; Reeve 1847; Hupé; Wood; Phtlippi 1856; Philippi 1857; CuNNiNGHAM, nach dessen Angabe diese Art östlich von Port Famine sehr allgemein, westlich davon jedoch nicht so allgemein vorkommt; Tryon; 11—18 m. Sand, Smith 1881; RocH. et Mab. 1891 z. B. Port Famine; Hidalgo; Daut- zenberg; Ebbstrand bis 24 m, Strebel 1904). 16 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAXD 7. N:0 1. Feuerland (v. Mårtens 1872; Pelsener): Beagle Channel (RocH. et Mab. 1891; Dautzenberg, Pelsener; Ebbstrand bis 18 m, Sand, Lehm, Strebel 1904; Strebel 1908, Ebb- strand), lie Londonderry (Pelsener), Strait le Maire (Stre- bel 1904), Baie Orange, (Gould; Roch. et Mab. 1891). Ostpatagonien: Cape Fairweather (Pilsbry 1899), Puerto, Gallegos (Ebbstrand, Sand und Lehm, Strebel 1904), Santa Cruz River (Pilsbry), San Bias (d'Orbigny 1835), Puerto Madryn (Strand, Strebel 1904), Rio Negro (d'Orbigny 1835). Nordargentinien: 37° 50' S. B. (100 m, Sand und Kies, Strebel 1908). Falkland-Inseln: (d'Orbigny, Hupé; Cunningham; Wat- soN 22 m Sand und Grus; Hidalgo; Melv. u. Stånden 1900; 1901; Vallentin; Strebel 1904 Ebbstrand; Melv. u. Stån- den 1907; Strebel 1908, 40 m. Sand, Kies, Schlamm.). Heard Island (137 m, Schlamm, Watson). South Orkneys (17—18 m, Melv. u. Stånden 1907). West-Graham-Land: lie Wincke (30 m Lamy 1905; 1906). Batymetrische Verbreitung somit vom Ebbstrande bis 137 m. Quariäre Fundorte: Ostpatagonien: San Josef (24—30 m ii. d. M., Darwin, bei der Miindung des Santa Cruz Rivers (108 — 141 m ii. d. M. Darwin). Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Magalhaen-Strasse Alt. 101,5 mm (Lamark 1822, 1843). Alt. 95 mm (Strebel 1904). Beagle Channel a) lebend. Alt. 81 mm. f> » b) Tote Schalen, selir verwitterte 86,4 mm (Strebel 1904). Cape Fairweather. Long. 39 mm (Pilsbry 1899). San Bias. Long. 50 mm (d'Orbigny 1835). Puerto Madryn a) lebend, Long. 25,5 mm. » » b) tote Schalen (gerollt) 32 mm (Strebel 1904). Rio Negro. Long. 62 mm (d'Orbigny 1835). Falkland-Inseln. Long. 87,7 mm (Strebel 1904). Chile-M agalhaen-Strasse. Long. 76,2 mm (Tryon). Die Art wird demnach in der Magalhaen-Strasse sowohl lebend als auch fossil gefunden. Nach Frequenz und Grösse R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 17 zu urteilen, scheint ilir eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet die Magalhaen-Strasse, Feuerland und die Falklandinseln zu sein. 2. Mytilus chilensis. Hupé. var. hypeanus Mab. et Roch. Mytilus hypeanus Roch. et Mab. 1891 p. 118. Ein Fragment. Wie Stempel angiebt, ist der Ventralrand der Schale konkav eingebogen, und die Innenseite der Schale zeigt eine violette Farbe. Heutige geograpkische und batymetrische Verhreitung: Feuerland: Baie Orange (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Wird ausserdem lebend gefunden entweder im siidlichen Chile (Talcahuano, Calbuco, Puerto Montt) öder in der Ma- galhaen-Strasse, öder in beiden Gebieten. Welche von diesen Alternativen die richtige ist, känn nicht entschieden werden, da Stempel die Hauptart und die Varietäten nicht ausein- andergeh alten hat. Ist in quartären Lagern vorher nicht gefunden worden. Maximalgrösse. Baie Orange. Long. 55 mm (Roch. et Mab.). 3. Venus antiqua. King. Venus antiqua. King p. 336. » costellata. Sowerby 1835 p. 42. » discrepans. Philippi 1845 p. 9, tab. 3, fig. 2. Chione antiqua Römer, p. 37. Venus antiqua Stempel p. 236. Ein Fragment. Long. 47 mm. Heutige geograpkische und batymetrische Verbreitung und Boden: Peru (Römer): Callao (d'Orbigny 1835; Sowerby 1835; 1855), Islay (d'Orbigny; Sowerby 1835, 29 m.). Chile (Philippi 1845; Römer): Iquique (Stempel), Hera- dura (Philippi 1845), Valparaiso (Sowerby 1835; lim. d'Or- bigny; Hupé; Sowerby 1855), Talcahuano (Stempell), Lota (Cunningham), Puerto Montt (Stempell). Westpatagonien: Chiloe (Cunninöham), Golf of Penas (King). Ostpatagonien: Port Madrin (Lamy 1906). Batymetrische Verbreitung demnach 11 — 29 m. ArTcio för zoologi. Band 7. Ko 1. 2 18 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Quartäre Fundorte. Peru: San Lorenzo bei Callao (26 m ii. d. M. Darwin). Chile: Caldera (Philippi 1887), Coquimbo (Philippi 1887), Cahiiil. (Philippi 1887). Westpatagonien: Catiman anf Chiloe (106 m ii. d. M. Darwin), Castro auf Chiloe (6—15 m ii. d. M. Darwin). Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Callao. Long. 60 mm (d'Orbigny 1835) Long, 35 mm. (d'Orbigny 1835). Islay. Long. 35 mm (d'Orbigny 1835). Long. 34,6 mm (SOWERBY 1835). Chile: Long. 46,4 mm (Hupé). Long. 35,4 (Philippi 1845), Long. 14 mm (Hupé). Gulf of Penas. Long. 66,: mm (King). Callao + Valparaiso. Long. 70 mm (d'Orbigny 1835) Long. 66 mm (Sowerby 1835). Die Art wird demnach nicht iebend in der Magalhaen- Strasse gefunden, sondern erst weiter nördlich. Der nächste Fundort ist der Gulf of Pefias. Wenn man in Betracht zieht, dass die Art ihr eigentliches Verbreitimgsgebiet noch weiter nördlich in Chile und Peru hat, muss ihr Vorhandensein in postglazialen Ablagerungen bei der Magalhaen-Strasse auf ein wärmeres Klima in postglazialer Zeit hindeuten. In der Ma- galhaen-Strasse sind ja besonders genaue Untersuchungen aus- gefiihrt worden. Die Art ist ausserdem gross und leicht zu erkennen. Ihr isoliert rezentes Vorkommen bei Port Madrin im nördlichen Ostpatagonien findet hierdurch eine natiirliche Erklärung. Sie kommt dort als Relikt vor seit der Periode der postglazialen Zeit, als die Art von Chile an der West- kiiste von Patagonien entlang sich durch die Magalhaen- Strasse und weiter mit der Ostkiiste nach Port Madrin aus- breitete, wo sie noch heute lebt. 4. Venus Gayi. Hupé. Venus Gayi Hupé p. 337, pl. 6, Fig. 5. Chione Gaiji Smith 1881 p. 38. » » RocH. et Mab. 1891 p. 107. Zwei Schalen. Die grösste Long. 25 mm. R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND V. SUDPATAGONIEN. 19 Heutige geographische und hatymetrische Verbreitung und Boden : Chile: Valparaiso (Hupé; Roch. et Mab. 1891). Westpatagonien : Canal Dalcahue (Dautzenberg), Portland Bay (18 m Sand, Smith 1881, Roch. et Mab. 1891). Magalhaen-Strasse: Boija Bay (37 m Smith 1881). Feuerland: Beagle Channel (Roch. et Mab. 1891), Scott Island (Roch. et Mab. 1891), Baie Orange (Roch. et Mab. 1891). Ost Patagonien: Port Madrin (gerollte Schale Lamy 1906). Batymetrische Verbreitung somit 18 — 37 m. Quartäre Fundorte. Chile: Coquimbo (Corbineau; Philippi 1887). Maximalgrösse in verschiedenen Gebieten: Chile: Long. 26, i mm (Hupé). Portland Bay + Boija Bay, Long. 20 mm (Smith 1881). Die Art ist demnach in der Magalhaen-Strasse sowobl lebend als auch fossil gefunden worden. Der Grösse nacb zu urteilen, scheint ihr eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet Chile zu sein. Die fossilen Exemplare sind grösser als die jetzt in Westpatagonien und in der Magalhaen-Strasse lebenden, jedoch etwas kleiner als die aus Chile. Dies deutet darauf hin, dass, als die Ablagerung sich bildete, ein wärmeres Klima geherrscht hat, eine Annahme, fiir deren Richtigkeit Venus antiqua — wie wir eben gesehen — einen noch deutlicheren Beweis biidet. 5. Unbestimmbare Muschel. 1 Fragment. 6. Balanide. 7 Fragmente. Allgemeiiies iiber die Fauna. Als allgemeines Urteil iiber die Fauna dieses Lokals lässt sich sägen, dass sie sicher postglazialen Alters und zwar eine ausgeprägte Seichtwasserfauna ist. Alle Arten ausser einer {Venus antiqua) leben jetzt in unmittelbarer Nähe des Lokals. 20 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Keine der Arten hat ihr eigentliches Verbreitungsgebiet in kälteren Meeren als den in der Nähe dieses Lokals belegenen. Venus antiqua lebt dagegen nur in wärmeren Gegenden. Ihre eigentliche Heimat ist Chile und Peru. Ausserdem ist sie in Westpatagonien bei Chiloe und im Golf von Penas sowie im nördlichen Ostpatagonien bei Port Madrin gefunden worden. Letzteres Lokal ist von dem iibrigen Verbreitungsgebiet der Art vollständig isohert, imd ihr Vorkommen dort känn nur dadurch erklärt werden, dass während der postglazialen Zeit ein wärmeres Klima in dem zwischenliegenden Gebiet (dem siidlichen Westpatagonien, der Magalhaen-Strasse und dem siidlichen Ostpatagonien) geherrscht hat, so dass sie sich nach ihrem heutigen Fundort im nördlichen Ostpatagonien hat aus- breiten können. Eine weitere Bestätigung hierfiir ist der vor- liegende Fund in postglazialer Ablagerung bei der Magal- haen-Strasse. Wir haben gesehen (p. 10), dass das rezente Vor- kommen von Venus Domheyi in der Magalhaen-Strasse als reliktes Vorkommen aufgefasst worden ist. Das eigentliche Verbreitungsgebiet dieser Art ist das nördliche Chile mit Pu- erto Montt im siidlichen Chile als Siidgrenze. Sie fehlt in Westpatagonien, t ritt jedoch in der Magalhaen-Strasse (vvo sie einmal und zwar in sehr wenigen Exemplaren gefunden worden ist) als Relikt aus postglazialer Zeit auf. Eine andere der fossilen Mollusken von Port Famine, nämlich Venus Gayi, deutet auch auf ein wärmeres Klima als das jetzige hin. Diese Art wird zwar auch heute noch lebend in der Magal- haen-Strasse gefunden, aber die vorliegenden postglazialen Exemplare sind grösser als die grössten jetzt in der Magal- haen-Strasse und in Westpatagonien lebenden. Erst in Chile, ihrer eigentlichen Heimat, erreicht diese Art dieselbe Grösse wie während postglazialer Zeit in der Magalhaen-Strasse. Wir haben hier die erste bekannte Hindeutung auf eine postgla- ziale Klimaverbesserung im siidlichen Siidamerika, wofiir so- wohl die Tiergeographie als auch die Geologie Beweise liefern. Ich habe bereits friiher das Vorkommen quartärer Meeres- mollusken als Beweis dafiir angefiihrt, dass in Grahamland wahrscheinlich eine Klimaverbesserung stattgefunden hat (vgl. meine diesbeziigliche Bemerkung in der Abhandlung von J. G. Andersson, betitelt: »On the Geology of Grahamland» (BuU. Geol. Instit. Upsala. vol. 7. Upsala R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS EEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGOIs^IEX. 21 1906). Aiif der nördlichen Halbkugel sind, wie bekannt, zalil- reiche Funde von quartären MeeresmoUusken gemacht wor- den, die als sicherer Beweis fiir eine postglaziale Klimaver- besserung gelten. Man kennt so siidliche MeeresmoUusken in geh obenen postglazialen Lagern vom Ostseegebiet, der West- kiiste Schwedens, Dänemark, Siid- und Westkiiste Norwegens, der Murmankiiste, dem Weissen Meer, der Westkiiste von Novaja Semlja, dem Nieder-Jenisei, der nördlichen Kiiste der Tchuktscher Halbinsel, Schottland, Island, Spitzbergen, dem Scbwedischen Forlande, Franz Joseph-Land, Ost- und West- grönland, sowie Italien. Auch von der Ostkiiste von Nord- Amerika ist eine postglaziale Klimaverbesserung bekannt. Ein Beweis hierfiir ist erstens die siidliche isolierte Reliktenfauna im Golf von St. Lawrence, bei Nova Scotias und den Kiisten von Maines, zweitens das Vorkommen derselben siidlichen Fauna in einer grösserer Anzahl von Arten und in grösseren Exemplaren in Ablagerungen auf dem Meeresgrunde in diesen Gegenden. In den Abfallhaufen der Indianer kommt auch eine zu dieser Fauna gehörende Art vor, und zwar in grös- seren Exemplaren als heute und an Stellen, wo sie jetzt nicht als Relikt vorkommt. In den Kökkenmöddings fehlen die anderen Arten, von denen einige ziemlich gross und essbar sind. Dies zeigt, dass zur Zeit, als diese »Kökkenmöddings» gebildet wurden, sich das Klima verschlechtert hatte, jedoch noch nicht so kalt geworden war wie das heutige. Von den meisten dieser Fundorte weiss man, dass sie bedeutend unter der spätglazialen marinen Grenze liegen. Die Lage der iibrigen im Verhältnis zu dieser Grenze ist nicht bekannt. Dies spridit dafiir, dass die postglaziale Klima- verbesserung innerhalb aller dieser Gebiete, auch auf der siid- lichen Halbkugel, gleichzeitig stattgefunden hat. Dass diese Klimaverbesserung, die iiber die ganze Erdkugel geherrscht zu haben scheint, sich gleichzeitig voUzogen hat, diirfte wohl ebenso w^ahrscheinlich sein, wie dass die Klimaverschlech- terung der Eiszeit iiberall gleichzeitig gewesen ist. Wenn man, wie Ekholm, annimmt, dass diese postglaziale Klima- verbesserung auf eine Verand erung der Neigung der Erdachse 'gegen die Ekliptik zuriickzufiihren ist, erhält man ja eine annehmbare Erklärung fiir die Gleichzeitigkeit. 22 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Literaturverzeichnis. Andeksson, J. Gunnar. On the geology of Graham Land. Bull. Geol. Instit., Upsala, vol. 7. Upsala 1906. (P. 19—71, 6 Pl., 8 Textfigg.). — — , Geological fragments from Tierra del Fuego. Bull. Geol. Instit., Upsala, vol. 8. Upsala 1908. (P. 169—183, 4 Pl. 6 Textfigg.). Chemnitz, J. H. Anmerkungen zum Gesclilechte der Kinkliörner. An- notationes ad Familiam Buccinorum. Neues Syst. Conch. — Cab. (J. H. Chemnitz). Bd. 4. Xurnberg 1780. (P. 49—142. Taf.). , Einleitung zum Geschleclit der Stachelsclmecken, welclie beim Linné Murices lieissen. Xeues Syst. Conch. — Cab. (Chemnitz). Bd. 11. Nurnberg 1795. (P. 98—137, Taf. 189—194). Ckosse, H. Faune malacalogique des iles Kerguelen. Journ. de Con- chyl., vol. 25, 3 sér. T. 17. Paris 1877. (P. 1—15). CuNNiNGHAM, RoBERT. Notes ou thc reptilcs, Amphibia, fishes, Mol- lusca, and Crustacea obtained during the voyage of H. M. S. Nassau in the years 1866 — 69. Transac. Linn. Soc. of London, vol. 27, Part 4. London 1871. (P. 465—502, 2 PL). Dall, W. H. Mollusks in J. H. Kidder : Contributions to the natural history of Kerguelen Island made in connection with the United States Transit-of-Yenus expedition, 1874 — 75. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., N:o 3. Washington 1876. (P. 42—48). , Illustrations and descriptions of new, unfigured, or imperfectly know shells, chiefly american, in the U. S. Nation. Museum. Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., vol. 24. Washington 1902. (P. 499 — 566, 13 PL). , Reports an the dredging operations on the west coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U. S. fishcommission steamer »Albatross», during 1891, lieut. commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. X., commanding 37. Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern tropical pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. fishcommission steamer »Albatross», from october, 1904, to march, 1905, lieut. comman der L. M. Garrett, U. S. X., commanding 14. The Mollusca and the Brachiopoda. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harvard colL, vol. 43., X:o 6. Cam- bridge, Mass. 1908. (P. 205—487, 22 PL). Darwin, Charles. Geological observations on South America. London 1876. (268 pp., 5 PL). R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN. 23 Dautzembeeg, Ph. Liste de Mollusques du Chili. Actes soc. scientif du Chili. T. 6. 6 Année. 1896. Santiago 1896. (P. LIV— LYII). Ekholm, Nils. Om klimatets ändringar i geologisk och historisk tid samt deras orsaker. Ymer. 19. Årg. Hft. 4. Stockholm 1899. (P. 353—403, 4 Textfigg.). Gmelin. Linnés Syst. natur. Ed. 13. T. 1. Pars 6—7. Lipsiae 1788. (1099 pp.). HiDALGO, J. G. Obras malacologicas. Parte 3. Descripciön de las moluscos recogidos par la comision cientifica enviada par el gobierno espaiiol a la America meridianal. Fasc. 1. Mem. real. Acad. cienc. exact, fis. y natur, de Madrid. T. 19. Madrid 1893—1900. (P. 33—608). HuPÉ. Moluscos. Hist. fis. y polit. de chile. (C. Gay). Zool. T. 8. Paris 1854. (407 pp. Laminas mit 13 Pl.). Hutton, F. W. Xotes on a collection from the Auckland Islands and Campbell Island. Transac. a. Proc. X. Zeeland Instit. 1878. vol. 11. Wellington 1879. (P. 337—343). KiNG, P. Phillip. and Bkodeeip, W. J. Description of tlie cirrhipeda, conchifera and Mollusca, in a collection formed by the officers of H. M. S. Adventure and Beagle employed between the years 1826 and 1830 in surveying the southern coasts of South America, including the Straits of Magalhaens and the coast of Tierra del Fuego. Zool. Journ., vol. 5. London 1831. (P. 332—349). Lamarck, de. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres T. 5. Paris 1818. (612 pp.). , Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres. T. 6. Part. 1. Paris 1819. (343 pp.). , Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres. T. 7. Paris 1822. (711 pp.). , Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres. Ed. 2. T. 6. Paris 1835. (600 pp.). , Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres. 2. Ed. T. 7. Paris 1836. (755 pp.). , Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres. Ed. 2. T. 9. Paris 1843. (725 pp.). Lamt, Edouard. Gastropodes prosobranches recuillis par Texpédition antarctique frangaise du Dr. Charcot. Bull. Mus. d'hist. nat. T. 11. 1905. Paris 1905. (P. 475—483, 5 Textfig.). , Gastropodes prosabranches et Pélécypodes. Exped. antarc. franc. 1903—1905. scienc. natur: docum scientif. Mollusques. Paris 1906. (20 pp., 1 PL). , Lamellibranches recuillis par TExpédition antarctique francaise du Dr. Charcot. Bull. Mus. hist. nat. T. 12, 1906. Paris 1906. (P. 44—52, 5 Textfigg.). Mårtens, E. V. Uber einige Conchylien aus Chile. Malakozool. Bl. Bd. 16. Cassel 1869. (P. 215—222). 24 . ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 1. Marteus, E. v. Concliylien von Cook's Reisen. Malakozool. BL Bd. 19. Cassel 1872. (P., 1—48). Martini, F. H. W. Anmerkungen iiber die Familie der Xapf-Schneken. Xeues Syst. Conch. — Cab. (Martini). Bd. 1. Xiirnberg 1769. (P. 77—162, Taf. 5—13). Martyn, Thomas. Le conchyliologiste. universel ou figures .des coqiiilles jusqii'a present inconnues recucillies en divers voyages å la mer du sud depiiis Tannée 1764. Biblioth. eonchyl. (Chenu). sér. 1, T. 2. Paris 1845. (32 pp., 56 Pl.). Melville, J. Cosmo and Stånden, R. Xotes on a collection of marine shells from Lively Island, Falklands, with list of species. Journ. of ConchoL, vol. 9. X:o 4. London 1898—1910. (P. 97—105.). , — : — , Mollusca collected by Mr. Rupert Yallentin at Stanley Harbour, Falkland Isles, 1897 — 99. Journ. of ConchoL, vol. 10. X:o 2. London 1901. (P. 43—47). , The marine mollusca of the scottish national antarctic expedition. Transc. roy. soc. of Edinburgh, vol. 46. Edinburgh 1907. (P. 119—157, 1 Pl.) auch in: Scottish nation antarc. exped. Report scientif. results voy, »Scotia» 1902 — 1904, vol. 5. ZooL Edinburgh 1909. (P. 89-127, 1 PL). MoLiNA, G. I. Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chili. Bologna 1782. (368 pp., 1 PL). d'Orbigny, Alcide. Mollusques. Yoy. Amerique mérid. 1826 — 1833 (d'Orbignv). T. 5. Part. 3. Paris 1835—43. (758 pp., Atlas mit 85 PL). , Yoyage dans TAmerique méridionale 1826 — 1833, (d'Orbigny). T. ^3. Part 3. Géologie. Paris 1842. (289 pp. 1090). , Yoyage dans TAmerique méridionale. 1826 — 1833. T. 3. 4 Part. Paléontologie (d'Orbigny). Paris 1842. (188 pp., 22 PL). Pallas, P. S. Textacea quaedam rariora. Spicilegia zoologica. Fasc. 10. Berolini 1774. (P. 32—34, 1 Tab.). Pelseneer, Paul. Mollusques (Amphineures, Gastropodes et Lamelli- branches). Expéd. antarc. Beige. Résult. voy. Belgica 1897 —99. Rapports scientif. zool. Anvers. 1903, ^ (85 pp. 9 PL). Philippi, a. Diagnosen einiger neuen Conchylien. Archiv f. Xatur- gesch. 11 Jahrg. Bd. 1. Berlin 1845.' (P. 50— 71^ : — — , Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer öder ^venig gekannter Conchylien. Bd. 1. Cassel 1845, 204 pp. Bd. 2. Cassel 1847.^231 pp. Bd. 3. Cassel 1851. (138 pp. Atlas). : , Uber die Conchylien der Magellanstrasse. Zeitschr. f. gesamt. ' Xaturwiss. Jahrg. 1856, 8 Bd. Berlin. P. 94—106, auch in: Annales Univer. Chile. Santiago de Chile 1856, und in: Mala- kozooL BL Bd. 3. Cassel 1857. (P. 157—173). , Lås fösiles terciarios i cuartarios de Chile. Santiago de Chile 1887, 256 pp., 58 Tab. Auch auf deutsch. Leipzig 1887. (266 pp., 58 Taf.). Pilsbry, Henry A. Patellidae. Manualof Conchology (Tryon) Ser. 1, vol. 13. Philadelphia 1891. (P. 76—164. PL). , Littoral Mollusks from Cape Fairweather, Patagonia. Americ. R. HÄGG, MOLLUSKEN AUS FEUERLAND U. SUDPATAGONIEN 25 Jouni. scienc. 4. Ser., vol. 7. (vol. 157), X:o 38. New Haven 1899. (P. 126—128, 1 Pl.). RÉMOND DE CoKBiNEAU, AuGUSTO. Paleautolojla de Chile. Lista alfa- betica de lasconclias fosiles que se lian hallado en Chile, con la sinonimia, las localidades, i la indicacion de los viajeros i natu- ralistas que las han hallado o descrito. Anales Univers. de Chile. T. 29. X:o 3. Santiago de Chile 1867. (P. 99—141). Reeve, L. a. Monograph of the genus Fusus, Conchologia iconica, vol. 4. London 1847. (21 PL). , Monograph of the genus Pecten. Conchologia Iconica, vol. 8. ' London 1855. (35 Pl.). , Monograph of the genus Patella. Conchol. iconica, vol. 8. London 1855. (42 PL). RocHEBRUNE, A. T. DE et Mabille, J. Diagnoses de Mollusques nou- veaux recueillis par les membres de la mission du Cap Horn et M. Lebrun, Préparateur du Museum, charge dune mission a Santa-Cruz de Patagonie. Bull. soc. philom. de Paris. Ser. 7. T. 9. 1884—85. Paris 1885. (P. 100— 111). , Mollusques. Mission scientif. Cap Horn. 1882—83. T. 6. Zool. Part. 2. Paris 1891. (129 pp., 8 PL). Rousseau, L. Description des mollusques coquilles et Zoophytes. Voy. pole syd et océanie.Astrolabe et la Zelée 1837 — 1840 (Dumont- d'Urville). Zool. (Hombron et Jacquinot.) T. 5. Paris 1854. (152 pp., Atlas 1853). Rumer, Eduard. Kritische Ubersicht aller zum Subgenus Chione ge- hörenden Arten von Venus. Malakozool. Bl. 14. Bd. Cassel 1867. (P. 28-64). Sowerby, g. b. Characters of and observations on new genera and species of Mollusca and conchifera collected by Mr. Cuming Proc. zool. soc. of London. Part 3. London 1835. (P. 21— 23, 41—47). , Jun. Thesaurus conchyliorum, or Monographs of genera of shells. vol. 1. London 1847. Atlas mit 91 PL, 438 pp., vol. 2. London 1855. (460 pp. Atlas mit 95 PL). Smith, E. A. Mollusca in an account of petrological, botanical, and zoological collections made in Kerguelen's Land and Rodrignes during the Transit of Yenus expeditions carried out by order of her Majesty's governement in the years 1874 — 75. Pliilos. Transac. rov. soc. of London, vol. 168 (extra vol.). London 1879. (P. ^167—192. 1 PL). , Mollusca and Molluscoidea. Account of zool. coUec. »Alert» in the Straits of ^lagellan and on the coast of Patagonia. Proc. zool. soc. of London. 1881 London. (P. 22—61, 3 PL). , Report on the Lamellibranchiata collected by H. M. S. Chal- lenger during the years 1873—76, Report scientif. results voy. Challenger 1873—76. Zool. vol. 13. London 1885. (341 pp., 25 PL). Stempell, Walter. Die Muscheln der Sammlung Plate (System atische Ubersicht). Fauna chilensis. zool. Jahrb. Suppl. 4. Bd. 2. Hft. 1. Jena 1899. (P. 217—250, 1 Taf.). Arkiv för zoologi. Baud 7. N:o 1. 2* 26 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 1. Strebel, Hermann. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Molluskenfauiia der Magalhaen-Provinz. Zool. Jalirb. Abt. f. System. Bd. 21. Hft. 2. Jena 1904. (P. 171—248, 6 Taf.). , Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Molluskenfauna der Magalhaen-Pro- vinz. N:o 3. Zoolog. Jahrb. Abt. f. System. 22 Bd. Hft. 6. Jena 1905. (P. 575-666, 4 Taf.). , Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Molluskenfauna der Magalliaen-Pro- vinz. X:o 5. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. 25. Hft 1. Jena 1907. (P. 79—196, 8 Taf., 6 Textfigg.). , Die Gastropoden. Wiss. Ergeb. schwediscli. Siidpolar-Exped. 1901 — 1903. Bd. 6. Lief. 1. Stockholm 1908. (111 pp., 6 Taf.). Tryon, g. W. Manual of Conchology, vol. 2. Philadelphia 1880. (289 pp., 70 Pl.). Wallentin, Piupert. Notes an the Falkland Islands. Mem. and Proc. Manchester liter, et philos. Soc, vol. 48. N:o 23. Manchester 1904. (48 pp., 3 PL). Watson, Robert Boag. Report on the Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 — 76. Report scientif. results voy. Challenger 1873 — 76. Zool., vol. 15. London 1886. (756 pp., 50 Pl.). WooD, W. Index testaecologicus or illustrated catalogue of British and foreign shells. New. Ed. (S. Ilanlcy). London 1856. (234 pp., 46 PL). Tryckt den 25 juli 1910. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. X:o 2. Remarks oii tlie deiitition of Delpliiiiapteriis leucas. By EINAR LÖNNBERG. With 7 Figures in the Text. Read Mai ll:th 1910. In a recently published paper ^ True has drawn attention to the fact that the teeth of the White Whale {Delphinaptervs leucas) are not all of them such simple concial fångs as they usually are described to be. Examining young skulls of this species he found »that the crowns of at least four of the posterior teeth on either side of the lower jaw and perhaps some in the iipper jaw, are really trituberculate when perfect. The crowns of the teeth mentioned are somewhat flattened internally and curved inward at the apex. Situated on either side of the main cusp (anteriorly and posteriorly) and a little internally is a small, linear accessory cnsp, which is attached to the crown, of the tooth throughout its length. These acces- sory cusps do not reach the level of the apex of the main cusp». FavourabJe material in this museum enables the present writer to add further information to this interesting fact and throw some more light on the development of the dentition of this whale and at the same time, as I hope, to a certain extent on its phylogeny. ^ Observations on living White whales {Delphinapterus leucas) ; with a note on the dentition of Delphinapterus and Stenodelphis- Smithsonian Miscell. coll. Vol. 52. Part. 3. N:o 1864. Washington 1909. Ärl-iv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 2. 1 2 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND é. X:0 Z. ÅS first object for examination a quite young skull with a basal lengtli of 35 cm. was selected in which the posterior teetli still were hidden in the gum and thus certainly not worn. Since the crowns of the teeth had been laid bare it was apparent, as may be seen from the accompanying figures (fig. 1), that not only the four posterior teeth of the lower jaw, but the majority of all the teeth in the upper as well as in the lower jaw were provided with accessory cusps. At least the third from the front as well above as below has such cusps more or less developed, and even in front of that traces of such may be discerned on the teeth. The anterior teeth are more pointed than the posterior which are broader and stronger. All the teeth are compressed, especiall}^ at the apex, their inner side is somewhat flatter than the outer, and the cusps are of ten better visible from the inner side. The whole crown is a little curved inward with the apex, as True has remarked. In most cases only two accessory cusps are devel- oped, one in front, and the other behind the main cusp. In the posterior teeth, however, the cusps are more sharply defined, and in some their number is increased in such a way that the teeth remind of those of certain Squalodontidce. The figures may prove this and make a further description un- necessary. In reality, however, a fine crenulation, which hardly can be reproduced makes this likeness still more strik- ing in some cases. The crown of the teeth is quite small measuring in the upper jaw basally where it is broadest between 2 and not quite 3 millimeters in diameter. The foremost teeth attain however hardly that width. As the figures prove, the width of the teeth increase in a backward direction. The, height of the crown is, as a rule, about 4 mm., some- times a little more or less. The crowns of the teeth of the lower jaw are still smaller their basal diameter, as a rule, being about 2 mm., and their length about 3 mm., or very little more. Compared with the size of the animal the crowns of the teeth must be regarded as very small and can with full right be termed rudimentary. At the base of the crown the root of the teeth is abruptly thickened, forming a collar, but from that thickening the root retains its size or even increases so that it forms a long and stout cylinder fully open basally. The dimensions of the roots in this stage are LÖNNBERG, THE DENTITION OF DELPHIMAPTERS LEUCAS. .^a^m :^ ■3 ~ ^ ä ^m, y -j 2 c jr 32 S i ■■^ 2 ^ ;- -15 g- 5 2 5^ II '2 '^ "^ •^^ ?^ 5R m II ES ' ? 2 +3 'cs ii 2 — © '— ' ij ■S£ ,^ 1 > -^ -. 3 ^ .-s II A 9 SI '^ P -C ^ 5b M ö ? 2 ^ t; _:: -^^ ~ x ,^ ■+^ " ij 2 '^ — .4^ "B te ^-^ — ^ > © 3 "o ^ cT =" iH 2 :o P C M;^ -» .— 2 is rH ^ © B =^ d ■" c3 ^-c © ^ ^ % 2 ^i ^ ^ ti ai © c; -ö ^ © -p -|J > '^ 'o^ ^ -^ ^.s 3 .„ si ^0 p^A ^ 3 — -ti •ji © a — * _© X -+j ^ ti)2 =+-( S-p ^i ^ - ^3 c © cö 4 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 '4. in the upper jaw: length about 8 mm., thickness about 4 mm.; and in the lower jaw almost similar. To show next stage of development I ha ve chosen a young skull of White whale with a basal length of 39 cm. The condition of the teeth of this specimen is rather similar to that of the former. The accessory cusps are somewhat less developed, but this I take to be an individual variation. The chief difference from the smaller specimen lies therein that the teeth are more protniding and that the roots have become a little thitker and very much longer. The length of the roots of the teeth of the upper jaw amounts to 14 — 15 mm. and their thickness is about 5 mm. They are cylindri- cal, somewhat curved, and fully open at the basal end. These simple facts indicate the general direction of the development of the teeth, and it can easily be followed further on a larger but not too old skull. In such a one with a basal length of 477^ cm. (and only 8 teeth while the two already described have the normal number 9)^ the teeth prove to be worn, the anterior more than the posterior, in a quite conspicuous manner. The small rudimentary crowns of the posterior teeth are, however, not yet worn away but sit like small warts on top of the abruptly thickened roots. In such cases when the crowns are completely worn the tooth is very bluntly conical, except where an upper and a lower tooth have rubbed directly against each other and produced an oblique section of the tooth. The crown of the hindmost tooth of the left side of the maxillary is least worn and shows still very plainly a central main cusp and an additional smaller cusp on either side, in front and behind. The height of this little crown is about 3 mm., and the basal diameter about 2V-2 mm. The visible part of the root which forms a broad basement or footstall for the crown has an antero- posterior diameter of 7Vä mm. The hindmost tooth on the right side of the lower jaw has a similar shape, although the anterior additional cusp is somewhat less pronounced. The basal diameter of this httle crown is about 27?. mm. and its height not quite 3 mm. ^ In some old specimens even 10 teeth may be counted on either side and perhaps some small rudiment behind the tenth but, at least as a rule, only 8 or 9 teeth attain any considerable size so that only those can be regarded as functionary. LÖNNBERG, THE DENTITION OF DELPHINAPTERUS LEUCAS. 5 In the other teeth the cusps are worn away, but even in such cases when the tooth is so much worn that it is evenly conical, and the remnant of the crown is flush with the root, the limit between the two components is visible indieating the different microscopical structure of the mate- rial. To this question about the structural differences in different parts of the teeth we shall return again låter on. In still older skulls than the one just referred to with a basicranial length of 47 V2 cm. it can hardly be expected to be found any remains of the crown of the teeth. But it is really still visible as a wart on the hindmost tooth of the upper jaw in a skull with a basicranial length of nearly 49 cm. Most of the teeth of that skull are, however, obliquely worn off by grinding against each other. The same is the case with all the teeth except the hindmost in a skull with a basicranial length of about 60 cm. The dentition of the latter skull is remarkable by the great difference in size of the different teeth, especially tliose of the upper jaw. This difference can to a certain extent be expressed by the measurements of the transversal diameter of each tooth at its base where it protrudes from the jaw. This measurement is, counting from the first and backwards, resp. 13, 16, 14, 13, 13, 11, 9, 9 and 6 mm. In the lower jaw the teeth in the middle of the series are the largest with a basal transversal diameter of about 13 mm. and the same measurement of the hindmost is about 8 mm. This consid- erable difference in size between the different teeth of an old White whale proves in what high degree each individual tooth is able to increase in size independently of the growth of its neighbours, for in the beginning all the teeth are subequal in size. As the growth of the teeth is continuous it does not appear unlikely that the different members of the dentition are stimulated during their development in a different degree as their function and the pressure, to which they are subjected, are not the same in every situation. Those which were most exposed to the pressure should then be impelled to a stronger growth than those which were only little used. For such an interpretation speaks the fact that the hindmost teeth that certainly are subjected to the least wearing, are the smallest of all, and in some skulls of old White whales quite thin and rudimentary teeth are found behind the others. 6 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 Z. As it appeared to be of interest to ascertain whether the development of accessory cusps on the teeth of the White whale as originally seen by True, and then, as is described above, amply confirmed by the present author was a common or even constant occurrence, T wrote to my friend Mr. H. WiNGE and asked him to kindly examine the skulls of thia species in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen. Mr. Winge Avas good enough to do so and then wrote a letter to me about the result of his examination. Out of this communi- cation I take the liberty of quoting some notes. In a skull of a foetus or newbor» White whale in which the teeth w^ere left only on the right side Winge found »on the tw^o or three hindmost teeth» traces of two vertical furrows on the inner side of the crown, and the hindmost tooth of the lower jaw was notched in front of the uppermost cusp. In another young specimen one of the middle teeth on either side of the lower jaAv was notched as w^ell behind as in front. In three more similar skulls several teeth showed more or less plainly the two vertical furrows on the inner side, and some were more or less faintly notched. Among the adult skulls of White whale one was found in which the second tooth from behind on either side of the upper jaw had quite a consider- able notch in the posterior margin of the crown, and the hindmost upper tooth on either side of the same specimen appeared to have a similar shape, although the latter still were mostly hidden in the jaw. x^lthough the material in the Copenhagen museum does not appear to be quite as favourable as my own, it confirms the observations and statements made by True and the present writer. A great variation takes place w4th regard to the degree of development of the accessory cusps, but this is no wonder, because not only these small accessory cusps themselves but the whole crowns of the teeth are to be re- garded as rudiments, as has been set forth above. They must therefore be subjected to the general rule that rudimentary organs vary to a considerable degree in their development. With regard to the shape of the main part of the teeth, that is the roots, it may be said that they are to begin with almost cylindrical, although as a rule more or less curved. In the skull with a basicranial length of 47V2 cm. they are also almost cylindrical in the upper jaw. even if the träns- LÖNNBERG, THE DENTITION OF DELPHIXAPTERUS LEUCAS. 7 versal diameter usually is a little shorter; but in the lower jaw of the same skull they are lateraliy compressed so that to a diameter of 7^/2, 7 or 6 mm. in the direction of the jaw, corresponds a transversal diameter of resp. 5, 4V2 and 4 mm. It lies near at hand to put this transversal compression in connection Avith the fusion of two roots which has been proved to have taken place among the Squalodons. This came to my mind the more readily as the pulpcavity of a tooth which I examined proved to be divided at the apical end into two pits, which might indicate the fusion of two roots. When the examination was extended to a greater number of teeth of this and other skulls this hypothese was not, however, confirmed. It is true that there was found in some teeth a small conical plug protruding into the apical end of the pulpcavity, but it had not the appearance of a sep tum, and it could not be said to indicate a former divi- sion in two pulps. In most cases the pulp cavity ended in a simple conical pit. Exteriorly the roots in this stage are more or less flattened, especially on the inner side and there is not seldom a quite shallow groove along the middle of the tooth Fig. 2. A tooth from the lower as Well on the OUter as on the ^^ ?f a White whale (basicranial length about 49 cm.) with the upper inner side. If SUCh a tooth is part transversally cut off to show CUt in sections transversal to ^he central fissme in the dentine . and its situation. the tooth itseli there is often found a fissure which is directed transversally in relation to the jaw and which extends across or nearly across the central cylinder of dentine (fig. 2). The common occurrence of this fissure in the dentine is proved by the fact that a great number of teeth, especially in the lower jaw, are cracked^ longitudinally along a plane transversal to the animal, and that this crack is coincident with the above mentioned fissure in the dentine in all cases when a section has been made. This fissure in the dentine looks hke a remnant of the pulp- 4 ^ ^ In consequence of the drying in the museum. This cracking affects as a rule mostly middle sized teeth. The cjuite large ones are better pro- tected against it by a thicker coat of cement (conf. the description below). 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAXD 7. N:0 2. ..-.cb ca vi ty, and it can sometimes be seen on tlie surface of rorucb worn teeth as well. It is, liowever, difficult to express any definite opinion about this fissure and its origin, whether it migbt be inter- preted as a weakness in the centre of the tooth or more cor- rectly of tbe radical portion of the same, since it consisted of two roots, or not. If it was not such an inheritance it appears that it would have been most natural that the fissure as a continuation of the pulp should have extended in a plane which was parallel to the greatest extension in breadth of the tooth, or especiaJly to that of the dentine. As the whole tooth as well as the dentine is laterally compressed it thus could have been expected that the fissure would have been parallel to the jaw, and not direeted at right angle, to the same extending across the narrowest part of the dentine, as it does. A microscopical examination of sec- tions of teeth of the White whale in dif- ferent stages of wearing reveals very plainly to which changes the single teeth are subjected during the life and growth of the animal. A longitudinal section of a young quite unworn tooth (conf. fig. 3) shows that the ' small crown consists of dentine with a very thin enamel covering the thickness of which only amounts to 0,0 3 9 mm., and that the dentine occupies the central portion of the root of the tooth as well. The exteriör layer of the root counted from the abruptly thickened collar at the base of the crown and all the way to the basal end consists of cement. Broadly speaking the tooth thus is formed by two hollow cylinders, an inner of dentine which is closed at its apical end which is conical and thinly capped with enamel, and an outer of cement which is open at both ends. The dentine is not fully continuous on the section but shows different layers of different density, as it appears. Fig. 3. Longitudinal section through a tooth of a qviite young White whale showing the dif- ferent layers of dentine and cement, e enamel. d dentine, c cement- LÖNNBERG; THE DEXTITION OF DELPHINAPTERUS LEUCAS. 9 The apical of these, which seems to be the densest, forms with its compact apical part the crown but extends also somewhat down into the root where it is hollow and gradually tapers in thickness and finally ceases at a distance from the apical end of the cement-layer which is about equal to the distance between the lat ter point and the tip of the crown. The space within the walls formed by the basal portion of this layer of dentine is occupied by another layer of dentine which gives the impression of being less dense (conf. fig. 3). When only littie magnified the line of demarkation between these two principal layers of dentine is very visible but under a more strongly magnifying lens the dentinal tubules can be followed from one layer to the other. The difference between the two layers cannot therefore be very important, and it is probably only due to different periods of calcification. The inner layer is again subdivided in several thinner layers, and Avith higher magnifying power it can be seen on very thin preparates that the whole of the dentine is composed of mi- nute strata Avhich are parallel to the surface of the main layers but form a right angle to the dentinal tubules. The outer and apical layer of dentine is the one first formed, the inner is a secondary filling of the primary pulp- cavity which progresses from the tip towards the base where the layer, of course, is thinner. The cylinder of dentine has a diameter of about 3 mm. at the middle of this tooth. The cylinder of cement shows two distinct principal layers as well. The inner of these reaches from the base of the crown or the apical end of the cylinder of cement and tapers gradually from there in a basal direction till it reaches on a level with the basal end of the first mentioned outer or apical layer of dentine where it ceases at the same time as the latter. The outer layer of cement again reaches as far as the inner main layer of dentine, or to the basal rim of the pulpcavity. At the apical end the cement somewhat overlaps the enamel layer which, however, is very thin and soon ceases altogether. From this description and the figure (fig. 3) it appears clear that the apical, outer layer of dentine and the inner layer of cement belong together and form a unit, which, no doubt, represents the foetal tooth i. e. the one formed during the foetal life. The inner layer of dentine and the outer 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 2. layer of cement, on tlie other hand, correspond with eacli otlier and represent a somewhat låter stage of development, i. e. wlien the permanent growth of the tooth already has begun. An examination of a section through a somewhat older and worn ^ tooth (from the skull with 47 Vs cm. basal length) proves that the deve- lopment continues as it has begun (fig. 4). The greater part of the crown, which projects beyond the tube of cement, is worn away, and even the cement itself is partly worn off in such a way that is flush with the remains of the crown, and the tooth t hus forms a bluntly rounded cone. It is, however, the dentine of the basal portion of the crown, which still forms the apex of the tooth, and on the section this layer of dentine is recognizable on its comparative homogeneousness. Be- neath this follows layer upon layer of dentine of varying thickness, and more or less defined from each other. These layers are parallel with the ijjpf |M^-/ basal surface of the first apical layer jjm W/ of dentine described above from the w Wf .young tooth, thus v/ith their apical J ]/ end in the centre and from there sloping outwards and downwards to the outer surrounding cylinder of cement. By these layers of dentine the original pulpcavity is gradually more and more filled up- and trans- formed to a solid cylinder of dentine which constitutes the centre of the låter on functioning tooth but at the same time the pulpcavity is prolonged at its base ^ One of the most worn teeth of this skull has been chosen. - A narrow central fissure appears, however, to persist a verv long time since the other parts have beeome solid. (Conf. what is said above about a central fissure.) Fig. 4. Longitudinal sec- tion through the somewhat worn tooth of a young White whale showing the strata of dentine and cement, c cement, d dentine. LÖNNBERG, THE DENTITION OF DELPHINAPTERUS LEUCAS. 11 as each new layer of dentine (and the with the same corres- ponding external layer of cement) projects basally a little beyond its predecessor. The diameter of the cylinder of dentine measures about 5 mm. the increase of these parts is thus not very great when compared with the quite young tooth. The cement which constitutes the exteriör part of the tooth is also stratified, although in a less conspicuous manner than the dentine. It has become considerably thicker than in the quite young tooth. A section through a much worn tooth of an old animal (basicranial length about 60 cm.) is quite in accordance with the description above, in spite of the much greater size of this tooth, which had a diameter of fully 14 mm., or nearly twice as much as the tooth reproduced in fig. 4. The den- tine is arranged in similar layers between which in some cases a stratum of odontoblasts is seen, but not alvays. The ce- ment is likewise stratified. There seems, however, to be a certain difference with regard to the microscopical texture of the cement of this big tooth compared with that of the 3^ouno"er teeth as it is highly interwoven with fibrils, which on a longitudinal section appear to run chiefly in a radial direction, although they are not, by far, regularly arranged but sometimes turned more in one and sometimes more in another direction. The presence of these fibrils indicates that these cementlayers in reality consist of ossified connective tissue. It is evident that by means of these fibrils the firmity of the tissue is highly increased, and this is more needed in the large teeth of the old than in the small teeth of the young animals, because the cement plays a much more important part for the individual tooth in the former than in the latter. This statement is easily verified by measuring the thickness of the different layers of tissue and if this is done it will be found that the transversal diameter of the central cylinder of dentine has exactly the same length, viz. 5 mm. in this large tooth as in the younger tooth described above, in spite of the great difference between the two in total size. It is thus only the growth of the exteriorly surrounding layers of cement which has effected the increase in size of the larger tooth. Consi- dering how the interiör cylinder of dentine is fitted in into the exteriör tube of cement it is also easily understood that the 12 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 2. former hardly can expand beyond the boundaries once fixed. This arrangement is, however, also of mechanical importance for keeping the tooth in a conical sliape. It is clear that wlien the tooth is subjected to wearing the somevvhat softer cement will wear away more quickly than the härd er inner cyhnder of dentine. In consequence of this the dentine will protrude beyond the cement at the worn apical end of the tooth, which accordingly assumes and retains the shape of a blunt cone. The thickness of the tip or point of the tooth stånds in direct correspondence with the thickness of the inner cyhnder of dentine. A narrow inner cylinder of dentine surrounded by a thick outer coat of cement wiJl thus when worn result in a conical and comparatively more sharp-pointed tooth than if the dentine had been thicker and more massive. From the description above it may be quite clear how the teeth of the White whale are built, how they continue to grow and by this substitute the worn off parts. The small original crown is soon worn away, the easier as the enamel covering is so very thin, and it is thus during the greater part of the life of the animal the root which fmictions as tooth ^ and keeps on growing in the manner described and ex- plained above. If a question about the homology of the teeth of the White whale is raised, it seems clear that none of the nor- mally 9 teeth on either side as well of the upper as lower jaw can be regarded as corresponding to incisors or canines as none of them is inserted in the premaxillary nor in close vicinity to the suture. The foremost of them must thus be premolars, and the others also premolars and possibly molars. Through the investigations especially by Abel it has been made evident that the increase in number of the teeth of the Squalodons has taken place a t the posterior end of the premolar series but in front of the molars. The hind- most teeth in the jaws of these primitive whales, the true molars — inherited from their ancestors — are pushed back- wards by the new members of the dentition, that is the new posterior premolars, and have a tendency of becoming reduced. ^ This forms, oniitting all the great differences in structure etc, an analogy to the condition prevailing in Orycteropus in which the present anthor has proved elsewhere (»On a new Orycteropus from Xorthern Congo and some remarks on the dentition of the Tubulidentata. Ark. f. Zoologi. Bd. 3. n:o 3. Stockholm 1900) that the roots alone function as teeth since the small crowns soon have been worn off. LÖNNBERG, THE DENTITION OF DELPHINAPTERUS LEUCAS. 13 The dental formula of Squalodon is therefore written by Abel^ q i c q in tbe following way: t ^\ c-; p ^\ m -. The number of pre- molars of Squalodon agrees thus almost exactly with the number of teeth of Delphinapterus . It bas been pointed out above that the latter possesses neither incisors nor canines, and as the moJars were on the way of being reduced already in the primitive whales it is hardly probable that any such have remained up to the present time. In consequence of this it may be assumed that all the teetb of Delphuiapterus are premolars, and homologous with the same number of premolars in Squalodon. When seen in this light it appears more than probable that the small accessory cusps described and figured above on the new and unworn small crowns of the teeth of Delphinapterus are to be regarded as remnants of the cusps of the teeth of the Squalodons, and it does not at all appear difficult to understand how such teeth as those of the former could have been derived from those of some form of Squaladon through reduction of the crown^ and in- creased (finally permanent) growth of the root (since through fusion of the originally double roots a simple root has been formed). There are several characters of the White whale which indicate that it represents a comparatively rather low, or primitive type among the now living Cetacea. Such charac- ters are among others the free cervical vertebrse, the great number (8) of twoheaded ribs, the lack of dorsal fin etc. To those may now be added the peculiarities of the teeth de- scribed above. If all these primitive characters are connted together it will appear that the White whale has not reached so far from its ancestors as many other toothed whales. It is also quite evident from the above given description of the structure and development of the teeth of Delphinapterus that these teeth are something quite sui generis, totally dif- ferent from the enamel-covered teeth of the typical Dolphms (conf. below). Such teeth as those of the latter can never be developed from such as those of the White whale. In ^ Verhandl. Deutsch. ZooL Gesellschaft in Breslau 1905. Leipzig 1905. p. 89. ^ The reduction or degeneration of the crown is proved by the great thinness of the enamel covering; as recorded above. 14 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND i. NO 2. spite of the primitiveness in several respects of the White whales it is therefore impossible to assume a DelphinajMrus- like form among the ancestors of the typical Dolphins, but it must be taken for certain that both have develo]3ed inde- pendently form more primitive whales and in such a case it appears necessary to retain Delphinapteridce as a separate family among the toothed whales. To make sure about the fundamental differences in struc- ture between the teeth of DelphinajMrus and those of the typical members of Delphinidce I have prepared sections through teeth of Delpliinus delphis, Sieno frontatus, Glohicephalus melas, and Phoccena phoccena and found the fol- lowing. The tooth of Delpliinus delphis which was seetioned measured about 15 mm. in total length (conf. fig. 5). The large pulp- cavity which is vvider in its upper portion extends exactl}^ through half the length of the whole tooth and is sharply defined. The conical somewhat curved crown is co- vered by a rather thick cap of enamel, which is thicker on the outer than on the inner side. On the outer side its thickness amounts to 0.180 mm. but on the inner side to 0, 1 2 6 mm. Towards the base of the crown the enamel gradually becomes thinner and ceases altogether about 6 mm. from the tip. Not quite one millimetre from the lower margin of the enamel the layer of cement which covers the root begins. This layer of cement increases somewhat towards the middle of the root but it does not appear to attain a greater thickness than about 0,o7 5 mm., thus much less than the enamel. At the base of the root the layer of cement bends round the margin into the pulp- cavity a little. The remainder main part of the root as well as the crown consists of dentine. The solid dentine of the crown has the usual appearance except that bloodvessels extend far into the interiör only leaving the outermost com- pact layer of a thickness of about 0,6 mm. intact. This layer Fig. 5. Longitu- dinal section through a tooth of Delphinus delphis. e enamel, d dentine, c cement. LÖNNBERG, THE DENTITION OF DELPHINAPTERUS LEUCAS. 15 may correspond to the apical layer of dentine described above in the tooth of Delphiiiaj^terus. Otherwise the dentine of Delphinus is not stratified in the same way as in DelyJiinap- terus, but in the root two iayers are plainly visible with low magnifying power, although with liigher the dentinal tubes are seen running directly from one layer into the other. The dentine of the Dolphin is remarkable for its great number of »calcigerous cells» first seen by Anders Retzius^ and then by OwEN.^ These cells are chiefly situated in the most peri- pheric part of the dentine where they form an irregular stra- tum. Towards the basal parts of the root they increase in size and number more and more. Near the end of the root they form a veiy thick exteriör layer with so many large cells that the tissue should have quite the appearance of cement if it was not for the dentinal tubes with which the cells stånd in connection. The outer coat of cement is even at this place sharply defined from the cellulär dentine, The teeth of Sieiio frontatus are in its main features built after the same plan as those of the Dolphin, although there are several less important differences. With regard to the outer shape the teeth ot Steno are strongly curv^ed which makes it impossible to obtain a central longitudinal section in one plane. The curving is double. The root is strongly curved backwards and the crown somewhat inwards with the tip. The enamel is in this genus, as is well known, rugose and thus of unequal thickness. The coat of cement on the root is comparatively thin and measures on my sections not more than about 0,2 5 mm. In the dentine of the crown a com- paratively thin stratum of »calcigerous cells» is seen below the apical layer of dentine. In the root these cells become more numerous in a layer under the cement which increases towards the end of the root. When studied with a low magnifying power it looks as if the side wall of the pulpcavity should have an interiör layer of cement as .welL but if the section is more highly magnified this proves to be a mistake. It is a layer of »calci- gerous cells» or odontoblasts imbedded in a calcified matrix and with numerous branched processes which finally pass över into the dentinal tubes which are directed radially, and ^ Mikroskopiska vmdersökningar öfver tändernes, särskildt tandbenets, struktur. K. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1836. Stockholm 1837. - Odontography. London 1840 — 45, p. 355. 16 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 2. vertically to the surface. In some places regular bushes of dentinal tubes are sent off from such cells. This layer may be rightly regarded as ossified pulp which finally may fill up the cavity of the root more or less completely. A section through the side wall of the pulpcavity in this stage of development (fig. 6) shows thus four layers l:o the exteriör coat of cement (c), 2:o the Jayer of »calcigerous cells» belonging to the dentine proper (cd), 3:o the layer of dentinal tubes [d), and 4:o the layer of ossified pulp [ojj) with odontoblasts with branched prolongations. At the upper end of the pulpcavity this fourth inner layer of ossified pulp is not developed as yet and the layer of normal dentine is there the thickest. c cd cL Wl^^ Ipl Fig. 6. Longitudina] section through a portion of the side wall of the pulpcavity of a tooth of Steno frontatus. c cement, cd layer of calcigerous cells in the dentine, d dentine, op ossified pulp. The teeth of the Blackwhale (Globicephalus) have also a structure similar to the same in the Dolphin. A tooth mea- suring about 35 mm. of a semiadult Globicephalus has been sectioned (fig. 7). It has a conical crown which is about 11 mm. in length and capped with a layer of enamel which near the tip has a thickness of O, is to 0, 2 o mm. The coat of cement is in this not very old tooth quite thin to begin with and does not in any place on my sections attain a thickness which is equal to the enamel cap. With low magnifying power the dentine looks stratified but the different strata are not very sharply defined. The »calcigerous cells» are found as usual chiefly in a layer inside the coat of cement in the LÖNNBERG, THE DENTITION OF DELPHTNAPTERUS LEUCAS. 17 dentine of the root. The pulpcavity in this comparatively not very old tooth is large, and there is no ossified pulp^ the dentinal tubes radiating straight away from the surface of the pulpcavity. At the tip of the tooth several dentinal tubes can be seen penetrating into the enamel layer. With regard to their outer shape the teeth of the Black whale are more stout than those of the two foregoing species. The root is as a rule more or less compressed and often a longitudinal furrow is found along the side which has quite such a situation and appearance as if it was the last trace of a division in two roots and it does not seem im- probable that this really is the case. In spite of the different shape of the teeth of the Porpoise (Pho- coena) with their spade-like crowns and cylindrical roots their structure is essen tially the same as in the Dolphin. The crown consists of den- tine and is surrounded by an enamel cowering which has a thickness on my sections of O, i62 mm. The ena- mel covering ends rather abruptly at the base of the crown and then there is a gap before the coat of cement which surrounds the cylindrical root puts in appearance. The cement increases in thickness basally but it is everywhere rather thin and does not attain even the thickness of the enamel. The greatest diameter of the cement layer, which I have measured on my sections, is only about one tenth of a millimetre. The correspondence in structure between the teeth of the four species now described proves that they all have been developed in a similar way. It proves also that with regard to the microscopical structure and the arrangement and mu- tual relationship of the three different tissues (enamel, den- Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 2. 2 Fig. 7. Longitudinal sec- tion through a tooth of Glo- bicephalus melas. e enamel, d dentine, c cement- 18 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 2. tine, and cement) these teeth very nearly resemble as well each other as at the same time normal mammalian teeth. They liave thus only been altered with regard to tlieir shape which has been simplified to a single conical fång (or spade- like crown in Phoccena) at the same time as the double roots have coalesced into one, which then has got the power of growing longer. There cannot be spöken about reduction neither of the enamel layer nor of the whole crown in the teeth of these four species as justly has been done above concerning the White whale. The teeth of the same four species do not show any secondary growth of cement either w^hich is so very important for the development of the teeth of the White whale The conclusion pronounced above about the independent development of the White whale on one and the typical Dolphins and Porpoises on the other side is thus fully supported by these investigations of the structure of the teeth of the latter animals. In the same respect in w^hich the teeth Delphinapterus differ from those of the Dolphins viz. in the strong develop- ment of the surrounding coat of cement they offer a resem- blance to the teeth of the Cachalot. The latter consist also of a central cylinder of dentine and a surrounding very thick layer of cement which constitutes the main bulk of the teeth. This can easily be seen on any tooth of a Sperm whale which is somewhat worn. Ås the White whale and the Cachalot are so greatly different in many other respects this likeness can only be explained as a product of analogous development. In both cases the crowns of the teeth have become reduced for some reason. When låter the teeth have been needed the animals have for the further development of them only had the roots to fall back upon w4th their central dentine and surrounding cement. Tryckt den 5 juli 1910. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. AEKIY ¥Ön ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 3. Neue öder weiiig bekaiinte Coleoptera Loiigicoriiia. 11. Von CHR. AURIVILLIUS. Mit 1 Textfigur. Vorgelegt ani 1. Juni lOlO- Prionidae. 168. Rhaphipodus inermis n. sp. — Biunneo-castaneus, subopacus; antennis, pedibus, area siiturali basali elytrorum plagaque triangula metasterni nitidiiisculis; pedibus inermibus vel tibiis anticis maris intus denticulatis; scapo antennarum articulo 3:o parum longiore, antennis medium elytrorum at- tingentibus; mandibulis, apice nitido excepto, labro piloso, clypeo, tuberculis antenniferis scapoque rude minus dense punctatis; oculis supra haud approximatis; pronoto valde transverso inter basin et angulum lateralem inermi vel obso- lete denticulato; scutello magno, lato, obtuso; elytris ad basin fortius, apicem versus sensim levius coriaceo-rugulosis et punctatis, ad basin haud, pone medium minutissime granu- losis, longitudinaliter latissime leviter bisulcatis et obsolete tricostatis, sulcis et costis nec basin nec apicem attingentibus, apice ad suturam brevissime spinosis. Long. corporis 31 — 38 mm. J*. Pronotum, scutellum, sterna (area media Isevi meta- sterni excepta) et abdomen opaca, dense sequaliter punctulata. 143 Arlciv för zoologi. Band 7. X:o 3. 1 2 AEKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. Pronotum plagis duabus parvis discalibiis tricornibus lineaque tenuissima transversa subbasali nitidis, sublaevibus ornatum. Femora antica infra scabra. Tibiae anticse intiis breviter den- ticulatse. 5- Pronotum medio nitidum, sublseve, utrinque latissime fortiter scrobiculato-rugosum angulo laterali longe spinoso. Scutellum nitidum, remote irregulariter punctulatum. Sterna et abdomen minus dense punctulata, subnitida. Pedes om- nino inermes. Borneo : Sarawak. — Vom Sarawak-Museum eingesandt. Durch die fast unbewehrten Beine und die Bildung des Halssehildes des 2 von allén anderen Arten verschieden. 169. Aegosoma metallicum n. sp. — $. Obscure viride antennis pedibusque chalybeis; supra subnudum, infra pube grisescente tenuiter vestitum; oculis late distantibus, lobis infe- rioribus medium condylorum antennarum haud attingentibus; genis lobis oculorum haud brevioribus ; antennis corpore multo brevioribus infra nudis, scapo apice inermi rude punctato, articulo tertio longissimo, basin elytrorum longe superante, sequentibus simul sumtis vix breviore, fortiter rugoso-punc- tato, scabriusculo, 4:o elongato rugoso-punctato, reliquis bre- vibus sublaevibus; capite dense granulato, infra cyanescente; prothorace trapezoidali, apice quam basi multo angustiore, lateribus subrectis ciliatis, angulis posticis rotundato-dilatatis, Carina laterali inermi ante coxas evanescente, dorso medio subplano, utrinque calloso, dense granulato, nudo; scutello magno, obtuso, granulato; elytris ad basin prothorace latio- ribus, apicem versus sensim leviter angustatis, apice conjunc- tim late rotundatis inermibus, singulis supra costis 4 nigris acutis laevibus prope apicem connexis (costa 3:a ante me- dium breviter interrupta) instructis, interstitiis granulis plus minus nigricantibus dense obsitis, sutura et margine laterali etiam costato-elevatis ; corpore infra punctulato, nitidiusculo ; femoribus remote punctatis, nitidis, posticis apicem abdomi- nis attingentibus; tarsorum articulo ultimo praecedentibus simul sumtis haud longiore, articulo primo posticorum brevi, quam 2:o haud duplo longiore. Long. corporis 25 mm. Borneo: Matang. 1 9- Von Dir. Moulton mitgeteilt. Durch die metallische Farbe weicht diese Art von allén anderen bisher beschriebenen ab. Da das J^ mir unbekannt 144 AURIVTLLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 3 ist und Lameere seine Unterabteilungen der Gattung 21 e- gopis leider fast ausschliesslich auf die Kennzeichen des J" begriindet hat, ist es mir unmöglich zu sägen, ob metallicum zur Untergattung Aegosoma öder Baralipton im Sinne Lamee- re's gehört. Nach Gahan's Begrenziing der Gattungen gehört sie zu Aegosoma, passt a ber in keine seiner Abteilungen der Gattung. Cerambycidae. 170. Noserius femoralis n. sp. — Testaceus pubescens; femoribus supra, tibiis articuloque primo tarsorum nigrofuscis; prothorace subquadrato utrinque dente parvo distincto ar- mato; tibiis anticis curvatis; segmentis abdominalibus 1 — 3 (maris?) utrinque foveatis. Long. oorporis 12 mm. Borneo: Sarawak. Museum Holmiae. 171. Temnopis cyanescens n. sp. — Nigra, elytris et abdomine cyanescentibus, clypeo, gula, coxis et basi femorum testaceis, scapo infra brunnescente; fronte et vertice dense punctatis, medio sulcatis; prothorace transverso, ad basin fortiter tubulato-constricto, utrinque ante stricturam valde tumido, dense coriaceo-punctato; scutello angusto, subnitido; elytris rude punctatis, obsolete bicostatis, apice singulatim rotundatis, breviter nigro-hirsutis ; sternis punctatis ; abdomine subnitido. Long. corporis 15 mm. Brasilien: Espiritu Santo ~ Museum Holmiae. 172. Temnopis rufoscapus n. sp. — Rufa; antennis (scapo rufo excepto), tibiis, tarsis et abdomine nigris; elytris chalybeis; capite profunde sulcato, dense punctato; protho- race subcjuadrato vel latitudine paullulo longiore, dense punc- tulato, opaco, ad basin strangulato ; elytris dense punctatis, obsolete bicostatis, brevissime nigro-hirtulis, apice oblique truncatis. Long. corporis 18 mm. Brasilien: Espiritu Santo. — Museum Holmise. Beide Arten sind mit T. rufiihorax AuRiv. nahe ver- wandt. Das bisher unbekannte Weibchen von rufiihorax weicht vom J^ dadurch ab, dass die Fliigeldecken rein schwarz sind mit einer sehr breiten, hellgelben Querbinde iiber die Mitte. 145 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BA^'D 7. N:0 3. Androeme nov. gen. (Oeniinarum). Caput sat latnm; fröns brevis impressione profunda trans- versa a clypeo separata; vertex subelongatus. — Oculi rude granulati: lobi superiores angusti, quam condyli antennarum minus late distantes. — Antennse maris fere tertia parte, feminse vix corpore longiores; scapus obconicus fere rectus, articulus 2:us elongatus scapo haud quadruplo brevior; arti- culus 3:us scapo fere duplo longior; 4:us 3:o multo, 5:o vix brevior; articuli 1 — 6(^7) infra sat longe ciliati. — Pro- thorax latitudine longior, maris magis elongatus et multo latior, elytris parum angustior, apicem versus paullulum dila- tatus lateribus fere rectis, feminse elytris multo angustior lateribus medio tuberculo parvo obtuso instructis. — Scu- tellum apice obtusum. — Elytra elongata, parallela, apice singulatim subacute rotundata, inermia, supra obsolete bi- carinulata. — Prosternum ante coxas elongatum, inter coxas angustum, lamelliforme. — Mesosternum inter coxas latum, antice subplanum, parum declive, inerme. — Acetabula antica extus angulata, postice aperta; intermedia extus aperta. — Femora leviter compressa, apicem versus sensim latiora. — — Tibiae graciles, haud carinatse. — Tarsi elongati; articulus l:us posticorum reliquis simul sumtis fere longior. — Abdo- men feminse simplex. 173. Androeme plagiata n. sp. — Fusca; antennis, pe- dibus, metasterno elytrisque (basi excepta) brunneis vel brun- neo-testaceis; capite, prothorace et corpore infra subaureo- sericeis; elytris pube griseo-sericea vestitis, maculis et plagis denudatis brunneis variegatis, subseriatim granulatis et bre- viter setosis. Long. corporis 15 — 22 mm. D. Ostafrika: Usambara. — D. entomol. Nationalmuseum und Reichsmuseum in Stockholm. 174. Plocaederus ruficornis n. sp. — Robustus, opacus, äter, antennis pedibusque brunneo-rubris, femoribus apice nigris; antennis maris corpore parum longioribus (articulo nono apicem el3^trorum attingente), feminse corpore breviori- 146 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LOXGICORNIA. 5 bus, articulis 3:o et 4:o apice obtuse angulatis inermibus, 5 — 10 apice acute angulatis; prothorace supra fere nudo, irregulariter rugato, utrinque spinoso; scutello triangulo griseo-tomentoso; elytris ante medium fere nudis coriaceo- punctatis, pone medium punctulatis et tenuissime pube- scentibus, apice truncatis et bispinosis; corpore infra griseo- piloso; prosterno apice tuberculo valido armato. Long. cor- poris 27 — 30 mm. West-Afrika: Kuilu. — Museum Bruxellense. Eine sowohl durch die Färbung, wie durch die Skulptur sehr ausgezeichnete Art, welche in der Körperform am meisten an P. fiicatus erinnert. 175. Sphallenum superbum n. sp. — Nigrum, capite, pronoto, scutello, pectoreque flavo-aureo tomentosis, medio metasterni abdomineque subnudis, nitidis, pilis perpaucis ob- sitis; elytris nudis, laevibus, flavo-testaceis, maculis senis nigris ornatis; femoribus (basi apiceque nigris exeptis) et apice ti- biarum flavis; pronoto verrucis magnis nitidis nigris 13 or- nato, una postice in medio sita, antice in carinam prolongata; elytris subcylindricis apice conjunctim subtruncato-rotundatis et singulatim bispinosis spina suturali breviore; antennis ( J") corpore quarta parte longioribus, articulo 3:o 4:o longiore, ultimo 10:o fere duplo longiore. Long. corporis 30 mm. Columbien. — Museum Holmise. Diese hiibsche Art stimmt of f enbär in der Bildung des Halsschildes nahe mit S. tiiberosum Bates iiberein, ist aber sonst ganz verschieden. Die schwarzen Flecke der Fliigel- decken sind in folgender Weise verteilt; ein gerundeter auf der Schulterbeule, zwei unregelmässige nebeneinander kurz hinter der Wurzel, der innere grösser, zwei nebeneinander fast in der Mitte, der innere grösser und mehr in die Länge gezogen und ein elliptischer vor der Spitze; die Naht und der Seitenrand sind auch schmal schwarz. Die Schenkel sind an der Spitze unbewaffnet, die Schie- nen aber nacli aussen bedornt, wie bei den iibrigen Sphalle- num- Ar ten. 176. Obrium circumcinctum n. sp. — Rufo-ferrugineum articulis 3 — 11 antennarum plus minus infuscatis, vitta dor- sali pronoti vittaque humerali elytrorum ante apicem versus 147 6 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BA^'D i, NIO 3. suturam curvata et suturam attingente nec non fascia media transversa, vittam ciim sutura connectente et ad suturam antrorsum anguste prolongata, chah'bescente-nigris ; scapo antennarum obconico, leviter curvato, articulis 3:o et 4:o subsequalibus, 5:o longiore; prothorace elongato utrinque medio obtuse tuberculato et supra tuberculis duobus obso- letis instructo, ante basin constricto et transversim sulcato; elytris parallells punctatis, apice singulatim rotundatis sutura pone scutellum impressa; femoribus leviter clavatis; artieulo 1:0 tarsorum posticorum 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis vix longiore. Long. corporis 6 — 8 mm. Deutsch Ost- Afrika: Usambara. — D. entomol. National- museum und Reichsmuseum in Stockholm. Eine durch die Zeichnung der Fliiseldecken sehr leicht kenntliche Art, 177. Allophyton sexmaculatum n. sp. — Pallide testa- ceum, breviter pilosum, capite, protliorace sternisque brunneo- fuscis, femoribus posterioribus fusco-maculatis vel annulatis,' elytris macula elongata media prope suturam, mox pone me- dium fascia irregulari obliqua suturam non attingente macu- laque parva apicali fuscis ornatis; prothorace griseo vel sub- argenteo-sericeo-pubescente; elytris ante medium distincte subseriatim punctatis, pone medium Isevibus, subnitidis, ante apicem depressione longitudinali irregulari instructis, apice obtuse rotundatis inermibus. Long. corporis 7 — 8 mm. Insel Fernando Po — L. Fea. — Museo Civico in Genua. 178. Holopterus antarcticus n. sp. — (^. Elongatus, valde angustus, pallide ferrugineus, lateribus meso- et meta- sterni, apice tibiarum, elytris basi excepta antennisque (scapo excepto) plus minus infuscatis, tenuiter albido-sericeo pubes- cens; capite obsolete punctulato, inter oculos sulcato: pro- thorace latitudine basali fere breviore, apice valde con- stricto, utrinque tuberculato et supra prope medium bicalloso; scutello rotundato-triangulari; elytris ad basin quam pronoto inter tuberculos parum latioribus, paullo pone basin intus sensim angustatis et dehiscentibus, postice linearibus et apice obtusis. supra obtuse bicostatis costa interiore abbreviata; antennis corpore vix brevioribus compressis articulis 5 — 11 148 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LO^'GICORNIA. 7 extus minute denticulatis et apice serrato-dentatis, scapo le- viter curvato, prothoracem vix attingente; pygidio apice ro- tundato. Long. corporis 19 mm. Feuerland, von Otto Nordenskjöld gefangen — Museum Holmiöe. Mit H. siiblineatus Fairm.^ nahe verwandt, aber kleiner, heller gefärbt, diinner behaart und besonders durch die hin- ten viel schmäleren, kurz hinter dem Schildchen an der Naht- seite ausgerandeten Fliigeldecken und die wie bei Scolecohro- ius, aber viel feiner, gezähnelten Fiihlerglieder verschieden. 179. Leptura flavovittata n. sp. — Antennse inter ocu- los ad angulum anticum emarginaturse insertae. Caput valde transversum oculis magnis genis brevissimis, paullo pone ocu- los abrupte valde constrictum temporibus tumidis. Prothorax convexus, subcampanulatus, antice compressus et abrupte declivis, apice brevissime valde constrictus, postice utrinque valde dentato-productus, el3^tris liaud angustior. Pedes po- stici valde elongati, femora apicem elytrorum fere attingentia; tarsi tibiis fere longiores. articulus l:us sequentibus simu] sumtis longior, 2:us 3:o et 4:o simul sumtis longior. Nigra, pubescens, vitta elytrorum ad suturam approximata et apice dilatata, ima basi femorum articulisque 3 — 11 antennarum saltem ad basin flavis; prothorace lateribus fere rectis, supra ad basin plus minus late aureo-pubescente; scutello parvo aureo-pubescente; elytris eiongatis, angustis, apicem versus sensim angustatis, punctulatis, subnitidis, apice oblique trun- catis angulo exteriore producto, acuto; corpore infra dense flavo-griseo pubescente et valde sericeo-mutanto. Long. cor- poris 10 — 11 mm. Borneo: Ma tång, 3600 f:t. — Vom Director Moulton mit- geteilt. 180. Leptura conicollis n. sp. — $. Valde elongata, angusta, fulvo-testacea, aureopubescens, antennarum articulis 1 — 5, 10 et 11, femorum dorso et apice, tibiis, tarsis, maculis elytrorum, apice abdominis plus minus late fasciisque angustis basalibus segmentorum I — 3 ventralium nigris; capite et prothorace dense punctulatis, opacis; genis longis, ocalis semiglobosis vix brevioribus; capite pone oculos abrupte con- ^ longipes Burm. ist nomen nudum. 149 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. stricto collo brevi; prothorace elongato, latitudine basali multo longiore, omnino conico, nec apice nec basi constricto, angulis posticis brevibus obtusis; scutello triangulo lateribus rectis, apice acuto; elytris angustis, apicem versus sensim angustatis, apice oblique truncatis et extus spina armatis, nitidiusculis, punctulatis et tenue pubescentibus; singulo maculis tribus nigris lateralibus, prima subquadrata et se- cunda elongata suturam haud attingentibus, tertia pone me- dium antice lata suturam tangente, postice angustata et apicem versus longe producta, epipleuris basi excepta linea- que tenui suturali interdum pone scutellum in maculam dila- tata etiam nigris; sternis opacis densius aureo-tomentosis; abdomine pedibusque nitidioribus et minus dense pubescen- tibus. Long. corporis 12 — 17 mm. Leptura sp. Shelf. Proc. zool. Soc. 1902: 2, t. 20 f. 40. Borneo: Sarawak. Die Fiihier sind in einer Linie mit dem Vorderrande der Augen eingefiigt. 181. Erythrus bimaculatus n. sp. — Äter, pronoto ely- trisque coccineis, illo maculis duabus rotundatis subcallosis- utrinque in medio, bis quarta parte apicali nigris; capite punctato, clypeo in medio baseos elevato; antennarum arti- culis 1 — 4 teretibus, nitidiusculis, punctatis, o — 11 compressis griseo-pubescentibus apice extus acute dentatis, sed haud apiculatis; prothorace apice quam basi multo angustiore, lateribus leviter rotundatis, rude sed minus profunde rugoso- punctato; scutello träns verso, subl^evi, obtuso, nigro; elytris fere omnino cylindricis, apice leviter truncato-emarginatis et ad suturam apiculatis, parte coccinea minus dense punctata^ parte nigra densissime punctulata; processubus sternalibu& simplicibus; femoribus posticis apicem segmenti 2:i vix supe- rantibus. Long. corporis 18 mm. Borneo: Matang, »3600 feet». Von Dir. Moulton mit- geteilt. 182. Erythrus axillaris n. sp. — Äter macula magna humerali elytrorum coccinea, supra fere nudus, infra tenuiter pubescens, undique dense, in abdomine densissime, punctatus; antennis ut in E. assimili formatis, medium elytrorum supe- rantibus: prothorace apice multo angustiore, supra in medio 150 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 9 bicalloso; scutello brevi apice acutiusculo; elytris ad basin prothorace parum latioribus, apicem versus sensim paullulo latioribus, apice conjunctim late rotundatis et ad suturam dentatis, macula humerali postice angustata, sed ad margi- nem usque ad coxas posticas prolongata ; processu prosternali valde arcuato postice fere truncato, mesosternali declivi; femo- ribus posticis apicem segmenti 3:ii ventralis attingentibus; segmentis omnibus apice brunneo-ciliatis. Long. corporis 18 mm. Borneo: Matang, »3600 feet» — Von Dir. Moulton ein- gesandt. Eine schöne, durcli die Zeichnung leicht kenntliche Art. 183. Erythrus assimilis n. sp. — Elongatus, niger ely- tris, quarta parte apicali nigra excepta, testaceo-rufis, basin versus brunneo-rufis; capite dense ruguloso-punctato, opaco, supra brevissime pubescente, infra breviter griseo-piloso ; an- tennis medium elytrorum haud superantibus, scapo punctato apice parum incrassato, articulis 3:o et 4:o teretibus apice leviter incrassatis, reliquis compressis angulo apicali exteriore articulorum 6—10 acute apiculato, 11 apice ipso apiculato, 4:o quam 3:o multo, quam 5:o parum breviore; prothorace latitudine basali haud longiore, apicem versus leviter angu- stato, basi apiceque constricto, utrinque leviter rotundato, supra convexo, elytris altiore, undique profunde ruguloso- punctato, dorso utrinque in medio callo rotundato obtuso nigro-velutino et utrinque prope basin etiam calloso, in medio inter callos carina abbreviata parum distincta instracto; scu- tello transverso, obtuso, nigro; elytris elongatis, apicem ver- sus sensim paullulo latioribus, apice subtruncatis, nigrociliatis, angulo suturali spinoso, undique sed apice densius granulatis, colore apicali nigro ad latera longius quam in medio pro- ducto; corpore infra cum pedibus opaco, dense, in abdomine densissime, punctato; sternis simplicibus haud tuberculatis. Long. corporis 18 mm. Borneo: Matang. — Dir. Moulton. Dem E. sternalis Gah. ähnlich, durch die einfache, nicht gehöckerte Vorder- und Hinterbrust und die granulierten, an der Spitze queren Fliigeldecken verschieden. Das letzte Ventralsegment kurz, an der Spitze sehr breit abgestutzt und 151 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. in der Mitte schwach ausgerandet. Die Hinterschenkel er- reichen nur die Spitze des zweiten Bauchsegmentes. 184. Zonopterus imitans n. sp. — Äter, vix metalle- scens, nigro-velutinus, femoribus nitidiusculis chalybeis, rude punctatis; prothorace obscure rufo margine basali et apicali nigris; dimidio fere basali elytrorum testaceo, parte apicali virescente-nigra, fascia angusta transversa flava, nec suturam nec margines attingente, ante medium ornata; antennarum articulis 4 — 7 totis, apice 3:ii basique 8:i flavidis; clypeo punc- tato apice Isevi; tuberculis antenniferis breviter dentatis; an- tennis medium elytrorum parum superantibus, scapo rude punctato, apice extus dentato; pronoto omnino inermi, utrin- que sequaliter rotundato, basi apiceque constricto, supra for- titer rugoso-punctato et nigro-velutino strictura subapicali lateribusque Isevibus et glabris: scutello triangulo, nigro; parte basali elytrorum punctata et inter punctis dense punctulata, tenuiter flavo-pubescente; el^^tris subparallelis apice conjunc- tim late rotundatis; processu prosternali postice truncato et tuberculato; acetabulis anticis postice clausis; coxis fasciisque apicalibus segmentorum 1 — 4 ventralium dense argenteo-seri- ceis; segmento ultimo ventrali feminse apice late rotundato, virescente. Long. corporis 28 mm. Borneo: Matang, 1 9- — Von J. C. Moulton, Kurator des Sarawaks Museums mitgeteilt. Diese eigentiimliche Art ist der Pachyteria Vandej^oUi Rits. so ähnlich, dass ich sie zuerst als das 2 derselben be- trachtete. Da aber Ritsema's Typus auch ein Weibchen war und der Halsschild ganz verschieden gefärbt, geformt und skulptiert ist, muss ich beide als ganz verschieden betrachten. Der helle Basalteil der Fliigeldecken ist grösser als bei P. VandepoUi^ die letzten Fiihlerglieder sind schwarz und die gelbe Querlinie der Fliigeldecken ist ganz gerade und quer verlaufend. Von der Gattung Zonopterus weicht die neue Art durch die nach hinten geschlossenen Gelenkhöhlen der Vorderhiiften und den hinten gehöckerten und senkrecht ab- gestutzten Prosternalfortsatz ab. 185. Euchitonia superba n. sp. — §. Obscure caeru- lescente viridis, prosterno (margine antico excepto) cum callis magnis lateralibus, metasterno abdomineque aurantiacis vel 152 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 11 flavidis; capite et prothorace nudis nitidis; antennis latis nigris articiilo tertio curvato, apice incrassato; vertice punctato; pronoto medio Isevi utrinque transversim strigoso callis late- ralibus longitudinaliter strigosis; scutello elongato, nitido, sublsevi, medio profunde sulcato; elytris pallide flavescente vel subaureo-tomentosis, fascia lata ante medium suturam haud attingente et plus tertia parte apicali nigricante-velu- tinis; metasterno aureo-pubescente et brevissime fusco-setoso; abdomine tenuiter flavido-pubescente; pedibus nitidis, subnu- dis, tibiis anticis intus dense flavo-tomentosis; tarsorum posti- corum articulo l:o 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis multo longiore. Long. corporis 58 mm. Borneo aus dem Inneren — Vom Sarawak-Museum ein- gesandt. Eine prachtvolle, einer Catoxantha ähnliche Art. 186. Pachyteria Moultoni n. sp. — Chalybeo-virescens, supra nigro-velutina, inf ra dense griseo-sericea, articulis 3 — 5 basique articub' 6:i antennarum pallide flavidis, tibiis tarsis- que violascentibus; clypeo sat dense punctulato margine api- cali nitido, Isevi; scapo antennarum punctulato, articulo 3:o 4:o et o:o simul sumtis parum breviore, 4:o quam 5:o vix breviore; prothorace subquadrato, utrinque prope medium breviter an- gulato-dentato, basi apiceque constricto lateribus rotundatis, antice sulco medio distincto subnitido instructo; scutello an- gusto elongato; elytris apicem versus sensim leviter angustatis apice rotundatis, dense nigrovelutinis sutura tenuissime niti- diuscula: femoribus chalybeis punctatis, posticis dense punc- tulatis, elongatis, apicem elytrorum superan tibus ; processu prosternali postice arcuato, quam coxis minus alte elevato, acetabiilis anticis postice clausis. Long. corporis 19 mm. Borneo: Matang — 1 c? von Moulton mitgeteilt. Das fiinfte Ventralsegment ist hinten tief ausgerandet. Die Art scheint mit Pachyteria chrysogaster Rits. und lugu- bris Rits. verwandt zu sein und hat das Aussehen einer kleiner Callichroma. Die Fiihler sind kaum länger als der Körper. 187. Dolichaspis caesarea n. sp. — Nitidissime purpureo- violacea, capite et prothorace seneo-viridibus; antennis nigris; femoribus nigro-chalybeis inermibus; tibiis obscure violascen- 153 12 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 3. tibus; tarsis nigris argenteo-tomentosis; mandibulis valde elon- gatis, rectis, apice nigris; fronte brevi, inter oculos trans- versim sulcata; vertice dense punctulato, inter oculos nigro- velutino ; prothorace utrinque tuberculato, supra convexo^ antrorsum sensim declivi, postice abrupte sulcato-constrieto, disco utrinque fovea strigosa impresso, supra densissime et minutissime punctulato, tenuiter nigro-velutino, sulco basali igneo-micante ; scutello longissimo, 6 mm. longo, dimidio ba- sali leviter transversim striguloso, apicali fere laevi, nitido summo apice foveato; elytris macula magna elongata basali^ vitta angusta suturali alteraque lata laterali apicem non at- tingente densissime punctulatis, nigro-velutinis, areis nudis sparsim punctatis; prosterno ante coxas valde declivi, inter coxas latissimo et coxas superante, postice fortiter arcua- to, subtruncato; mesosterno antice recte truncato; me- tasterno medio punctato, nitido, viridi; lateribus sterni et abdominis tomento sordide griseo-f lavescen te vestitis; abdo- mine medio nitidissimo, purpureo-violaceo; femoribus puncta- tis. Long. corporis 32 mm. Kongogebiet: Lulua. — Museum Bruxellense. Nacb einem einzigen Weibchen beschrieben. Diese pracht- volle Art stimmt in allén wesentlichen Kennzeichen mit Do- lichaspis liberein. Das d ritte Fuhlerglied ist, wie auch bei der folgenden x\rt, drehrund and nicht scharf gekielt, wie bei den M ecosasjois-Årten. 188. Dolichaspis strigosa n. sp. — Cyanea vel viridi- cyanea, supra nuda, inf ra lateribus argenteo-sericeis ; tarsis argenteo-tomentosis; antennis chaly beo-nigris ; prothorace utrinque tuberculo lato obtuso armato, supra sequaliter con- vexo haud vel vix f oveola to, transversim plicatulo area media Isevi, strictura basali profunde unicostulata; scutello valde elongato striguloso, apice laevi et longitudinaliter impresso; elytris sat dense punctatis; pro- et mesosterno ut in specie prsecedenti formatis. Long. corporis 26—30 mm. Ashanti. — Museum Bruxellense. Offenbar mit D. scutellata Gah. ( ? = simulatrix Pasc.) nahe verwandt, davon aber sofort durch den seitlich quer gestreiften Halsscliild und das quergestreifte Schildchen zu unterscheiden. 154 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORXIA. 13 189. Chloridolum borneense n. sp. — Gracile, viride antennis pedibusque violascente-chalybeis, supra subniidum, infra teniie albido-pubescens; fronte inter antennas leviter sulcata et utrinque striolata, infra ni bida sublaevi, remote punctulata; vertice punctulato et ruguloso; scapo brevi, ad basin suboblique foveato-sulcato, rude punctato, apice extus denticulato; prothorace latitud ine basali longiore utrinque paullo pone medium tuberculo parvo armato, basin et apicem versus leviter angustato, prope apicem modice constricto, supra transversim strigato, disco utrinque pläga parva opaca punctulata obsolete nigro-velutina instructo, et inter plägas vermiculato vel interrupte longitudinaliter strigoso ; scutello triangulo lateribus curvatis, apice acuto, opaco, dense punc- tulato, viridi; elytris densissime punctulato-coriaceis, supra planis, apicem versus sensim angustatis, apice acutiusculis, vitta tenuissima suturali et latissima marginali obscure coeru- leis; tarsorum posticorum articulo primo valde compresso laminiformi, reliquis simul sumtis paullo longiore. Long. cor- poris 13 — 15 mm., lat. max. 2,5 mm. Borneo. — Von J. C. Moultox eingesandt. Von dem ähnlichen Ch. ceycinum Pasc. durch längeren Hals- schild und kleinere Seitendornen desselben, sowie durch die kleineren und kaum schwarz behaarten Riickenflecke des Halsschildes verschieden. Nach 2 J^ und 3 P beschrieben. 190. Chelidonium plicatulum n. sp. — Elongatum, vi- ride, antennis nigris, pedibus chalybeis, supra subnudum, infra argenteo-sericeum; fronte longitudinaliter plicatula, in medio sulcata, infra rugulosa et punctata; vertice punctato; oculis supra quam antennis minus distantibus; prothorace latitudine paullo longiore, utrinque paullo pone medium tuberculo parvo armato, basi apiceque supra depresso, sed parum constricto, un- dique rude sulcato-plicatulo, plicis in depressionibus apicali et basali transversis integris, in medio dorsi longitudinalibus ad latera transversis et antice utrinque irregularibus curvatis, in medio disci macula dense nigro-velutina ornato; scutello triangulo ruguloso-punctato; elytris ad basin latitudine pro- thoracis inter apices tuberculorum lateralium vix latioribus, apicem versus sensim parum angustatis, apice singulis prope suturam acuminatis, densissime punctulatis, viridibus vitta 155 14 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 8. angusta suturali alteraque lata marginali, saltem antice linea longitudinali virescente divisa, obscure coeruleis; femoribus anterioribus clavatis et rude foveato-punctatis, intermediis ad basin curvatis, posticis apicem elytrorum longe superan- tibus rugoso-punctatis. Long. corporis 17 — 22 mm. Borneo. — Die Art ist durch den ganzen Habitus und die langen Hintersclienkel einem Cliloridohim sehr ähnlich, weicht aber durch die Fiihler, welche fast fadenförmig und nicht ($), öder wenig länger (J*) als der Körper sind, und durch das kiirzere vierte Fiihlerglied von Cliloridolum ab. 191. Closteromerus thomensis n. sp. — Parva, viridi- metallica, interdum plus minus cupreo-micanSj antennis pedi- busque nigris; scapo antennarum, petiolis femorum tibiisque anticis et intermediis ruf o-brunneis ; frön te parum elongata, subplana, vage profunde punctata; vertice nitido sparse punc- tato; antennis corpore parum longioribus, apicem versus vix incrassatis, scapo levissime depresso, rugoso-punctato, arti- culo 3:o ceteris multo longiore, 4:o quam scapo et o:o vjx longiore, reliquis sensim paullo brevioribus; prothorace elon- gato, latitudine sesqui longiore, inträ basin apicemque leviter constricto, lateribus pone medium leviter rotundatis, disco postice sat rude punctato linea mediana sublsevi (in speci- mine altero sulco medio arcuato transverso instructo); scu- tello triangulari nitido; elytris linearibus apice ad suturam subacuminatis, punctato-rugosis, ima basi excepta opacis, apicem versus paullo obscurioribus; femoribus posticis apicem elytrorum superantibus, apice fere ut in genere Promecido abrupte subgloboso-clavatis; corpore infra cupreo- vel coeruleo- micante. — Long. corporis. 6, 5 — 7 mm. Insel St. Thomé — L. Fea — Museo Civico in Genua. Eine durch die fast fadenförmigen Fiihler und die scharf verdickten Hinterschenkel ausgezeichnete Art. 192. Orthoschema vittatum n. sp. — Obscure viride, antennis pedibusque nigris, elytris vitta lata igneo-cuprea ab humeris fere ad apicem extensa ornatis; abdomine luteo; capite, pronoto elytrisque dense subtiliter ruguloso-punctu- latis; prothorace leviter transverso vel subquadrato, elytris vix angustiore, lateribus leviter rotundatis, apicem versus 156 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 15 plus minus angustato; scutello quadrangulo, nigro; elytris apice anguste emarginatis angulo suturali dentato; scapo an- tennarum obconico; metasterno plus minus seneo- vel cupreo- tincto. Long. corporis 9 — 12 mm. J". Antennse corpore duplo — triplo longiores; articuli 1 — 3^ infra setis perpaucis instructi; 3:us 4:o parum longior. Pro- tborax apicem versus haud vel parum angustatus. 2. Antennae corpore parum longiores; articuli 1 — 6( — 8) infra paucisetosi. Prothorax apicem versus magis angu- status. Venezuela. — Museum Holmise. Eine leicht kenntliche Art, welche durch den kupfernen Streifen der Fliisjeldecken von allén anderen Arten abweicht^ aber den Chrysoprasis suturalis Lam. und Dutreuxi Lam. zum Verwecbseln ähnlicb ist. Ich fiige eine L^bersicht der mir bekannten Orthoschema- Arten bei. Orthoschema Thoms. I. Elytra unicoloria. viridia — coerulea — violacea,interdum cupreo-vittata. A. Antennarum scapus pyriformis, antice ad basin foveatus; articuli 3 — 10 plus minus compressi et carinati angulo apicali anteriore dentato. Pede& breves; femora postica apicem elytrorum haud superantia. a. Pedes nigri vel chalybei. *. Abdomen testaceum. §. Elytra apice singulatim rotundata, inermia ventrale Germ. (abdominale Serv.) hcemorrhoidale Germ. §§. Elytra apice ad suturam spinosa vel dentata rufiventre Germ.; ant. subnudse erythrogaster Whtte. 157 16 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. **. Abdomen viride — cyaneum — nigrum. §. Antennse totse nigrge. Abdomen vi- ridiseneum. Elytra apice integra. Tarnieri Bates. §§, Antenn» ad basin vel apice pallidse. 1. Antennarum articuli (8 — )9 — 11 albi. Elytra caerulescentia, apice ad suturam producta. a. Prothorax viridi-aeneus. albicorne Fabr. b. Prothorax liiteus. cyaneum Pascoe. 2. Antennarum articuli 1 — 2 ful vi, 3 — 11 nigri. Caput et thorax ful va; el3^tra viridia-coerulea. Ab- domen nigrum. Femora ad basin fulva. nigri corne Bates. p. Pedes fulvi — testacei. Abdomen piceum — nigrum. *. Elytra violacea. §. Caput et scapus antennarum rufa. Antennarum articuli 3 — 11 fusci. ruficeps Bates. §§. Caput fuscum. Antennarum articuli 1 — 8 saltem rufi. violaceipenne Auriv. **. Elytra laete prasina. Corpus fulvum. §. Antennse totse fulvse. prasinipenne Lucas. §. Antennarum articuli (8 — )9 — 11 nigri. viridipenne Thoms. 158 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 17 B. Antennae longse, graciles, teretes, subnudse, haud serratse; scapus obconicus, haud foveatus. Pedes elongati; femora postica apicem elytrorura longe superantia. Subgenus Orthoprasis no v. subgen. a. Elytra haud vittata. *. Pronotum et elytra Isete viridia. ahdominale Dalm. tenuicorne Bates. *. Pronotum igneo-cupreum. Elytra nigro- viridia. chryseis Bates. p. Elytra vitta humerali cuprea. vittatum Auriv. II. Elytra bicoloria; pars basalis coccinea vel fulva, api- calis nigra — coerulea. hasale Chevr. cardinale Bates. superbum Auriv. Miroclytus nov. gen. Antennae ($) corpore vix breviores; scapus obconicus articulo 3:o haud longior; articuli 3 — 8 apice intus acute spi- nosi, 4:us 3:o et 5:o inter se sequalibus brevior; sequentes subaequales. — Fröns lata, valde transversa, a clypeo sulco recto profundo separata, inter tuberculos antenniferos sulcata. — Oculi emarginati, infra valde dilatati et truncati; gense breves, latae. — Prothorax valde convexus, elytris altior, parum transversus, basi apiceque recte truncatus, utrinque paullo pone medium tuberculo valido armatus et prope apicem an- gulato-dilatatus. — Scutellum parvum, träns versum, semior- biculare. — Elytra convexa, apicem versus sensim angustata, apice singulatim rotundata. — Prosternum antice sensim de- clive, postice truncatum et apice obtuse tuberculatum, inter coxas latum et coxas paullo superans. — Acetabula antica 159 Arlciv för zoologi. Band 7. JV.o 3. 2 18 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. extus rotundata, postice late aperta; intermedia extus aperta. — Mesosternum latum, antice truncatum et bicallosum. — Processus intercoxalis abdominis latum, apice valde obtusum. — Pedes mediocres, postici longiores; femora parum dilatata, postica apicem segmenti 4:i abdominis attingentia; tarsi bre- ves, articulus l:us posticorum 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis haud longior. — Unguiculi magni, divaricati. Diese sehr ausgezeichnete G att ung weicht durch die be- waffneten Fiihler und die kurzen Tarsen von den Clytiden im Sinne Lacordaires ab. Diese Kennzeichen halte ich jedoch, wie auch Gahan, nicht fiir massge- bend. Nach Lacordaire wäre Miro- dytus unter die Typliocesiden zu stellen. Im Habitus stimmt Miro- clytiis am besten mit den Clytiden iiberein und weicht hauptsächlich nur durch den kräftigen Dorn des Hals- schildes ab. Die Bildung der Vor- der- und Mittelbrust sowie des Fort- satzes des Hinterleibes erinnert an die amerikanischen Cyllene-AvtQn. 193. Miroclytus bruiineipennis n. sp. — Fig. 48. — Niger, elytris pallide brunneis; capite, corpore infra Fig. 48. Miroclytus brunnei- ,., . i • , t pennis Åumv. pedibusque griseo-hirtulis; pronoto valde convexo, dense rude foveato- punctato, subnudo, pilis erectis pallidis sparso, vittis tribus dorsalibus externis interruptis, singula laterali medio inter- rupta marginibusque dense albotomentosis; scutello albo- tomentoso; elytris nitidis, ante medium punctatis, maculis seriatis punctiformibus f asciaque transversa paullo ante medium ad suturam interrupta albo-tomentosis; segmentis ventra- libus abdominis apice dense albo-ciliatis. Long corporis 21 mm. Madagaskar. — Collectio Hauser. 194. Xylotrechus Annobonae n. sp, — Ferrugineo-fuscus, pube flavo-virescente-grisea undique vestitus; antennis pedi- busque brunneorufis apice antennarum et femorum plus 160 AURIVILHUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 19 minus infuscatis; fronte tricarinata carinis externis infra le- viter curvatis; prothorace utrinque subsequaliter rotimdato maciila discali pone medium postice biloba, maculis binis elongatis utrinque, inferriore a dorso baud conspicuo; elytris dense punctulatis, apicem versus leviter angustatis, apice truncatis et extus brevissime dentatis, fascia subbasali W-formi ab humeris ad suturam ducta, macula elongata media macu- laque rotundata ad tertiam posteriorem partem nigris vel fuscis; corpore infra subsequaliter pubescente ergoque vix maculato vel fasciato. — Long. eorporis 13 mm. Diese Art is t of f enbär am näcbsten mit X. anguUferus Jord. und socius Jord. verwandt. Insel Annobon — Museo Civico in Genua. 195. Calanthemis thomensis n. sp. — Ferrugineo— fusca, griseo-pubescens; pronoto fascia transversa media nigricante; elytris ad basin saepe ferrugineis irregulariter griseo pubescen- tibus, deinde linea tranversa undulata ad suturam interdum versus scutellum longe angulata albido-grisea, in medio ma- cula magna communi grisescente angulo exteriore postico dentato-producto ornatis et apice iterum grisescentibus, apice rotundato-subtruncato, inermi; corpore infra maculis 4 late- ralibus triangulis (in mesosterno, metasterno et segmentis l:o et 2:o abdominis sitis) ornato; pedibus ferrugineis apice femorum, tibiarum et tarsorum nigricante; antennis medium elytrorum haud attingentibus, fuscis articulis 1^5 ferrugineis. Long. eorporis 6,5 — 10 mm. Insel St. Thomé: Agua-Ize, 600'— 700', von L. Fea ge- sammelt. — Museo Civico in Genua. Mit Ausnahme von der hellen Querlinie vor der Mitte der Fliigeldecken sind die Zeichnungen bei dieser Art nicht scharf begrenzt und treten darum wenig hervor. Die Grund- farbe ist bald mehr rotbraun, bald schwärzlich. 196. Demonax transversalis n. sp. — Angustus, elon- gatus, niger, tenue griseo-pubescens; fronte plana medio te- nuissime carinulata; antennis corpore brevioribus, scapo brevi, subcrasso, rude punctato, quam articulo 3:o multo breviore, articulis tertio et quarto subsequalibus, apice longe spinosis, articulis 1 — 5 nigro-fuscis infra ciliatis, 6 — 11 brunneis; pro- 161 20 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. thorace fere cylindrico, valde elongato, latitudine basali plus duplo longiore, supra nigricante, ad iatera et inf ra grlsescente, dorso dense punctato-ruguloso, in medio carinula postice di- latata et depressa instructo, margine basali et scutello albido- pubescentibus; elytris apicem versus sensim leviter angustatis, apice truncatis, inermibus, fascia basali alteraque subbasali omnino rectis et transversis, macula magna media triangula, antice ad suturam fasciam secundam attingente, postice trun- cata quartaque parte apicali cinereis; lateribus sternorum margineque postico metasterni albidis; pedibus gracilibus, pi- losis, femoribus posticis apicem elytrorum superantibus ; tar- sorum posticorum articulo primo 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis fere duplo longiore. Long. corporis 8,5 mm. Borneo: Matang. — Von J. C. Moulton mitgeteilt. Durch die zwei ganz geraden Querbinden des Wurzelteils der Fliigeldecken von allén anderen mir bekannten Arten verschieden. 197. Acrocyrta rufofemorata n. sp. — Robusta, nigro- fusca coxis femoribusque rufis, tenuiter cinerascente pube- scens; margine basali pronoti, scutello, linea valde obliqua ante medium alteraque leviter curvata träns versa pone me- dium elytrorum, fascia prosterni ante coxas, margine postico metasterni et segmentorum 1:1 et 2:i abdominis flavescente- albido-tomentosis; capite rude punctato; antennis corpore multo brevioribus articulis 3 — 6 apice spinosis, 1 — 5 fuscis, 6 — 11 brunneis; protliorace elongato-elliptico, quam latitudine basali duplo longiore, dorso convexo, utrinque macula rotun- data nigra ornato, rugoso et brevissime nigrosetoso; elytris densissime punctatis, apice obtuse rotundatis angulo suturali breviter angulato-dentato, fascia prima nec suturam nec mar- ginem attingente, secunda integra; prosterno antice subnudo et fortiter striolato; sternis simplicibus ; articulo l:o tarsorum posticorum 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis circiter duplo longiore. Long. corporis 18 mm. Borneo. — Von J. C. Moulton mitgeteilt. Durch die an der Spitze aussen völlig unbewaffneten Fliigeldecken und die roten Schenkel, sowie durch die etwas verschiedenen Querbinden der Fliigeldecken von A. clytoides verschieden. 162 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGTCORNIA. 21 198. Polyphida argenteofasciata n. sp. — Nigro-fusca, infra dense, supra parcius griseo-sericea, elytris subnudis fasciis duabus maculaque apicali argenteo-sericeis; scutello margineque basali pronoti etiam argenteo-sericeis; capite inter oculos profunde remote punctato; antennarum articulo 4:o quam 3:o fere triplo breviore; prothorace latitudine multo longiori, subeylindrico, fere Isevi, utrinque pone medium punc- tis perpaucis profundis impresso; elytris usque ad fasciam 2:am profunde et rude seriato punctatis, deinde levius et irregulariter punctatis, apice truncatis, ad basin erecte pilosis fascia prima obliqua ad suturam usque ad scutellum pro- longata, fascia secunda transversa, triangula; pedibus setu- losis, impunctatis, femoribus posticis apicem elytrorum fere attingentibus. Long. corporis 7 — 8 mm. Borneo: Kucbing. — Aus dem Sarawak Museum mit- geteilt. Der P. dijtoides Pasc. ziemlich ähnlich gezeichnet, aber viel kleiner und ohne Basalbinde der Fliigeldecken und mit viel schmälerer Mittelbinde. 199. Chrysoprasis longipes n. sp. — Coerulescente-viri- dis, infra nitida, dense punctulata; capite punctato; protho- race apicem versus levissime angustato, utrinque prope basin vix tumido, dense et subtiliter reticulato-punctato; elytris Isete violascente cupreis, vitta lata suturali viridi-coerulea postice acuminata ornatis, apice truncatis et extus acute spi- nosis; antennis nigris, setosis, inermibus, scapo crasso, brevi, depresso, punctato; pedibus totis nigris femoribus vix chaly- beis. Long. corporis 14 — 15 mm. Mas: Anntennas corpore duplo longiores. Prothorax utrin- que area laterali, elongata, viridi, sparse sed profunde punc- tata ornatus. Pedes intermedii ett postici valde elongati; femora postica abdomine duplo longiora. Femina: Antennse corpore vix longiores. Prothorax area laterali destitutus. Femora postica abdomen parum supe- rantia. Brasilien: Bahia. — Museum Holmise. Durch die Färbung erinnert diese schöne Art an Clir. aurigena Germ., ist aber viel grösser, hat eine breitere, kupfer- farbige Seitenbinde der Fliigeldecken und einen ganz verschie- 163 22 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. den gebildeten Fiihlerschaft. Durch die Form des Fiihler- schaftes weicht diese Art tatsächlich von allén anderen mir bekannten Arten ab. 200. Chrysoprasis aurata n. sp. — Viridis, capite et pronoto cupreo-auratis, elytris vitta laterali male definita ciipreo-aurata; corjDore infra toto viridi et undique dense et longe griseo-lnrsuto; capite pronotoque dense reticulato-punc- tatis, clypeo nitido medio fere Isevi; antennis chalybeo-nigris corpore haud longioribus, setosis, inermibus (vel articulis 3 — 5 apice obsoletissime dentatisj, scapo virescente rude punc- tato, articulo 3:o 4:o fere duplo longiore; prothorace paullulum transverso lateribus aequaliter rotundatis, apice quam basi vix angustiore, nigrosetoso, supra subplano; scutello obtuse triangulari, viridi vel cupreo; elytris nigrosetosis, punctatis, apice truncatis, inermibus; prosterno transversim striolato et in mare etiam rude punctato; metasterno modice foveolato- punctato; abdominedistinc te punctato; pedibus chalybeis, tarsis posticis tibiis vix brevioribus. Long. corporis 10 — 11 mm. Brasilia. (leider ohne nähere Lokalangabe). Erinnert an Chr. aurigena, ist aber etwas grösser und breiter; die goldige Seitenbinde der Fliigeldecken ist nach innen undeutlich begrenzt und die ganze Unterseite ist mit einer viel längeren und dichteren, rauhen, grauen Behaarung be- kleidet. Die Behaarung ist so dicht, dass die Skulptur nur scliwer zu selien ist. 201. Chrysoprasis vittata n. sp. — Viridis, elytris coe- rulescente viridibus vitta marginali vittaque suturali postice abbreviata igneo-cupreis; capite et prothorace dense reticulato- punctatis, hoc subquadrato lateribus levissime rotundatis ; antennis maris corpore duplo, feminse parum longioribus, chalybeo-nigris, scapo subcylindrico Isete viridi, articulis 3 — 5 apice unispinosis, articulo 3:o 4:o vix tertia parte longiore; elytris elongatis, subseriatim sparse punctatis et brevissime nigrosetosis, apice truncatis et extus dentatis; metasterno viridi-seneo, punctulato; abdomine nitido, Isete viridi-seneo; sternis et abdomine breviter griseo-pilosis; femoribus totis Isete viridibus; tibiis et tarsis chalybeo-nigris. Long. cor- poris 8 — 11 mm. 164 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 23 Venezuela. — Museum Holmise. Diese sehr ausgezeichnete Art kommt in einigen Samm- lungen als C. caUigramma Chevr. vor. 202. Chrysoprasis chlorogaster n. sp. — Chr. ignece valde similis et affinis abdomine nigro, certo situ laete viridi- micante differt; capite et pronoto cupreo-auratis, illo dense punctulato, hoc leviter transversim striguloso et apicem ver- sus sensim angustato; tuberculis antenniferis supra spinoso- productis; elytris nigris vel nigro-viridibus apice truncatis et extus spinosis; prosterno et mesosterno viridibus, hoc utrin- que cupreo-micante: metasterno cupreo-aurato, remote foveato- punctato interstitiis punctulatis; abdomine nigro, prasertim ad basin distincte viridi-micante; antennis maris corpore plus triplo, feminse sesqui longioribus, nigris, scapo virescente et rugoso-punctato, articulis 3 — 6( — 7) apice unispinosis; pedibus nigris, femoribus supra plus minus virescentibus. Long. cor- poris 10 — 11 mm. Nach vier Männchen und einem Weibchen, die leider ohne Fundortsangabe sind, beschrieben. Um die Bestimmung der zahlreichen Arten von Chryso- prasis zu erleichtern und die Stellung der neuen Arten klar zu machen, liefere ich hier eine Uebersicht der bekannten Chrysoprasis- Arten . Chrysoprasis. I. Pronotum reticulato-punctatum vel reticulato-punctu- latum. Tubercula antennifera inermia. A. Antennse setosse, inermes. a. Elytra vitta cuprea ornata. Sterna punctu- lata. *. Vitta elytrorum marginalis. §. Abdomen Isete viride. f. Prothoraxsubcylindricus, convexus. Corpus infra breviter et sparse pilosum. 165 24 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3, O. Scapus antennarura gracilis, subcylindricus vel leviter ob- conicus. aurigena Germ. 00. Scapus crassus, depressus. longipes AuRiv. f. Prothorax utrinque rotundatus, supra planatus. Corpus infra dense et longe hirsutum. aurata Auriv. §. Abdomen rufum. Boiichardi Pascoe, elytra apice iner- mia. **. Vitta elytrorum humeralis, nec marginem nec suturam attingens. Abdomen rufum. Elytra apice extus dentata. §. J". Prothorax utrinque spatio laterali prof unde remote punctato ornatus. Chevrolati Lam. §§. J". Prothorax spatio laterali discrete punctato destitutus. Dutreuxi Lam. p. Elytra haud vittata, unicolora. *. Abdomen metallicum, viride vel chaly- beum. §. Abdomen aurato- vel seneo-viride. Prothorax subcylindricus, apice vix angustior; maris area peculiari late- rali nulla vel obsoleta. o. Metasternum punctulatum et substrigulosum. Abdomen aureo- micans. auriventris Redtb. 166 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 25 oo. Metasternum sat grosse et di- screte punctatum interstitiis laevibus. Abdomen aeneum. concolor Redtb. punctiventris Bates. §§. Abdomen, ut corpus totum, chaly- beum. Prothorax antice angustatus, prope basin utrinque rotundato-dila- tatus; maris area laterali peculiari instructus. Metasternum punctula- tum. chalybea Redtb. **. Abdomen nigrum vel rufum, haud me- tallicum. Metasternum punctulatum. §. Corpus supra nigrum — obscure azu- reum. Abdomen Isete rufum. atrata Bates. iacintha Bates. nigrina Bates. §§. Prothorax saltem viridis — igneo-cu- preus. o. Abdomen et sternaomninonigra. Prothorax igneo-cupreus. Me- tasternum punctulatum. Elytra nigra, apice extus spinosa. floralis Bates. 00. Abdomen rufum-piceum. Sterna saltem ad partem metallica. 1. Prothorax cupreo-aureus vel auratus. a. Prothorax prope basin subiter dilatato-rotun- datus, deinde usque ad apicem attenuatus. a'. Elytra viridia vel viridi-a^nea. 167 26 ARKrV^ FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 3. 3i". Antennse cor- pore haud vel vix longiores. aureicollis Bates; pron. creberrime reticulato- punctulatum. brevicornis Bates; pron. crebre retic. punctatum. b". Antennse maris corpore sesqui longiores. sobri7ia Ba- tes. b'. Elytra nigro-viri- dia. Antennse ma- ris corpore sesqui longiores. Protho- rax mar is area pe- culiari laterali in- struetus. jmnctidataB ATES. b. Prothorax angustus, po- stice vix dilatatus. Elytra olivacea. Meta- sternum medio nigrum. nana Bates. 2. Prothorax viridis vel viridi- seneus. ■ a. Pronotum haud rugu- losum. a'. Prothorax utrinque sequaliter leviter ro- tundatus. a". Elytra apice extus dentata. Antennse maris 168 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 27 corpore sesqui longiores. linearis Ba- TES. (^ area peculiari pronoti in- structus. ? hirtida White. b''. Elytra apice inermia. An- tennse corpore haud longiores. hispidida Bates. b'. Prothorax basin versus sensim am- pliatus, ad basin le- viter constrictus. seticornis Bates. b. Pronotum transversim rugulosum. rugulicollis Bates. B, Antennse ciliatse; articdi 3 — 6(— 8) apice unispi- nosi. a. Elytra haud vittata, unicolora *. Abdomen metallicum. Antennse corpore haud vel parum longiores. 1. Abdomen aureo- vel cupreo-splendi- dum. Metasternum subrugose punc- tulatum. valida Bates. 2. Abdomen seneum. Metasternum grosse foveato-reti- culatum. Antennarum articuli 3 — 7 apice spinosi. ceneiventris Bates. 169 a. 28 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOI. BAND 7. N.O 3. b. Metasternum sat dense punctu- latum. Antennarum articuli 3 — 6 spinosi. guerrereyisis Bates. **. Abdomen nigrum. Prothorax rotundatus. Antennarum articuli 3 — 6 spinosi. 1. Pronotum igneo-aureum, pläga media nigrovelutina ornatum. Metasternum nigrum, nitidum, sparsim punctula- tum. Elytra nigra. ignicolUs Bates. 2. Pronotum cupreo-auratum. Metaster- num viridiseneum, grosse punctatum. Elytra nigroviridia. moere7is Bates. ***. Abdomen laete rufum. Antennarum ar- ticuli 3 — 6 unispinosi. §. Metasternum dense punctulatum. Pronotum plus minus distincte cu- preo trivittatum. festiva Serv. §§. Metasternum foveolato-punctatum. •f. Metasternum metallicum. 1. Elytra lata, depressa. An- tennae maris corpore parum longiores. Prothorax supra planus, utrinque rotundatus antice vix angustatus. a. Pronotum viride vel coerulescens. I hypocrita Er. * \sthemas Bates. var. chalyheomera AURIV. var. janthina Dej. b. Pronotum cupreo-aura- tum. auronitens Bates. 170 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 29 2. Elytra elongata. Antennse maris corpore multo lon- giores. Prothorax prope basin dilatatus, apicem ver- sus angustatus. nymphula Bates. •j-f. Metasternum nigrum, cinereo- tomentosum. 1. Prothorax prope basin dila- tato-rotundatus. Antennse maris corpore duplo longio- res. Elytra apice extus dentata. melanostetha Bates. 2. Prothorax transversus,utrin- que regulariter rotundatus. rotundicoUis Bates. p. Elytra cupreo-vittata. *. Abdomen Isete viride. Elytra vitta com- muni sutnrali alteraque marginal! cupreis ornata. vittata Au RIV. **. Abdomen rufum. Elytra vitta Immerali cuprea ornata. siduralis Lam. II. Pronotum transversim leviter striolatum vel rugu- losum. Antennse corpore multo longiores; articuli 3 — 6 spinosi vel rarissime fere inermes; articulus 3:us 4:o haud vel parum longior. Tubercula antennifera breviter spinosa. a. Metasternum grosse punctatum. Antennarum ar- ticuli 7 et 8 inermes. *. Metasternum remote foveato-punctatum in- terstiis punctulatis. 171 30 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. §. Coxae posticse rufae. Femora postica ad basin rufa. Abdomen rufum. ruficoxis Bates. §§. Coxse postice virides. Femora postica ad basin nigra. o. Pronotum cupreo-auratum. Elytra obscure viridia — nigricantia. Meta- sternum dense punctulatum. f. Abdomen rufum. auricollis var. ignea Bates. •ft. Abdomen piceum — nigrura. auricollis Dalm. ( = nigriven- tris Bates.) ttt- Abdomen nigrum, pr;iesertim ad basin viridi-micans. chlorogaster Auriv. 00. Pronotum et elytra concoloria, Isete prasina. Abdomen rufum. Meta- sternum sparsim punctulatum. „ j longicornis Bates. ' t frontalis Kirsch. **. Me tasternum sat dense foveato-punctatum interstitiis laevibus, havid punctulatis. Coxae posticae virides vel coerulese. Abdo- men Isete rufum. Femora postica saepis- sime ad basin rufa, supra cupreo-aurea aut chalybea. aiiripes Bates. [3. Metasternum leviter punctulatum, postice fere Iseve. Antennarum articuli 7 et 8 apice uni- spinosi. Laete viridis; elytra juxta suturam i coerulescentia. Abdomen rufum. Belti Bates. 203. Philagathes Isetus Thoms. var. congoanus n. var (n. sp.?) — A forma Wahlbergi Fåhr. tantum differt fascii 172 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGTCORNIA. 31 apicali nigra elytrorum vix quartam partem apicalem occu- pante et ad suturam minus quam ad margines producta. Congogebiet: Leopoldville und Luluaburg. — Museum Bruxellense. Lamiidae. 204. Stixis bispinosa n. sp. — Nigra, tenuiter griseo- pubescens, fronte et vertice, punctis paucis inter oculis excep- tis, impunctatis ; prothorace sparsim punctato, apice nec con- stricto nec sulcato, basi leviter constricto et tenue unisul- cato; scutello latitudine fere longiore, apice obtuso, dense flavo-tomentoso; elytris brevibus, convexis, ad basin recte truncatis, pronoto multo latioribus humeris subrectis, apicem versus sensim angustatis et sat declivibus, singulis apice bispinosis spina exteriore duplo longiore, subseriatim discrete punctatis, utrinque prope scutellum obtuse elevatis, fuscis, fascia irregulari transversa ante medium, apice late et mar- gine inter fasciam et apicem dense cinereo-tomentosis; cor- pore infra pedibusque laevibus, impunctatis. Long. corporis 10 mm., lat. ad humeros 4 mm. Deutsch Ostafrika: Amani von Dr. F. Eichelbaum ent- deckt. Gahans Beschreibung der Gattung Stixis passt völlig auf die vorliegende Art, welche of f enbär mit S. punctata nahe verwandt ist, sich aber durch die fehlende Punktierung des Kopfes und die je mit zwei Dornen bewaffneten Spitzen der Fliigeldecken unterscheidet. Meine S. Icevicollis ist durch die abgerundeten Schultern der Fliigeldecken melir abweiohend. 205. Pseudhammus Feae n. sp. — Fuscus, undique pube densa, aequali (haud nebulösa), umbrina, in elytris obscuriore brunnescente vestitus; fronte punctis aliquot sparsis prsedita, utrinque carinata; vertice maculis 4 basalibus holosericeo- atris, intermediis multo longioribus et antrorsum acuminatis ornato; prothorace subquadrato vel latitudine vix longiore, supra rugoso-insequali punctis obsoletis (pubesoentia tectis), spina laterali longa valida; scutello subquadrato; elytris punc- tis et lituris parvis flavo-albido-tomentosis irregulariter con- 173 32 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. spersis, ad basin granulatis, deinde punctatis (punctis apicem versus sen sim minoribus et prope apicem obsoletis) apice ro- tundatis inermibus; antennis maris corpore parum longioribus articulis 3 — 11 ad basin obsolete cinereis, 11 apice late cine- reo; pedibus anticis maris elongatis, tibiis intus dentatis. Long. corporis 21 — 24 mm. Insel St. Thomé an der Westkiiste Afrikas. — Leon. Fea. — Museo Civico, Genova. Durch die ganz eintönige, nicht nebelige Pubescens und die verlängerten Mittelflecke des Scheitels von den nahen verwandten P. oculifrons Chevr. und myrmidonum Kolbe leicht zu unterscheiden. 206. Thestus(?) niveovittatus n. sp. — Elongatus, fusco- brunneus, pube densa olivascente-brunnea vestitus; vitta lata laterali a margine antico protboracis ad coxas posticas late- ribusque elytrorum usque ad partem quartam apicalem dense niveo-hirsutis; f rönte rectangulari, latitud ine altiore, remote punctata; lobis inferioribus oculorum pauUulo altioribus quam latioribus; genis brevibus; tuberculis antenniferis divergen- tibus sulco profundo triangulari separatis; antennis corpore haud longioribus. scapo obconico, apice leviter compresso et extus producto, cicatrice sat angusto sed totum fere apicem cingente, articulo 3:o piloso, apice vix incrassato, scapo haud longiore, reliquis sensim paullulo brevioribus, inf ra tenuiter ciliatis; prothorace transverso, omnino cylindrico, inermi, inträ basin et apicem leviter transversim sulcato, punctis paucis pro- fundis impresso; scutello rotundato angulis basalibus niveis; elytris subparallelis, ad basin recte truncatis, humeris rec- tangulis, prope apicem leviter arcuato-angustatis, apice late subtruncatis angulo suturali breviter dentato, minus dense, ad basin rude, apicem versus sensim levius punctatis, bre- viter setosis, niveo-hirsutis vitta latissima suturali et quarta parte apicali brunneo-pubescentibus; pedibus brevibus, femo- ribus posticis segmentum ventrale secundum parum superan- tibus; segmento ventrali ultimo (maris?) transverso, late trun- cato, nitido, vix pubescente, punctis piligeris sat densis scabro. Long. corporis 28 mm. Borneo : Sarawak. Mir vom Herrn Moflton, Curator des Satawaks Museum mitgeteilt. Die Art erinnert in der Körperf orm an Thestus o7icideroides, 174 AURIVILLTUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 53 hat aber eine höbere Stirn, enger getrennte Fiiblerböcker, kiirzeres drittes Fiiblergbed, unten nicbt dicbt bebaai^te Fiihler und an der Spitze breit abgestuzte Flugeldecken. 207. Coptops Annobonae n. sp. — C. Imjpocritce Lam. similis et affinis, corpore toto tomento albido-griseo vestito mox distinguenda. Antennse brunnescentes, inträ ciliatse, cor- pore baud (5) vel parum (J*) longiores. Pronotum et dimi- dium basale elytrorum vage punctata. Elytra pone medium macula parva brunnea, interdum obsoleta, ornata. Corpus infra pedesque leviter brunnescentia; medium abdominis baud ve] vix denudatum. Long. corporis 12 — 17 mm. Insel Annobon an der Westkiiste Afrikas. Durch die oben und unten fast gleichförmige, hellgraue Behaarung des Körpers ist diese Art leicht kenntlich. Wie C. hypocrita, welche auch auf der Insel St. Thomé vorkommt, unterscheidet sich C. Annohonce von cedijicator F. durch die einfarbisen, nicht hellgeringelten Fiihler. 208. Bothynoscelis parva n. sp. — Nigro-fusca, indu- mento griseo vestita ; frön te punctis perpaucis instnicta, ver- tice inter oculos impresso ibique punctis 5—6 profundis prae- dito; antennis feminse corpore brevioribus, articulis 3:o et 4:o elongatis, illo hoc longiore, articulis 5—11 brevissimis fuscis, simul sumtis articulo 3:o vix longioribus; prothorace trans- verso, vage profunde punctato, utrinque crista valida quadri- dentata armato, disco postice maculis duabus curvatis nigris, antice in medio disci fere connexis, ornato; scutello brevi, valde transverso; elytris brevibus, postice abrupte declivibus, apice rotundatis, inaequalibus et pluri-tuberculatis, utrinque inter humeros et scutellum crista brevi valde elevata, et pone medium cristis et tuberculis pluribus instructis; femoribus et tibiis pone medium fusco-annulatis; tarsis obscuris. Long. corporis 8 mm. Insel Fernando Po. — Museo Civico in Genua. Durch geringere Grösse, an den Seiten 4-zähnigen Hals- schild,. vveniger niedergedriickte und hinten viel steiler ab- fallende Fliigeldecken, so wie durch die kurzen Fiihlerglieder 5 — 11 unterscheidet sich diese Art sofort von B. iridentata AuRiv. Die Grube an den mittleren Schienen dieser Gattung kommt nur bei den Männchen vor. 175 Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 3. 3 34 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 3. 209. Alphitopola alboguttata n. sp. — Pallide briinnea, pube albida vestita, antennis subnudis, pedibus tenue pube- scentibus, margine basali giittaque media elytrorum dense pubescentibus albis, illo utrinque in medio inter scutellum et humenim striga parva fusca, hac antice macula parva fusca connexa; prothorace latitudine vix longiore, utrinque tuber- culo minutissimo obsoleto instructo, impunctato; elytris ad basin distinctius, apice obsoJete punctatis; fronte angusta, inermi; antennarum articulo 3:o 4:o plus sesqui longiore; an- tennis corpore quarta parte longiori})us. — Long. corporis 12 mm. Insel Fernando Po. — L. Fea. — Museo Civico in Genua. Körper langgestreckt, fast zylindrisch. Erinnert etwas an eine Cylindrepomus-Årt. 210. Ceroplesis nigromaculata n. sp. — Nigra, tomento rubro setulisque brevissimis albis vestita; antennis, tarsis ba- sique tibiarum nigris, antennarum articulis 4 — 11 basi palli- dis; elytris maculis rotundatis nigris, ad basin, suturam et latera plus minus confluentibus, conspersis ; tuberculis anten- niferis brevibus, distantibus, divergentibus; prothorace trans- verso, utrinque pone medium tuberculato, supra plus minus infuscato; scutello rubro, obtuso; elytris punctatis, apice iner- mibus, ad basin utrinque inter scutellum et humerum tuber- culo magno obtuso armatis; prosterno antice truncato. $. Long. corporis 29 mm. Brit. Ost-Afrika: Ikutha — Coll. Hauser. Durch die Zeichnung der Fliigeldecken von allén anderen Arten der Gattung verschieden; die Wurzel der Fliigeldecken ist durch das Zusammenfliessen der Flecke fast ganz schwarz ge^vorden. Durch die dichte Tomentierung des Körpers nähert sich diese Art der Gattung Moecha. 211. Eurysops insignis n. sp. — Fusca, tomento griseo vestita, plagis fasciisque rubris variegata; fronte angusta utrinque elevato-carinata, temporibus vittisque duabus ver- ticis rubro-tomentosis ; pronoto paullulum transverso, latera- liter acute spinoso, supra medio carinulato et utrinque bino- doso, disco e magna parte rubro-tomentoso; scutello impunc- tato, obtuse rotundato, griseo; elytris fere cylindricis, supra leviter deplanatis, humeris elevatis granulatis et profundissime 176 AURIVTLLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 35 punctatis, apice rotundatis, inermibus, ad basin fortiter punc- tatis punctis pone medium vix conspicuis, griseo-tomentosis sutura fasciisque latis irregularibus postice plus minus con- fluentibus rubro-tomentosis ornatis, dimidio basalinigro-piloso, parte apicali brevissime nigro-setoso; lateribus pectoris et ab- dominis rubro-plagiatis; pedibus griseis; prosterno brevissimo antice valde declivi, postice truncato et tuberculo longo co- nico armato; mesosterno arcuato; antennis maris corpore haud longioribus griseis, articulis 1 — 3 infra longe, 4 et 5 infra breviter ciliatis. Long. corporis 37 mm. Deutsch Ostafrika: Manow. — Coll. Hauser. Erinnert in Körperform etwas an die Homelix-arten, stimmt aber in allén wichtigen Kennzeichen genau mit Eury- soys liberein; durch das Fehlen der schwarzen Zeichnungen und die viel kiirzere, zum Teil ganz fehlende Behaarung des Leibes weicht sie von E. esau ab. 212. Phrynesthis tuberculosa n. sp. — Fusca, pilosa, tomento olivascente-griseo et brunneo-variegato undique tecta; fronte fusco-brunnea; vertice maculis duabus trans- versis atro-holosericeis ornato; antennarum scapo ad basin constricto, griseo et brunneo variegato, articulis 3—11 brun- neis basi apiceque anguste pallidis, 1 — 4 infra ciliatis; pro- thorace subquadrato insequali, lateribus utrinque tuberculo obtuso subcylindrico et supra tuberculis 7 (duobus utrinque mediis magnis triangularibus obliquis late separatis, duobus parvis ante medium, duobus parvis erectis pone medium unoque bifido fere in medio) armato, dorso lineis duabus cur- vatis nigrotomentosis per tuberculos majores currentibus or- nato; scutello flavo-brunneo, apice valde obtuso, fere trun- cato; elytris ad basin recte truncatis, apicem versus sensim leviter angustatis, apice sinuato-truncatis et utrinque obtuse dentatis, fere usque ad apicem granulis elevato-conicis, ad basin majoribus et in seriebus 9 — 10 dispositis, conspersis, inter granulis setosis, dense olivascente-griseo tomentosis et brunneo-variegatis, fascia transversa basali plagaque maxima laterali intus curvata fusco brunneis, area scutellari nigrose- ricea, sutura rufo-brunnea ornatis; corpore infra fjavescente- griseo tomentoso, albido-piloso, segmentis ventralibus utrin- que maculis binis fuscis ornatis; pedibus rufescente-brunneo- tomentosis. Long. corporis 25 mm. 177 36 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. Brit. Ost- Afrika: Kitui. — Coll. Haiiser. Durch die Zeichnung und die zahlreichen Tuberkeln der Fliigeldecken weicht diese Art von Ph. pachy stoloides ^h; auch sind die Fliigeldecken nur fein punktiert und der Kiel an ihrer Wurzel viel vveniger erhaben. 213. Frea tuberculata n. sp. — Fusca, olivaceo-pube- scens elytris brunneo-plagiatis et maculatis, antennis albido- annulatis; capite vage piinctato; antennis corpore haud (J") vel multo (5) brevioribus, articulis 4 — 11 basi griseis, apice nigro-fuscis; oculorum lobo inferiore subquadrato vel paullo elongato, genis haud breviore; prothorace träns verso utrinque pone medium breviter subhamato-dentato, disco sparsim sub- granulato-punctato; scutello magno transverso, dense pube- scente; elytris plagis brunneis irregulariter marmoratis, ad basin in medio in ter scutellum et humeros tuberculo magno, elongato, nitido, nigro instructis, undique sat dense, apicem versus subplagiatim punctatis; corpore infra cum pedibus grisescente tomentoso. Long. corporis 12—13 mm. Kamerun: Buea (Museum Holmise) — Insel Fernando Po (Museo Civico di Genova). Durch den Höcker an der Wurzel der Fliigeldecken unterscheidet sich diese Art von allén iibrigen bisher be- kannten. Cyrtofrea nov. gen. Crossotinarnm. Antennae corpore multo breviores, infra setis paucis in- structse; articulus 3:us longus, scapo multo longior et articulo 4:o tertia parte longior, 4:us o:o duplo longior; sequentes sensim breviores. — Fröns subquadrata; genae lobis inferio- ribus oculorum breviores. — Prothorax modice transversus, apicem versus angustatus, supra subplanus et a?qualis, utrin- que prope basin tuberculo subcylindrico armatus lateribus ante tuberculum subrectis. — Scutellum aj^ice truncatum. — Elytra convexa, tricostata, ad basin subtruncata humeris obtusis subproductis, apice conjunctim late rotundata. — Processus prosternalis arcuatus, coxis anticis minus elevatus. 178 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 37 — Processus mesosternalis antice arcuafcua, haud truncatus. — Corpus dense pubescens, haud fasciculatum. Durch die einfachen, gebogenen Fortsätze der Vorder- uiid Mittelbrust von allén verwandten Gattungen verschieden. 214. Cyrtofrea albolineata n. sp. — Fusca, dense al- bido-tomentosa ; prothorace dense punctato lineis tribus dor- salibus albo-tomentosis unaque laterali inter apicem et spinam lateralem ochraceo-tomentosa; scutello tomento flavescente vestito; elytris punctis magnis undique impressis, costis nigro- variegatis, intermedia antice et postice abbreviata, prima et humerali postice conjunctis, margine laterali acute carinato, plus minus ochraceo-tomentoso; linea externa apiceque tibia- rum tarsique nigris; segmento ultimo ventrali latissime trun- cato. Lon g. corporis 15 mm. Brit. Ostafrika : Ikutha. — Museum Holmise. Collectio Hauser. Subfam. Corynofreinae. Acetabula intermedia extus aperta. — Unguiculi simpli- ces, divaricati. — Tibiae intermediae extus integrse. — Caput retractile. — Antennae breves, medium elytrorum haud attin- gentes, ab articulo 4:o valde incrassatse. — Cox« anticse alte elevatae, extus valde angulatse, transversae. — Acetabula an- tica postice clausa. — Fröns subquadrata. Die sehr eigentiimliche neue Gattung, fiir die ich diese Unterfamilie errichten muss, steht sehr vereinzelt da, scheint mir aber in die Nähe der Crossotiden und der Ecyroschemi- den zu stellen zu sein. Von beiden weicht sie durch die Bil- dung der Vorderhiiften und der Fiihler völlig ab. Corynofrea nov. gen. Fröns subquadrata, latitudine pauUo altior. — Oculi mi- nute granulati, profunde emarginati; lobi inferiores latitudine haud longiores, superiores minuti; gense mediocres lobis in- ferioribus oculorum haud longiores. — Antennae breves, arti- culis 10 compositae; articulus l:us subcyhndricus, brevis; ter- 179 38 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 I^. tius elongatus, l:o plus duplo longior, apice leviter incrassatus, 4 — 10 incrassati clavam elongatam fusiformem, curvatam, articulis 1 — 3 simnl sumtis vix longiorem formantes. — Pro- thorax supra sequaliter convexus, apice truncatus, basi bie- marginatus, utrinque pone medium dente acuto conico ar- matus lateribus ante dentem rectis, pone dentem emarginatis. — Scutellum transversum, apice obtusum. — Elytra brevia, valde convexa, apice late rotundata, inermia; epipleura ad basin distincta, sat lata, pone medium nulla. — Prosternum breve, inter coxas angustissimum. — Coxse anticse fere con- tiguse, transversae, prosternum alte superantes. — Mesoster- num inter coxas angustum, antice fortiter declive. — Aceta- bula intermedia rotundata, extus modice aperta. — Coxse posticse ad basin contiguse. — Abdomen breve, semiovatum, segmentis 5 distinctis compositum; segmentum primum 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis fere brevius, ultimum 2:o — 4:osimul sum- tis vix brevius, fovea maxima, rotundata, profundissima, ci- liata, basin segmenti attingente instructum. — Pedes breves ; femora fusiformia; tibiae simplices; tarsi breves, infra spon- giosi, articuli l:us et 2:us fere aequales, 3:us major et latior, profunde lobatus. Die tiefe Grube des letzten Ventralgliedes ist bei den beiden mir vorliegenden Stiicken ganz ähnlich ausgebildet, ist aber vielleicht nur dem einen Geschlecht (dem Weibchen?) eigentiimlich und erinnert an die Vertiefung desselben Glie- des bei den Weibchen von Planodema und Docus. 215. Corynofrea mirabilis n. sp. — Pilosa, fulva, an- tennis, la bro, pectore, pedibus et tertia parte basali elytro- rum nigris; capite toto fulvo-tomentoso; prothorace pilis erectis fulvis et hirsutie densissima fasciculata fulva omnino vestito dentibus lateralibus griseis; scutello fulvo-tomentoso; elytris prsesertim antice nitidis, parte nigra pilis erectis nigris, parte fulva pilis erectis fulvis et hirsutie adpressa fulva ve- stitis, usque ad apicem discrete punctatis; femoribus infra tibiisque extus ad basin griseo-sericeis; segmentis 1 — 4 ventra- libus medio late infuscatis; antennarum articulo 3:o apice excepto quartoque ad basin griseo-pubescentibus. Long. cor- poris 13 — 14 mm., lat. ad humeros 5,5 — 6,5 mm. Congo: Mayumbe. — De Contreras — Museum Bruxel- lense. 180 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. 39 Diese merkwiirdige Art erinnert beim ersten Anblick recht sehr an eine Astatlies mit dunklor Wurzelbinde der Fliigeldecken. 216. Docus flavosparsus n. sp. — Fuscus, griseo-pube- scens, breviter nigro-pilosus ; vittis qiiinque prothoracis, linea scutelli, macuiisque niimerosis elongatis subseriatis elytrorum ochraceo-piibescentibiis, his maculis ad basin in lineas 4 — 5 confluentibus; capite et prothorace vix punctatis, hoc granulis perpaucis nigris discalibus instructo, prope basin tuberculato ; elytris punctis magnis umbilicatis denudatis fuscis conspersis, apice latissime rotundatis; antennis infra nigrociliatis,- scapo etiam supra nigrosetoso; segmento ultimo abdominis feminai fovea maxima ciliata instructo; femoribus posticis apicem segmenti 4:i vix attingentibus. Long. corporis 23 mm. Brit. Ostafrika: Ikutha — Collectio Hauser. Die Gattungen Planodema Thoms und Dociis Gah. sind offenbar sehr nahe verwandt und können vielleicht sogar mit- einander vereinigt werden. Da mir aber die Planodema scorta unbekannt ist, muss ich die Frage offen lassen. 217. Pterolophia Annobonae n. sp. — Fusca, pube ci- nereo-grisea dense vestita; f rönte dense flavo-griseo-tomen- tosa, obsolete punctata; vertice maculis duabus elevato-tomen- tosis; lobis inferioribus oculorum quam genis plus duplo brevioribus; prothorace transverso, basi apiceque truncato, lateribus leviter rotundato, ad basin pauUulum constricto, dense punctulato, obsolete flavescente-variegato ; scutello Isete ochraceo pubescente; elytris prothorace fere triplo longioribus, ad basin truncatis, postice sensim declivibus et apice oblique emarginato-truncatis angulo exteriore longiore, postice obso- lete 3—4 costulatis, griseis, fasciculo parvo utrinque pone scu- tellum ochraceo (cum scutello angulum fere rectum forman - tibus), et pone medium fascia obsoleta obliqua ad latera pone humeros incipiente et pone medium suturam fere attingente, strigis binis nigris in costulis cum macula quadrata albida suturali subapicali conjuncta; corpore infra flavescente-griseo- pubescente; abdomine et pedibus plus minus fusco-punetatis, metasterno utrinque profunde vage punctato. — Long. cor- poris 10—12 mm. 181 40 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 »^. Insel Annobon an der Westkiiste Afrikas — Museo Ci- vico in Genua und Reichsmuseum in Stockholm. Die Art ist durch die zwei kleinen gelben Haarpinsel nalie an der Wurzel der Fliigeldecken, welche mit dem eben- falls gelb behaarten Schildchen ein fast rechtwinkeliges Dreieck bilden, ausgezeiclmet. 218. Pterolophia principis n. sp. — Parva, brevis, griseo- pubescens, vitta lata laterali prothoracis et elytrorum, postice ad declivitatem desinente, interdum autem pone medium ely- trorum dilitata et fasciam transversam formante nigro-fusca; fronte lata, dense fusco et griseo pubescente, vix distincte punctata; lobis inferioribus oculorum parvis, acute triangulis, genis multo brevioribus; prothoraee modice transverso, late- ribus utrinque leviter rotundato, basi quam apice fere angu- stiore, supra Isete griseo lineis dyiabus parum distinctis approxi- matis discalibus maculaque utrinque basali fuscis, disco utrin- que in medio tuberculo obsoleto instructo, leviter punctulato; scutello obtuso, griseo, macula apicali aut vitta mediana nigra ornato; elytris ad basin recte truncatis, lateribus omnino rectis parallells, apice conjunctim rotundatis, inermibus, postice fortiter declivibus, supra subplanis, subseriatim punctatis et costis duabus, ad declivitatem evanescentibus, instructis, costa interiore ad basin cristato-elevata, deinde ante medium late interrupta, costa exteriore humerali continua, minus elevata ; scapo antennarum griseo- et fusco-variegato, articulis reliquis fuscis, summo apice griseo-annulatis; pedibus griseis, fusco- maculatis et annulatis. Long. corporis 5 — 7 mm. Prinzen-Insel an der Westkiiste Afrikas. — L. Fea — Museo Civico in Genua. Eine hinsichtlich der Färbung der Fliigeldecken sehr veränderliche Art. Bald sind die Seiten von den Schultern bis zum abfallenden Spitzenteil breit schwarzbraun, ein gleich- breiter, durch die innere Rippe begrenzter Suturalstreifen und der Spitzenteil dagegen grau. Bald sind die Seitenstreifen I hinter der Mitte erweitert und mit, einander an der Naht " vereinigt, eine breite, dunkelbraune Querbinde bildend, welche den hellen Spitzenteil von einem breiten, sattelförmigen, granen Querfleck vor der Mitte abtronnt. Dieser Querfleck dehnt sich gewöhnlich bis zur äusseren Rippe aus, wodurch die 182 AURIVILLIUS, COLEOPTEKA LONGICORNIA. 41 Innenseite des schvvarzbraunen Seitenstreifens also ausgeran- det wird. 219. Ertlia Eichelbaumi n. sp. — Fulvo-testacea et fulvo- hirta; antennis, pedibns lateribusque sterni nigris; antennis brevibus, medium elytrorum vix attingentibus, apicem versus compressis et dilatatis, articulis 6 — 10 subquadratis. Long. corporis 10 mm. Deutsch Ostafrika: Amani — Von Dr Eichelbaum einge- sammelt und von ihm giitigst mitgeteilt. Zu den Kennzeichen der Gattung ist hinzufiigen, dass der Prothorax am Vorderrande gerade hinter den Augen ein kleines Höckerchen hat. Dasselbe känn wegen der Behaarung leicht iibersehen werden. 220. Eunidia cyanoptera n. sp. — Fulvo-testacea elytris cyaneis; antennarum articub's 3 — 6 summo apice fuscis, 7 — 11 totis brunneo-fuscis; tarsis infuscatis ; capite dense punctulato, opaco, occipite laevi, nitido; prothorace subquadrato, basi apiceque leviter constricto, basi quam apice perparum angu- stiore, supra medio tuberculis tribus transverse positis, obso- letis instructo; elytris punctatis, subnitidis, pilis brevissimis nigris vestitis, apice rotundatis. Long. corporis 5 mm. Brit. Ost-Afrika: Ikutha. — Collectio Hauser. Eine durch die blaue Färbung der Fliigeldecken sebr ausgezeichnete kleine Art. Die unteren Augenlappen sind nur wenig länger als breit. Die Gattung Eimidia ist offen- bar besonders in Ost- Afrika sehr reich an Arten; ich habe wenigstens eine Dutzend noch unbeschriebener Arten gesehen. Catataxia nov. gen. Ataxiinse. Caput a coxis anticis longe separatum; fröns lata, trans- versa, inter antennas late excavata; gense mediocres. — Oculi fere subdivisi, rude granulati; lobus inferior brevis, subtrans- versus, gena vix longior. — Antennse graciles, corpore paullo longiores; scapus brevis, crassus, obconicus vel subovatus; articuli 3—6 infra breviter et sparsim ciliati, articulus 3:us 4:o brevior, 4:us sequentibus longior; hi sensim breviores. — 183 Arkiv fur zoologi. Band 7. N:o 3. 3* 42 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. Prothorax subquadratus, inermis. — Scutellum breve, sub- triangulare. — Elytra elongata, ad basin recte truncata, apicem versus sensim paullo angustata, apice truncata angulo suturali dentato, exteriore dense hirsuto, ad suturam depla- nata area suturali utrinque costa obtusa, apicem non attin- gente determinata. — Prosternum ante coxas sat longuru, inter coxas modice angustatum, postice leviter curvatum. — Aoetabula antica extus breviter angulata, postice omnino late clausa. — Mesosternum inter coxas tuberculo parvo armatum, declive. — Acetabula intermedia extus anguste aperta. — Episterna metasterni linearia. — Pedesbreves; femora crassa, haud petiolata, postica segmentum ventrale 2:um vix supe- rantia; tibise breves, tarsis vix longiores, simpiices, intermediaB extus integrse; tarsi mediocres, articuli 1 — 3 fere seque longi infra dense spongiosi, 3:us dilatato-rotundatus, 4:us leviter curvatus; unguiculi divergentes, simplices. Diese neue Gattung gehört nach den Kennzeichen zu der bislier nur aus Amerika bekannten Gruppe der Ataxiinen. Im Habitus erinnert Catataxia auch sehr an Ataxia und weicht hauptsächlich nur durch den unbewaffneten Halsschild und die an der Spitze breit abgestutzten Fliigeldecken ab. Es wäre möglich, dass diese Art ebenso wie wahrscheinlich Chlorida festiva L. und Achryson surinamum L., welche auch von L. Fea auf der Prinzen-Insel angetroffen wurden, aus Amerika eingefiihrt und nicht endemisch wäre. 221. Catataxia principis n. sp. — Brunneo-fusca, hir- sutie griseo-ochracea plus minus densa tecta; capite remote punctato, fronte dense hirsuta, temporibus et genis subnudis; tuberculis antenniferis apice breviter fasciculatis; scapo anten- narum punctato, dense hirsuto; articulis reliquis tenuiter pu- bescentibus; prothorace subquadrato lateribus fere rectis, pro- funde sat dense punctato, supra ad marginem anticum fasci- culis duobus brevibus instructo; scutello dense hirsuto; ely- tris obsolete tricostatis, ad basin in medio et ante apicem ti"ansversim denudatis fusco-brunneis, ad basin dense, deinde subseriatim punctatis, apice extus dense, breviter hirsutis sternis sat dense, femoribus remote fusco-punctatis. Long. corporis 11 mm. Prinzen-Insel an der Westkiiste Guineas. — L. Fea — Museo Civico in Genua. 184 AFRTVILLIUS, COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA. -^3 Sophronisca nov. gen. Generf Sopkronica Blanch. valde affinis et scapo anten- narum apice cicatrice angusta clausa instructo tantum di- stincta. 222. S. grisea n. sp. — Nigro-fusca, pilosa, undique pube sat tenue grisea vestita; fronte transversa, pnnctata; oculis rude granulatis; genis brevissimis; antennis corpore brevio- ribus, punctatis, pilosis, apicem versus obsolete griseo-annu- latis, articiilis 3:o et 4:o a^que longis; prothorace transverso, profunde punctato, basi quam apice paullo angustiore, utrinque sequaliter rotundato; scutello lateribus rectis apice subtruncato; elytris elongatis subcylindricis, apice con- junctim rotiindatis, fortiter punctatis, pil is sparsis erectis pallidis et obliquis densis fuscis vestitis. Long. corporis 12 — 13 mm. Kamerun: Buea — Museum Holmiae; Portugisisch-Gui- nea: Rio Cassine (L. Fea) — Museo Civico in Genua. 223. Hyllisia niveovittata n. sp. — Fusca, subsequa- liter flavo-griseo-tomentosa; prothorace vittis tribus niveo- tomentosis, lateralibus sub humeris maculam niveam forman- tibus; dimidio apicali femorum posticorum extus punctoque apicali episternorum metasterni etiam niveotomentosis; fronte punctata; tuberculis antenniferis divergentibus; prothorace cylindrico, latitudine multo longiore, punctato et in medio dorsi leviter transversim ruguloso; scutello fere orbiculari dense niveotomentoso; elytris ad basin truncatis, prothorace haud multo latioribus, apicem versus sensim angustatis, apice rotundatis, inermibus, undique punctatis; corpore infra punc- tato, punctis autem tomento feretectis; segmentis 1 — 4 abdo- minis utrinque ad marginem posticum penicillo brevi albido ornatis; femoribus brevibus, incrassatis, posticis medium seg- ment! 2:i haud superantibus; antennis corpore multo longio- ribus, brunneis, scapo fusco, articulis 1 — 3 infra ciliatis, 3:o quam scapo paullo longiore. Long. corporis 15 mm., elytrorum 10 mm. 185 44 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 3. Englisch Ost-Afrika : Kitui. — Museum Holmise und Col- lectio Hauser. Eine durcli die weissen Zeichnungen sehr ausgezeichnete Art. Der Fiiblerschaft erreicht, wie bei allén echten Hyllisia- Arten, fast die Wurzel des Halsschildes. Tryckt den 24 september 1010. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri -A.-B. 186 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 4. Marine Slollusca of Iceland in tlie collectioiis of tlie Swedisli State Miiseuiii. By NILS ODHNER, With one plate. Coramunicated Sept. 14th by Hj. Théel and E. Lönnberg. Iceland is among the districts of the boreo-arctic region, of wliich least is known as to marine fauna. About the mol- lusca there exist at present almost only ancient works. Be- sides the earliest ones there are only a few works dealing with the MoUusca of Iceland. Of these Mörch's »Faunula Molluscorum Islandise», published in 1869, has hitherto been regarded as the principal source of our knowledge about the distribution of the Mollusca on the Iceland coasts. Besides that work there is one published by Verkruzen in 1872 and containing a list of shells obtained by him during a dredging- excursion to southwest Iceland, and quite recently a treatise was given out by Johansen in 1902, »On the Mollusca between tide-marks at the coasts of Iceland». Further PossELT & Jensen statcd the distribution off Iceland for Greenland mollusca, described by them in 1899. During recent years studies on the marine Mollusca of Iceland have been made by G. Bårdarson in connection with geological investigations, published in 1910. As it may be of value for the continuation of the faunistic investigations to know as perfectly as possible the distribution of the fauna from the collections in museums, the present paper has been prepared. The collections described now for the Arl-iv fö)- zooUu/i. Band 7. X:o 4. I 2 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAI^^D 7. N:0 4. first time/ were brought together by O. Torell during a dredging-excursion to Iceland in 1857. They are derived to a great extent from the northern parts of Iceland, being therefore of interest, as these coasts are tlie ones least ex- plored. But the collections are interesting in another respect also. They form the basis of jEFrREY's accounts in »British Conchology» on occurrences of British species off Iceland. The collections were, according to Mörch (1869), in London and were there seen by Jeffreys. The species mentioned by him will be especially noticed in the following. Besides Jeffreys, Torell mentiones (1859) the occurrence of some species off Iceland; these statements also have been referred to in the text. The present account is essentially a catalogue of the species procured with statements of their occurrence. In order to increase the value of these statements I have given for every locality the maximal measurements in millimeters of the spe- cies as a good exponent of the favourability of the biological circumstances of the place, for it may be a rule that a greater size indicates more favourable conditions of life for the animals. The situation of the localities mentioned above is evident from this survey: Arnanes in the NW peninsula; Berufjord and B j arnanes on the SE coast; Hofsos on the S coast W off Vatna Jökul; Raufarhofn at Thistilfjord, NE coast; Reykiavik on the SW coast; Siglafjord on the central N coast; Thistilfjord in the NE corner of Iceland; Öfjord on the central N coast. As a summary a tabular survey of the species and their distribution is given and afterwards some general remarks about the fauna with an attempt at explaining the differences in its composition in some localities. In conclusion it rests with me to express my gratitude to prof. Hj. Théel for his kindness in placing the collections at my disposal and making it possible for me to describe them. ^ The Opisthobranchia were published by the aiithor in 1907; they are included, with some additions, in the present catalogue. ODHNER, MARINE 3I0LLUSCA OF ICELA>JD I. Catalogue of species obtained. [Abbreviations : fms = fathoms ; 1. = length ; max. = maximum ; sp(s). = specimen(s) ; j = dead.] Chtetoderma uitidulum Loven. Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 2 sps., max. 1. 70 mm. — New to Iceland. Lophyriis albus (Linné). Arnanes, 25 fms, 10 sps., max. 1. 8 — Berufjord, 3 fms, ebb, 1 sp., 1. 11; D:o 7 — 13 fms, roeks, many sps., max. 1. 8 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 2 sps., max. 1. 8 — Raufarhofn, 40 fms, 1 sp., 1. 7 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 2 sps., max. 1. ca 8. — Part of the specimens belongs to var. infuscata Sparre ScHNEiDER. — Chiton cinereus,m.ex\tioY\eå by Jeffreys, citing Torell, besides Ch. albits from Iceland does not occur in the coUections. Boreochiton marmoreus (Fabricius). Arnanes, 25 fms, 9 sps., max. 1. ca 13 — Berufjord, 9 — 13 fms, many sps., max. 1. ca 16 — Bjarnanes, 15 — 30 fms, corals, 12 sps., max. 1. 17 — Raufarhofn, 35 — 40 fms, 5 sps., max. 1. ca 20. Boreochiton niber (Lowe). Arnanes, 25 fms, 4 sps., max. 1. 8 — Berufjord, 3 fms, ebb, 8 sps., max. 1. ca 12 — Bjarnanes, 15 — 30 fms, corals, 18 sps., max. 1. ca 11 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 2 sps., max. 1. ca 10 — Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, clay mixed with sand, 1 sp. 1. 10. — Mentioned by Jeffreys, citing Torell. Xacella pellucida (Linné). Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 1 sp. 1. 9,8. Acmaea testudiiialis (Muller). Fig. 20— 2 L Berufjord, 3 fms, ebb, many sps., max. 1. 28; the smaller specimens with the apex far anteriorly: 1. 7, apex from the 4 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. anterior margin 2; 1. 5, apex 0,7. — D:o, 15—30 fms, corals, 4 sps., max. 1. 12,3 — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, 2 sps. (f), max. 1. 12,2 — Siglafjord, in the surface of the Avater, ma ny sps., max. 1. 24,2. — Mentioned by Jeffreys from Iceland. Tectura rubella (Fabricius). Fig. 25, 28, 35. Berufjord, 7 — 33 fms, corals, clay, ca 50 sps., max. 1. 6 — Raufarhofn, 30 — 40 fms, 4 sps., max. 1. 4,3 — Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, sand, clay, many sps., 1. 7,8 (f). New to Iceland. Together with the tj-pical form there occurs at Berufjord a more elevated, conical, capshaped variety, which may suitably be named elevata, Avith more or less concave under side. The last character is probably due to their occurrence on corals. It is connected with the type by a series of inter- mediate forms and does consequently not represent a separate variety. Tectura virgiuea (Muller). Berufjord, 7—33 fms, corals, clay, 1 sp. (j), 1. 10,7 — Raufarhofn, 2—5 fms, 1 sp., 1. 12 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 7 sps. (f), max. 1. 6 — Iceland without definite locality 1 sp. (f) 1. 13. — Mentioned by Jeffreys, citing Torell. Lepeta coeca (Muller). Arnanes, in fish stomachs, few sps., max. 1. 16 — Beru- fjord, 9—33 fms, many sps., max. 1. 9,4 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 1 sp., 1. 6,6 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 1 sp., 1. 5,6 — öfjord, 1 sp., 1. 5,9 — Iceland without definite locality, many sps., max, 1. 9,7. Puiicturella iioacliiiia (Linné). Arnanes, 25 fms, 1 sp., 1. 6,3 — Berufjord, 7—25 fms, clay, many sps., max. 1. 6,7 — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, 1 sp. (juv.) — Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, sand, clay, 3 sps. (f), max. 1. 7,3 — Öfjord, 3 sps., max. 1. 5,8. ODHNER, MARTNE MOLLUSCA OF ICELAND 5 Moelleri«a costulata (Möller). Berufjord, 7 fms, rocks, 1 sp. (t), diameter 1,9 — Rau- farhofn, 35 fms, 6 sps. (f), max. d. 2 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 8 sps. (t), max. d. 2 — Öfjord, ca 10 sps. (a few living), max. d. 2,]. Gibbula tumida (Montagu). Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 1 sp., height 8. — Mentioned by Jeffreys, citing Torell. Margarita cinerea (Couthouy). Berufjord, 9 — 33 fms, rocks, many sps., max. height 12,3 — D:o, 15 fms, corals, 6 sps. — D:o, 40 fms, shells and sand, 4 small sps. — Bjarnanes, 15—30 fms, corals, many sps., max. h. 12,2 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, many sps., max. h. 12 — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, a few small sps., max. h. 1,6 — Öfjord, 1 sp., h. 12. var. striata Broderip & Sowerby. Berufjord, 9—33 fms, 1 sp. (f), heigt 20, whorls 6 Vi. — Bjarnanes, 15—30 fms, corals, a few sps. — New to Iceland. Margarita grceulaiidica (Chemxitz). Arnanes, 25 fms, numerous, max. height 10 — Berufjord, 2 — 15 fms, Laminariae, many sps., max. h. 11 — Bjarnanes, 15 — 30 fms, corals, many sps., max. h. 12 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 2 sps., max. h. 9,2 (f) — Raufarhofn, 35 — 40 fms, 7 sps., max. h, 9,7 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 2 sps., max. h. 8 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 1 sp. (f), h. 11 — Thistilfjord, 10— 16 fms, sand, clay, 1 fragment — Öfjord, many sps., max. h. 10. — All these specimens belong to the type; var. umhilicalis is not represented in the collections. Jeffreys mentiones the species from Iceland. Margarita helicina (Phipps). Berufjord, 15 fms, clay, 1 sp., diameter 3 — D:o, 40 fms, clay, 2 sps. (f), max. d. 4,4 — D:o, sand with shells, 3 small 6 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. sps. — D:o, low ebb down to 2 fms, Laminarise, numerous, max. d. 4,8 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 1 sp. (f) d. 4 — Raufar- hofn, 35 — 40 fms, 1 sp. (f), d. 4,5. — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland. Margarita Valilii Möller. Öfjord, 1 sp., height 3 mm. — New to Iceland. Margarita olivacea (Brown). Arnanes, 25 fms, 1 sp., height 4 — Bjarnanes, 15 — 30 fms, corals, 1 sp., h. 4,6 — Öfjord, 1 sp. (f), h. 4. — New to Iceland. Margarita obscura Couthouy var. islaiidiea n. Fig. 29—32. Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, among M. groenlandica, 1 sp. (f, born). — This variety differs from the type by a somewhat wider umbilicus with rounded margins and by feebler, closer spiral keels. Whorls 4 Vi- The shell is not worn; it is solid and of a light olive brown colom\ It resembles M. bella by the wide umbilicus and the rounded (not keeled) basal part of the body w^horl, but it lacks the longitudinal sculpture of that species. Measurements in mm: height of the shell 4,5, of the aperture 2,9; diameter of the shell 5,8. The species, as well as the variety, is new to Iceland. Telutina laevigata (Pennant). Berufjord, 9—30 fms, corals and rocks, many sps., max. height 12,5. Marsenia microniphala Bergh. Berufjord, 15—30 fms, 1 sp., 1. of the animal ca 10 mm. — New^ to Iceland. Amauropsis islaiulica (Gmelijn). Berufjord, 40 fms, sand wdth shells, 9 sps., most of them dead, max. height 11,2 — D:o, 15—30 fms, 1. sp., h. 5,6, — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland. ODHNER, MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ICELAND 7 Natica claiisa Broderip & Sowerby. Arnanes, in fish stomachs, 3 sps., max. h. 13 — Beru- fjord, 9 — 40 fms, corals, sand, clay, numerous sps., max. h. 16 — Biarnanes, 15 — 30 fms, corals, 1 sp. (t), h. 10 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 9 sps. (f, 1 living), max. h. 16 — Raufarhofn, 25 — 40 fms, 3 sps., max. h. 19 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 10 sps., max. h. 12 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 5 sps., max. h. 4,5 ■ — Öfjord, 2 sps., max. h. 4. Natica uaiia Möller. Fig. 26—27. Raufarhofn, 25 — 40 fms, 5 sps., max. h. 4,5. — New to Te elan d. Lunatia groBiilaiHliea (Beck). Fig. 36—39. Arnanes, in fisli stomachs, 1 sp., h. 13 — Berufjord, 40 fms, clay, 3 sps., max. h. 9 — Raufarhofn, 25 fms, 2 sps., h. 27 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 1 sp., h. 4 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 5 sps., max. h. 15,5. In the sculpture of the shell, consisting of fine spiral strise, these specimens differ from the normal type of the species. As similar specimens also occur in other districts and as there are all stages of transitions from sculptured to smooth shells, they cannot be considered as a distinct Ice- land variety. From these collections Jeffreys mentiones, besides L. grosnlandica, the occurrence of L. Montagui off Iceland. Per- haps he has determined the specimens of Berufjord to be this species, with which their resemblance is striking. L. Mon- tagui however is wholly smooth with no traces of spiral striae and with a considerably Avider umbilicus and a callous co- lumellar margin. Whether it occurs on the Iceland coasts is consequently doubtful. Mr. BÅRDARSON has shown to me specimens of L. grcen- landica with a greath resemblance to L. Montagui. Like the exemples from Berufjord, which they surpassed in size, they had but very feeble strise and a somewhat cailous columellar margin. 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO -1:. Trichotropis borealis Broderif & Sowerby. Arnanes, 25 fms, 6 sps., max. height 14 — Berufjord, 9 — 33 fms, numerous sps., max. h. 16,2 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 2 sps., max. h. 18 — Raufarhofn, 40 fms, 1 sp., h. 9,^ — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 2 sps.; max. h. 11 — Öfjord, 2 sps., max. h. 14. — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland and mentioned by Torell (1859). Lacuiia divaricata (Fabricius). Berufjord, 3 fms, ebb, rocks, numerous sps., max. h. 11 — D:o, 9 — 40 fms, rocks, sand with shells, corals, numerous sps., max. h. 9,2 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 4 sps., max. h. 8, -t — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, many sps., max. li. 7 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, many sps., max. h. 7,7 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 18 sps., max. h. 11 — Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, clay, sand, 7 sps., max. h. 7,8. — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland. Lacuiia pallidula (Da Costa). Berufjord, 3 fms, ebb, 1 sp., diameter 5,2. — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland. Littoriiia palliata Say. Berufjord, in the surface of the water, 5 sps., max. h. 10; these species are of a yellow colour and therefore resemble L. obtusata, but the spire is pointed and the shell finely sculptured by spiral strise, which shows their belonging to the present species. — Raufarhofn, 25 fms, 1 sp., h. 3,5; co- lour brown, white-marbled. ' Littoriiia riidis (Donovan). Fig. 1—4. Berufjord, 3 fms, ebb, clay, 8 sps., much elevated, max. height 20,5 — Siglafjord, in the surface of the water, many sps., max. h. 14,4 — Iceland without definite locality, many sps. ODHNER; MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ICELAND 9 Oiioba aculeus (Gould). Berufjord, 3 fms, Laminarise, ebb, man}^ living sps., max. h. 4,7 — Raufarhofn, 15 sps., max. h. 3 — Thistil fjord, 10 fms, sand, clay, 16 sps., max. h. 3,3. Onoba striata (Montagu). Öfjord, 2 sps., both 2,7 mm in height. — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, 11 sps., max. h. 3,2. Ciiigrula eastaiiea Möller. Berufjord, 1 sp. (t), height 4 — Raufarhofn, 35 — 40 fms, 16 sps., max. h. 4,5 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 2 sps., h. 4. Ciiigula islaiidiea Friele. Berufjord, 1 sp. (f), height 2,5 mm. — New to tlie Ice- land coast. Ciiifi^ula areiiaiia (Mighels & Adams). Berufjord, 40 fms, sand with shells, 6 sps. (t), max. h. 3,ö mm. New to Iceland. Alyaiiia scrobieulata (Möller). Berufjord, 7 fms, rocks, 2 sps. (f), h. 2,6 mm. — New to Iceland. Skeiiea plauorbis (Fabricius). Berufjord, in the surface of the water, numerous sps. max. diameter 2,2 — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, 1 sp., d. 1,2. Cerithiopsis costulata Möller. Fig. IS. Berufjord, 40 fms, sand with shells, 2 sps. (f), max. height 7. — Mentioned by Jeffreys, citinoj Torell. 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. Scalaria grceiilaiulica (Chemnitz). Fig 16. Berufjord,? 1 sp., height 25 — Raufarhofn, 40 fms, 3 sps., max. h. 13 — Of the last, one specimen (h. 12; fig. 16 to the right) is worn and qiiite polished — perhaps it has passed through the intestine of a fish — and therefore much re- sembles S. EscJiriclitii (Holböll). It has also been wrongly determined to be that species by Jeffreys who has founded on the present specimen his statement that S. Eschrichtii »has not been found living south of Iceland» (Brit. Coneh. Vol. IV p. 98). In contrary Torell (1859) says that »it is not found hving out of Greenland» (p. 89). Posselt ps., max. 1. 7,3. — Torell 1859. Modiolaria iiigra (Gray). Berufjord, 25 fms, 17 sps., max. 1. 10 — Thistilfjord, 10 -16 fms, sand, clay, 6 sps., max. 1. 10;5. — Stated by Jeff- reys from Iceland. Mytilus ediilis Linné. Berufjord, in the surface of the water, 2 sps., max. 1. 50 (t); T>:o, 9—13 fms, rocks, 1 sp., 1. 40 — Olofsfjords vatn, numerous sps. (t), max. 1. 43. Nucula tenuis (Montagu). Arnanes, 25 fms, 5 sps., max. 1. 10 — Berufjord, 40 fms, clay, numerous sps., max. 1. 10,5; D:o, 9 — 33 fms, 5 sps. (f), max. 1. 13,2 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, numerous sps., max. 1. 10,5 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 1 sp., 1.' 8 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 4 sps., max. 1. 5 — Öfjord, clay, numerous sps., max. 1. 11,3. Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. A.-o 4. 2 18 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. Leda perniila (Muller). Berufjord, 9 — 40 fms, clay, corals, sand, shells, many sps., max. 1. 25,5 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, many sps., max. 1.22,5. Leda miiiiita (Muller). Arnanes, 25 fms, 5 sps., max. 1. 11 — Berufjord, 25—40 fms, clay, many sps., max. 1. 15 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 3 sps., max. 1. 11 — Raufarhofn, 25 fms, 2 sps., max. 1. 10 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 4 sps., max. 1. 11,5 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 3 sps., max. 1. 13,5 — Öfjord, i sp., 1. 9. Yoldia limatula Say. Fig. 24. Arnanes, in fish stomachs, many sps., max. 1. 40 — Hof- sos, 40 fms, clay, max. 1. 36 — Öfjord, 50 fms, clay, many sps., max. 1. 40. — Torell 1859. Yoldia liyperborea Torell. Fig. 23. Berufjord, 40 fms, 2 sps., max. 1. 30 — These two speci- mens differ from the preceding ones in having a more blunt posterior end, because of the postero-inferior margin being more curved. By tbat they show agreement with Torell's Y. liyperborea. The other specimens of Yoldia resemble the american Y. limatula Say, to which they have therefore been referred. Cardium ciliatiim Fabricius. Berufjord, 40 fms, clay, many sps., max. 1. 54 — D:o 9—13 fms, rocks, 3 sps., max. 1. 14 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 2 sps., max. 1. 9 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 3 sps., max. 1. 8,5 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 10 sps., max. 1. 7,5 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 5 sps., max. 1. 11 — Ofjord, 4 sps., max. 1. 13,6. Cardium groeiilaiidicum Chemnitz. Arnanes, in fish stomachs, 2 sps., 1. 9,5 — Berufjord, 7 — 33 fms, clay, many sps., max. 1. 16,5 — D:o 15 — 30 fms, odhner: marine mollusca of iceland. 19 1 sp. (t, bored), 1. 48 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 2 sps., max. 1. 6 — Thistilfjord, 10-16 fms, sand, clay, 3 sps., max. 1. 8,5. — Torell 1859. Cardium elegaiituliim Beck. Berufjord, 3 sps. (t), max. 1. 10,5 —Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 1 sp., juv. — Iceland, without definite loca- lity, 3 sps. (t), max. 1. 7 — Stated by Jeefreys from Iceland. Cardium fasciatum Montagu. Arnanes, 25 fms, 7 sps., max. 1. 9 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, clay, 2 sps., max. 1. 6,2 — öfjord, 2 sps., max. 1. 5,7. — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland. Cypriiia islandica Linné. Berufjord, 15—30 fms. 13 sps., max. 1. 67 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 2 sps., max. 1. 22 — Raufarhofn, 2 — 5 fms. 10 sps., max. 1. 14,5 — D:o, 30—35 fms, many sps., max., 1. 80 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 6 sps., max. 1. 0,5. var. infläta n. Fig. 33—34. Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, sand, clay, 1 sinistral shell of a dead specimen, 1. 9,5. — This shell differs from the type of the same size (or young specimens) by its regularly rounded outline, and its nearly median much inflated umbones. At the first glance it remembers of Isocardia, but the dentition is typical Cyprina-like. Height 9, breadth of the single shell 3,5 mm. — New to Iceland. Astarte borealis (Chemnitz). Berufjord, .9 — 30 fms, rocks, many sps., max. 1. 46 — Raufarhofn, 30 fms, many sps., max. 1. 38. — Torell 1859 {Astarte corrugata Loven). Astarte elliptica (Brown). Arnanes, 25 fms, 2 sps., max. 1. 11,5 — Berufjord, 40 fms, 1 sp., 1. 7,5 — D:o, 9 — 13 fms, rocks, many sps., max. '20 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 4. 1. 40 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 12 sps., max. 1. 8,5 — Sigla- fjord, 12 fms, many sps , max. 1. 18 — Öfjord, 1 living and 2 dead sps., max. 1. 29. — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland (Ä. sulcata Da Costa). Ast.*irte (Nicaiiia) Baiiksi (Leach). Arnanes, 25 fms, 1 sp., 1. 6,7 — Berufjord, 9 — 40 fms, sand, clay, many sps., max. 1. 21 (incl. var. Warhami) — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, 13 sps., max. 1. 18 (incl. var. Warhami) — Siglafjord, 12 fms, many sps., max. 1. 15,5 (mostly var. Warhami) — Iceland, without definite locality, numerous sps., max. 1. 22 (the type). Axiims flexiiosus (Montagu). Berufjord, many sps., max. height (from umbo across the shell) 6,2 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, many sps., max. h. 7,8 (incl. var. Gouldi) — Reykiavik, 5 fms, stones 3 sps., h. 8,5 (incl. var. Gouldi). Axiiiopsis orbiculata G. O. Särs. Berufjord, many sps., max. height 3,3 — Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, sand, clay, 30 sps,, max. h. 4. Tenus fluctuosa (Gould).i Berufjord, 1 sp., 1. 4. — New to Iceland. Montaciita Maltzaiii Verkruzen. Raufarhofn, 35 fms, 1 sp., 1. 1,5 — New to Iceland. Cyamium miimtuiii Fabricius. Berufjord, 3 fms, ebb, Laminarise, many sps., max. 1. 3,2 — Stated by Jeffreys from Iceland. Mactra elliptica Brown. Raufarhofn, 25 — 35 fms, many sps., max. 1. 23,7. ^ Jeffreys mentiones from Iceland Venus lincta, but t hat shell is not represented in Torell's collections. odhner: marine mollusca of iceland. 21 Telliiia calcarea Chemnitz. Berufjord, 15—40 fms, many sps., max. I. 35; D:o, 7— 13 fms, many sps., max. 1. 12,5 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, ca 25 sps., max. 1. 27,5 — Raufarhofn, 35 fms, 7 sps. (f), max. 1. 29,.ö — Reykiavik, 2 fms, stones, 15 sps. (f), max. 1. 23 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 9 sps., max. 1. 6 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, many sps., max. 1. 12 — Öfjord, 50 fms, clay, 4 sps., max. 1. 14,3. Lyonsia areiiosa (Möller). ^ Berufjord, 25 fms, clay, 4 sps. (f), max. 1. 14 (with a fresh appearance). — New to Iceland. Tliracia triiiicata Brown. Fig. 14—15. Berufjord, 7—13 fms, 6 sps. (f), max. 1. 24,4 — D:o, 3 fms, ebb, Laminarise, 3 sps., max. 1. ca 4 — D:o 15 — 30 fms, many sps., max. 1. 34,5 (f, bored), max. 1. living 7 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 1 sp. (t), 1. 15 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, stones, 1 sp., 1. 8,5 — Thistilfjord, 10—16 fms, sand, clay, 6 small sps., max. 1. 2,7. — Jeffreys mentiones also Th. proetenuis from Iceland, which is however not represented in tbe collections. Tliracia septentrionalis Jeffreys. = Th. truncata jMighels & Adams (not Brown). Fig. 12 — 13. Ranfarliofn, 25 — 35 fms, many sps., max. 1. 27,5 — Dif- fering from Th. truncata in the shells being very solid, re- sembling Mactra, with a smooth surface and a yellowish, shining cuticula. Sculpture consisting only of regular lines of growth and some very fine radiating striae in the anterior part. Umbones situated rather far behind the middle of the shell; the anterior part consequently much prolonged, the pos- terior one abruptly truncated. Pallial sinus lengthened, pro- truding straight forward; its lower part being most prolonged (in Th. truncata the sinus is symmetrically rounded and pro- jecting obliquely upward). Fine träns verse strise surround- ing the pallial line. Measurements (maximal) in mm: Length ^ Jeffreys mentiones L- norvegica from Iceland, but the specimens considered by him belong to the above species. 09 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAlSD 7. N:0 4. 27,5; heigbt 20,6; breadth (crassitudo) of both sbells 11; thick- ness in the lower margin of the shell O,:; length of the liga- ment 7; distance of tbe umbones from anterior margin (per- pendicularly) 17. For oomparison two corresponding sbells of Th. truncata bave been figured. Thracia seytentrionalis, whicb is new to Iceland, is met with only in few speeimens before. It occurs off Massachu- setts, Greenland, Jan Mayen and Spitzbergen (Posselt & Jensen 1899). There were no soft parts preserved of this species, of which the anatom}^ is still unknown. Mya truncata Linné. Berufjord, 15—30 fms, clay, many sps. (most of them bored), max. 1. 47 (f), living 15,5 — Hofsos, 40 fms, clay, 2 sps., max. 1, 4,5 — Raufarhofn, 2 — 40 fms, many sps., max. 1. 12 — Reykiavik, 8 fms, 1 sp., 1. 19 — Siglafjord, 12 fms, 8 sps., max. 1. 12 — Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, sand, clay, many sps., max. 1. 11 — öfjord, 50 fms, clay, 5 sps., max. 1. 9,g. — Torell 1859. var. iiddevalleusis Forbes. Berufjord, 7 — 13 fms, rocks, 1 sp. (t), 1. 25. Saxicava riigosa Linné. Arnanes, 25 fms, 16 sps., max. 1. 21,') — Berufjord, 9 — 30 fms, clay, stones, corals, rocks, many sps., max.^1. 27 — Hof- sos, 40 fms, clay, 1 sp., 1. 16 — Raufarhofn, 2—5 fms, 5 sps., max. 1. 24; D:o, 35 fms, 2 sps,, max. 1. 12 — Thistilfjord, 10 — 16 fms, sand, clay, 2 sps., max. 1. 13. II. Tabular survey of the species.^ i Chcetoderma nitididmn* 0} 1 1 ti CO i Hofsos Raufarhofn Reykiavik o G» 1 ■a" C ni ■C? ■O Iceland with- out delinite locality X i Lophyrns albus X X X ; X X Boreochiton marmorens X X X X ^ Species with an asterisc (*) are not before mentioned from Iceland. odhner: marine mollusca of iceland. 23 2 c £ < o i Bjarnanes Hofsos a o 1 o o 1 '-3 o 'C? O Iceland with- out definite locality B. ruber X X X , X , i X '1 Nacella pellucida x! j Acmcea testudinalis X ■ X Ix Tectura rubella* '■ X .. 1 X |X T. virginea X X i X Lepeta coeca X X X X 1 X Puncturella noachina X X X ' X 1 ' X X Moelleria costiUata X X X X Gihhula tumida i^ Margarita cinerea X X X X var. striata* X X M. grce-nlandica X X X X X X X j X X M. helicina X X X 1 M. Vahlii* X M. olivacea* X X i X M. obscura* var. islandica* X Velutina Icevigata X Marsenia niicrornphala X 1 Amauropsis islandica 1 ix Natica clausa X X X X X X X X N. na na* X Lunatia grcenlandica X X X X X Trichotropis borealis X X X X X X Lacuna divaricata X X X X X 1 X L. pallidida X 1 ! Littorina palliata X X L. rudis X X Onoba aculeus X X X 1 0. striata ■ X X Cingula castanea X X 1 X C. arenaria* X C. islandica* X Alvania scrobicidata* X Skenea planorbis X X Cerithiopsis costulata IX 1 Scalaria grcenlandica ? X 24 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. 1 i Adniete viridula 1 i 1 t o c* s CO o 1 v? .2 i v, I o 1 o 1 ""j Xi 1 ■ 1 ! X X Bela decussata* X X j X B. Trevelyana X X B- cancellata* X B. rugulata X X X var. bergensis* X var. scalaroides* X X B. violacea X X X X X X X B. obliqua* X B. harpularia* X B. pyramidalis X X X B. cinerea X X B. elegans X X B. nobilis X X B. angulosa* X X B. Pingelii X X X X X X B. exarata X X X X X Pyrene rosacea'^ X Volutomitra grcenlandica X X 1 Trophon craticulatus X X X X X T. clathratus X X X X X X 1 var. Gunneri X T. truncatus X X Buccinum undatum X X X X 1 B. groenlandicum X B. finmarchianum X B. tenue* X i B. hydrophanum* X Neptunea despecta X X var. Jornicata* X ' X 1 Sipho islandicus X S. tortuosus X S. lachesis* X Siphonorbis latericeus* X S- turritus* 1 X 1 1 I Diaphana hyalina 1 X X i odhner: marine mollusca of iceland. 25 Pecten islandicus Limatvlrx subauriculata Dacrydium vitreum* Crenella decussata Modiolaria Icevigata var. suhstriata M. nigra Mytilus edidis Nucida tenuis Leda pernula L. minuta Yoldia limatula Y. hyperborea. Cardium ciliatuin C. grcenlandician C. elegantulum C: fasciatuin Cyprina islandica var. infläta* Astarte borealis A. elliptica A, Banksi Axinus flexuosiis Axinopsis orhiculata Venus fhictiiosa* Betusa pertenuis Q) < -t o D CO 2 S s 5^ a o 1 O ?5 O Thistilfjord Öfjord Iceland with- out definite locjility X X X X X 1 Cylichna alba X X X X X C. Reinhardti X C. scalpta* X Philine Urna X Ph. quadrata:'* X 1 Cadlina obvelata X • Coryphella bostoniensis ,X C. sahnonacea X A no mia ephipp iu m X X X X A. acideata X X X X X I X Ix X X X X X X x| x| I X ' i X i X ; X X |x X i I X I ! X ' X X ^ X X X X X X ■ X X X !x X X X X X ■ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X i X X. : X X 26 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. i Montacuta Maltzani* 1 Beru fjord Bjarnanes c c K "c 1 1 I o 1 o O Iceland with- out definite loeality X ; \ Cyamium minutum X 1 Mactra elliptica X Tellina calcarea X X X X X X 1 X Lyonsia arenosa* X ' Thracia truncata X X Th. septentrionaUs* X Mya truncata X X X X X X X var. uddevallensin X Saxicava rugosa X X X X X According to the above accounts the follovving species, which are before mentioned from Iceland, must be removed from the fauna: Retusa obtusa (Montagu) mentioned by Jeffreys-, Lyonsia iiorvegica (Chemnitz) » » » The following species must be regarded as doubtful in- gredients of the fauna: Chito7i cinereus Linné mentioned by Jeffreys; Lunatia Montagui (Forbes) » » » Venus lincta Pulteney » » » Thracia prceienuis Pulteney » » » Area glacialis (Gray) is included in the list of Iceland moUusca by Mörch (1869) vvith the remark, that Torell (1859) mentiones it from Iceland. Such a statement is hovv- ever not met with in Torell; perhaps Mörch has wrongly read Torell's notice of its occurrence at Melville-Island. This species belongs however to the Iceland fauna according to PossELT k Jensen (1899). III. General remarks on the fauna. Though the majority of species is obtained from Beru- f jord and this loeality thus is the one best explored, the above survey permits a comparison from which some faunistic re- sults of interest are to be deduced. odhner: marine mollusca of iceland. 27 Thus most of the forms, that may be named as boreal or at least not high-arctic, are found on the west and the south coasts of Iceland, at Reykiavik and Berufjord, such as Nacella pellucida, Lacuna pallidula, Onoha acideiis, Älvania scrohicidata, Skenea planorbis, Limatula siihaiiriculata, Cyamiimi miiiutum and others. Some of these more temperate forms, however, also ocour on the north coast, and in this respeet an especially remar- kable locahty is met with in Thistilfjord (with Raufarhofn). Though this fiord is situated in the NE part of the island, where the temperature of the sea is relatively low through the brancli of the Gulf Stream, setting in from the west, just ending at this district and being succeeded by an arctic current, that often blocks the north coast with drift-ice, we find here a good many more temperate molluscs, namely Tectura virginea, Onoba acideus and striata, Skenea planorbis, Anomia aculeata, Limafula subauriculata, Cardium fasciatum, Mactra ellipiica, and Cyprina islandica besides a more infJa- ted variety of the last shell. Of such forms there are also found a few in other loca- lities on the north coast, e. g. Onoba striata in Öfjord, Buc- cinum undatum in Siglafjord and Cardium fasciatum and Ano- 711 ia ephippiufn in both these fiords. The cause of the occurrence of such a number of south- ern mollusca a t the north eastern part of Iceland, is hardly to be looked for in the present hydrographical states, which are not favourable for the existence of the named species at this place; therefore they must be assumed as constituting a relic fauna, that has had a wider distribution during a warmer period, from which it has been left here, isolated from the environments. If there are any grounds for this supposition, it may also be possible, that other southern forms on the north coast, such as Cardium fasciatum, are of a relic nature too. There are some facts seeming to support this assumption about the fauna of Thistilfjord. The named spe- cies, which are distributed on tho southern and western coasts of Iceland, ha ve their northern limits in Norway with- in the arctic region, in Finmarken. But there the influence of the Gulf Stream is considerably higher than on the north- eastern Iceland coast. This circumstance makes it probable that the mollusca in question might be immigrated here 28 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. during a period with a warmer climate than at present, and similar to tbat of the norvvegian north coast nowadays. The opinion of a maximum of climate is quite consi- stent with the conclusions drawn by Bårdarson on the basis of geological investigations. He has shown that some Southern mollusca, such as Purpura lapilhis, Zirphcea cris- paia and Gyamium minutum, living at present only in the western coast-districts, occur in a fossil state in some north- ern fiords. From this fact he has concluded a higher tem- perature during the corresponding period. The fauna of Thistilfjord is consequently in all probabi- lity a remnant from this time. Besides the fact that some southern mollusca are living on northern parts of Iceland, the western and southern coasts are, on the other hand, remarkable for the ab-ence or the rareness of some northern forms, above all Pecten islandicus, a fact, that is also pointed out by Bårdarson. To the same group might be referred M argarita Valilii, Naiica nana, Scala- ria groenlandica, Volutomitra groenlandia, Cerithiopsis costidata, and Thracia septentrionalis, all these with the main distribu- tion off Greenland, and probably also Trophon craticulatus, Buccinum tenue, Cardium groenlandicum and others. Of such northern forms many occur in Berufjord on the south coast, a district, which thus proves to have a fauna of mixed character. Whether its northern constituents have been added by the influence of the present hydrographical conditions or they are perhaps to be explained by the assump- tion of a cooler period from which they should be relics, this is a question, which at present it is unable to answer. This short paper is not the place to compare exhausti- vely the fauna of Iceland with that of other northern districts. But some facts are of such interest as to be worthy of atten- tion. The fauna comprises a good many species with a wide distribution, belonging to the genera Boreochiton, Puncturella^ Lunatia, Leda, Tellina, Saxicava and others, in all about 40 species. Besides these there are some forms which are ejse- where found only in southern districts: Nacella pellucida, Tectura virginea, Gibbida tumida, Cijprina islaiidica etc, but these amount only to 10 a 15 species. On the other hand many species have their principal distribution in the arctic area, of which ca 40 occur both in the western and the east- odhner: marine mollusca of iceland. 29 ern regions. A few specimens ha ve their principal distribu- tion in the eastern districts, for example: Margarita striata, Vejius fluctuosa and Bela angulosa, of which the lastnamed is wholly lacking off Greenland. Other forms belong to the western area; these are: Natica nana, Cerithiopsis costidata, Bela Pingelii, Volutomitra groenlandica, Trophon craticulatus, Philiyie qiiadrata and Mytilus edidis; thus more species show- ing relation to the Greenland fauna. From the above statements the conclusion is to be drawn, that Tceland is in faunistic respects most nearly related to the arctic region and that its fauna is composed of both west- ern and eastern elements. Besides these some southern con- stituents have been assimilated with the fauna, these being immigrated in a låter time and some of them a t present ex- tinct again, and Iceland consequently proves in faunistic respects, as in geographical, an intermediate district betvveen the western, eastern and southern departements of the boreo- arctic region. In some cases the measurements of the shells give the same jesuits as to the relations of the fauna. Here only one example of this fact may be pointed out. Margarita helicina of south Iceland ( Ber uf jord) has a maximal diameter of 4,8 mm. Specimens from Spitzbergen are generally considerably larger, their medium size amounting to 6—7 mm and their maximum diameter to above 9 mm. Off Greenland both the medium and the maximum size is somewhat higher than that of the Iceland forms. The West-scandinavian species are in contrary of a smaller size ; thus Margarita helicina of Iceland in its measurements shows more resemblance to the western and southern than to the north-eastern fauna. A further example of this kind is M. groenlandica. The Iceland form has a greater resemblance to Norwegian and Greenland specimens and it differs more from the forms occurring off Spitzbergen. The present material is, however, too incomplete to allow quite certain conclusions in faunistic respects, and more de- tailed investigations must be carried out before the problem of the relations and the origin of the Iceland fauna can be conclusively decided. 30 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 4. List of literature. BArdarson, Gudmundur (t., Mferker efter Klima- og Niveauforaiidriiiger ved Hiinaflöi i Nord-Island. Vidensk. Meddel. fra den uaturliist. Foren. K0benlia\n. 1910. Jeffreys, J. Gwyn, British Conchology. Vol. II — T. London 1863 — 69. JoFiANSEN, A. c, On the Mollusca between tidemarks at the coasts of leelaud. Mdensk. Meddel. fra den naturhist, Foren. K0ben- havn 1902. MöRCH, O. A. L., P^aunula Molluscorum Islandiie. Op. cit. 1869. Odhner, Nils, Northern and Arctic Invertebrates III Opisthobrancliia. K. Sv. Yet.-Akad. Handl. Bd 41. N:o. 4. Stockholm 1907. PossELT, H. J., & Jensen, A. S., Grönlands Brachiopoder og Blöddyr. Meddelelser om Grönland. H. 23. 1898. Kobenhavn 1899.' Torell, ()., Bidrag till Spitzbergecs Molluskfauna. Stockholm 1859. YERKRtJZEN, T. A., Dredging-Exkursion to Iceland in June and July 1872. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. 10. London 1872. Er rata r. 6 line 13 from top, and in other places, for born read bored. Hofsos, mentioned here, is not that on the S. coast, but is situated on the N. coast at Skagafjord. Arnarnes and Olafsfjord are also situated on the N. coast: at Eyjafjord (Öfjord.). odhner: marine mollusca of iceland. 31 Explanation of the plate. All tlio figures, except Fig. 29, 30, 35, are in natural size. Fig. 1 — 4. Littonna rudis from Berufjord, showing the variation in form, sculptm^e and colonr: tig. 3 shows a shell with operculum. » 5. Admefc viridula, Berufjord. » (). Anomia eplnppium, riglit valve, from a Pecten, Arnanes. » 7 — 8. D:o, rar. cylindrica, from the inner and the upper side. Berufjord. » 9. I):o, var. squamuJa. with an attached smaller speci- men, Arnanes. » 10. I':o, intermediate form l)etween var. cjilindrka and squamula, Arnanes. J^ela angulosa, Berufjord. Thracia scptenfrionaH>i, left valve. from outside, Rau- farhofn. D:o, right valve from inside. Thracia truncata, left valve, from outside, Berufjord. D:o, right valve from inside. Scalaria groenlandica: to the riglit a worn specimen. Raufarhofn. Bda PingeUi^ Berufjord. CeritUiopsis cosfulafa, Berufjord. Bela dnerea, Berufjord. Äcmcea testiidinalis, Berufjord, small speeimens, with the apex situated far anteriorly. BeJa pi/ramidalis, Reykiavik. Yoldia hi/pcrhorea, Berufjord. Yoldia limatula, Arnanes. Tectura riibeUa, Berufjord. Xatica nana, Raufarhofn. Tectura ruhella, forma rJeraia, Berufjord. Margarita ohscura var. islandica, from apertnre and spire, Hofsos. X 2. D:o, natural size. Cf/prina islandica var. infläta. Thistilfjord, left valve from outside and from inside. Tectura ruhella forma elevata, Berufjord. X 2. Lunatia groenlandica, Berufjord. I):o, Raufarhofn. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20- -21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26- -27. 28. 29- -30. 31- -32. 33- -34. 35. 36- -37. 38- -39. Tryckt den 16 december 1910. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Bok(vyckeri-A.-B. Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. N;o 4. Pi. 1, r\ ^ 17 22 26 B 2 7 2 ^1 32 % 10 34 ^ § # e 2ö 30 33 J # 36 37 38 39 N. Odhner foto. Ljustr., Cederquists Graf. A. -B. Sthl ARKIV FÖU ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 5. An Account of Arenicola loveni Kinberg. By J. H. ASHWORTH, D. Se. Lecturer in Invertebrate Zoology in the University of Edinburgh, With One Plate and a Text-Figure- Communicated Sept. 14th by Hj. Théel and Chr. Aurivillius. Historical Account. The species Arenicola loveni Kinberg was founded on a specimen collected at Port Natal, near Durban; it was defined by J. G. H. Kinberg in his »Annulata Nova»^ in the follow- ing terms — »Segmentum buccale triannulum; segmenta setigera 20 quorum sex anteriora singuhimque postremum ebranchiata; longitudino 395 — 400 mm.; latitudo 20 mm.» FoUowing this diagnosis is the reference >>Eug. Resa, Ann. T. XXVIII. 1.» This plate XXVIII forms one of a series, ^ con^ taining figures of the Annulata collected on the voyage round the world of the frigate »Eugenie», prepared for issue in 1857, that is, ten years prior to the publication of the diagnosis of the species. Although copies of the plate were printed they were never actually published. The figures on this plate relating to Arenicola loveni were, until recently, known to me only through a short description of them published by Pro- fessor Fauvel. ^ My thanks are due to Professor Théel for his kindness in sending to me a copy of this interesting plate. ^ öfversigt Kongl. Vetenskaps- Akad. Förhandl. 1866, p. 355, Stock- holm. 1867. ^ Kongl. Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden. Zoologi. Annulata. Stockholm, 1857. ^ Fauvel, P. »Observations sur les Arénicoliens». in: Mém. Soc. Xation. Se. Natur. Math. Cherbourg. T. XXXI. p. 179. 1899. Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 5. 1 2 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 5. The species A. loveni is not mentioned in the literature, so far as I am aware, from 1867 until 1888, when, in discuss- ing the ecaudate species of Arenicola, Professor von Maren- ZELLER 1 stated that these species may have a chaetigerous segment behind the last branchiferous one and that similar cases have been previously met with, for instance, A. loveni Kbg. Judging from the short diagnosis, the only description then available, 2 von Marenzeller remarked that A. loveni seems to resemble A. marina, and that the validity of the former species is doubtful. In 1899 Fauvel (loc. cit.) gave a description of the figures of A. loveni on the unpublished plate above mentioned. He pointed out that, as far as one is able to judge by the figure of the worm, this species differs from a large example of A. marina only in the presence of a setigerous ring between the last branchial segment and the caudal region. This setigerous ring is shown bearing, on each side, a tuft of setae but no notopodial elevation. Fauvel remarked that such a character in an Arenicola is so extra- ordinary that one might ask if there had not been an error of observation. In view of the insufficient information re- garding this species he concluded that it was impossible to decide whether A. loveni is a distinct species or should be merged with A. marina.^ Gamble and Ashworth ^ placed this among the species of Arenicola, which, being so shortly and insufficiently described, must for all practical purposes be ignored. The above account, which embodies the whole of the in- formation hitherto available regarding A. loveni, shows that the validity of this species and its position with regard to other species of the genus are very uncertain. With a view to the investigation of the characters and the determination ^ Marenzeller, E. von. »Polychäten der Ångra Pequena-Bucht.» in: Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Syst., Bd. III, pp. 14, 15, Jena, 1888. " VON Marenzeller had not access to a copy of the unpublished plate. 3 J. E. IvES (Proc. Acad. Xat. Se Philadelphia for 1890, p. 74, Phila- delphia, 1891.) apparently considers A. loveni Kbg. to be a synonym of A. marina, for in stating the range of distribution of A. marina he includes South Africa. The only records of Arenicola from South Africa are those of Kinberg (^4. loveni) and von Marenzeller {A. marina, from Ångra Pe- quena) so that Ives' statement implies that he considers Kinberg's speci- men to be an example of A. marina. * Gamble, F. W. and Ashworth, J. H. »The Anatomy & Classification of the Arenicolidae . . .» in: Quart. Journ. Micr. Se, Vol. 43, p. 429, 1900. ASHWORTH, AN ACCOUNT OF ARENICOLA LOVENI KINBERG. 3 of the systematic position of this species, I applied to Pro- fessor Théel for the loan of the type specimen, preserved in the Riksmuseum, Stockholm. I beg to express to him my sincere thanks for so readily entrusting to me this interesting and valuable specimen, and also for permitting me to make an inspection of its internal organs, without which a definite conclusion regarding the position of the species could not have been attained. My examination of the type specimen showed that the species A. loveni Kinbérg is a valid one. On ascertaining this I wrote to Professor J. D. F. Gilchrist, enquiring if, during his marine investigations, he had found specimens of Arenicola on the shores of South Africa. In reply he sent to me, in July 1909, four specimens taken in Sal- danha Bay, which prove to belong to Kinberg's species. I beg to thank Professor Gilchrist for so generously placing these specimens at my disposal. From the type and the four specimens from Saldanha Bay I have prepared the following description at the end of which a new and full diagnosis of the species A. loveni is given. Occurreiice. Arenicola is evidently not common or readily found on the coast of South Africa. Up to the present, Kinberg's specimen, obtained at Port Natal, near Durban, is the only one recorded and no details are given of the conditions under which it was found. The only information available on this point is contained in a letter (dated, 7th July, 1909) which Professor Gilchrist sent to me with the specimens and from which I quote the following — »I had been looking for se- veral years for Arenicola here» (i. e. on the shores of Cape Colony) »but found no trace of it until on a visit to Saldanha Bay, on the west coast, I found the castings of the worra in a little sandy cove just inside the Bay. Most of the sand here is very shifty but in this sheltered place it seemed to be more permanent and was of rather darker colour. The worms were procured by digging rather quickly with a spade, they seemed to be about a foot or so beneath the surface». 4 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NiO 5. Size. The length of the type specimen was given by Kinbero as 395 — 400 mm. On measuring the specimen I found it to be about 405 mm. in length of which the tail represents about 155 mm. The symbol »Vi», ^y the side of the figure of this worm on the unpublished plate. indicates that the figure is natural size, but, on measurement, it is found to be 475 mm. long of which the tail is about 200 mm. The figure is therefore larger than natural size and does not accurately represent the relative proportions of the body and tail of the specimen. The measurements of the specimens from Saldanha Bay are as follows: 5 mm. of which No. 1 Total length 335 No. 2 » » 335 No. 3 » » 175 No. 4 » » 385 the tail is 90 mm. » » » 195 » » >> » 55 » » » » 155 » The largest of these most closely approaches the type specimen in size and in the proportion of its body and tail. It is, hov/ever, rather shorter and somewhat stouter in the body region than the type; its tail is the. same length as, but thicker than, that of the type specimen. The diameter of the type is given by Kinberg as 20 mm.: the specimen was probably measured near the third or fourth chaetigerous annulus, where it is widest; its girth at the 4th chaetigerous annulus is now about 60 mm. Specimen No. 4, from Saldanha Bay, measured at the level of the fourth chaetigerous segment, where it is thickest, has a diameter of 23 mm. and a girth of 68 mm.; the diameter and girth of the middle of the tail are 16 mm. and 50 mm. respectively. Although of such massive proportions, A. loveni is not the largest species of the genus; it is surpassed in size by Ä. cr.istata Stimpson, and is equalled, at any råte in length, by A. marina (L.). The largest specimen of Arenicola known to me is an example, in my possession, of A. crisiata, from Woods Hole, Massachusetts, U. S. A., which is 515 mm. in length (the tail being 190 mm. long). and 75 mm. in girth at its widest point. Examples of A. marina 350 to 400 mm. long are occasionally found, the anterior region of which may attain a girth of about 70 mm., but their tail region is usu- ASHWORTH, AN ACCOUNT OF ARENICOLA LOVENI KINBERG. 5 ally less massive than that of A. loveni. The other sppcies of Arenicola are much smaller than these; the largest known examples of A. daparedii Levinsen, A. assimilis Ehlers and its variety affinis Ashworth, are about 220 mm. and of A. ecaudata Johnston and A. gruhii Claparéde about 250 mm. Colour. All the specimens are brown in colour, the shade varies a little in different regions, being usually slightly darker in the anterior portion. Prostomium (Plate I, Fig. 1). The prostomium of the type specimen is beautifully pre- served. It consists of a large median lobe and two small lateral lobes of almost uniform width (that is, not dilated anteriorly) and united posteriorly in a narrow median portion the central part of which is depressed slightly below the level of the lateral portions. The transverse diameter of this prostomium, at its widest part, is about 2,2 mm. In three of the Saldanha examples the prostomium is well preserved. In each case it agrees in the form and pro- portion of its parts with that of the type specimen. In the Saldanha specimen in which it is best seen, the prostomium has a transverse diameter of 3 mm. of which the median lobe forms 1,8 mm. The nuchal organ is present and has the usual relation to the prostomium. Segmeutation and Parapodia. This species has nineteen chaetigerous segments on each of which notopodia and neuropodia are clearly seen. Each of the segments from the fourth to the nineteenth inclusive is subdivided into five annuli, the fourth of which — the chaetigerous annulus — is the largest. Behind the third chae- tigerous annulus there are, therefore, four smaller rings be- tween any two successive chaetigerous ones. Between the third and second chaetigerous annuli there are three rings. 6 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO O. between the second and first there are two, and in front of the first chaetigerous annulus there are three rings, as stated in Kin- bérg's diagnosis (»segmentum buccale triannulum»), and the prostomium. The ainnulation of the anterior end is as repre- sented in Kinberg's figure and in the accompanying diagram. The difference in the sculpturing of the skin of the prebranchial and branchial regions is not so marked and abrupt as it is shovvn in Kin- berg's figure. The tail is strong and muscular, its numerous segments (usually about 100 to 150) 1 are very narrow from before backwards, especiahy in the anterior half of the tail. The epi- dermis is raised into small rounded papillae; there are no elongate papil- lae or other outgrowths of the body wall in this region. The notopodia have the usual bluntly conical form; a tuft of capil- lary setae projects from the oval aperture of the setal sac, which is situated on or near the rounded apex of the notopodium. The type specimen possesses a twentieth segment bearing notopodial setae (Fig. 2). Following the nine- teenth chaetigerous annulus are four rings and then a larger one. On the right dorso-lateral region of this larger annulus there is a slight elevation, from an aperture in which a tuft of twelve to fifteen capillary setae projects; on the left side there is a ccrresponding setal sac but setae are no longer present in it. The setae remaining in this spe- cimen are now very loosely held in position, several bundles of notopodial setae are seen to be on the point of falling out of their setal sacs and others have already done so, among the latter the small tuft which was in the twentieth left notopodium. Arenicola loveni Dorsal aspect. X 1.7. MO. Mouth, N^ First iiotopodium, N. GR.Nuchal groove, Pr. Prostomium There are 175 septa in the tail of one of the Saldanha specimens. ASHWORTH, AN ACCOUNT OF ARENICOLA LOVENI KINBERG. 7 There is no trace of neuropodia or neuropodial setae or of gills on either side of this twentieth segment. The type specimen is, therefore, abnormal in that it pos- sesses an additional chaetigerous segment but this extra seg- ment is not provided with fully developed parapodia; its notopodia are smaller t han those of the preceding segments and it possesses no neuropodia. Kinberg's figure is correct in its representation of this extra segment. This figure is, so far as I am aware, the only one of any caudate Arenicola showing a chaetigerous segment additional to the normal number. There is such a remarkable constancy in the number of chaetigerous segments in the caudate species of Arenicola that the presence of an extra pair of notopodial setal tufts in Kinberg's figure called forth Professor Fauvel's remark that this might be due to an error of observation. Cases in which extra notopodia, neuropodia and gills are pre- sent in caudate Arenicolidae are rare. Among some thousands of specimens of A. marina which have passed through my hands during the last few years, I have seen only three which show an extra pair of notopodia, five with an extra pair of neuropodia, three with an extra pair of complete parapodia (notopodia and neuropodia) and seven with a complete chaeti- gerous and branchiferous twentieth segment. Out of över one hundred specimens of A. claparedii examined. I have seen only one which exhibits an abnormality of thisnature; this specimen has an extra (twentieth) notopodium and neuro- podium, but on one side only. Neuropodia are clearl}^ visible on all the chaetigerous segments of A. loveni. On specimen No. 4 the groove of the first neuropodium is about 1 mm. in length, that of the sec- ond 2 mm., of the third 4 mm., of the fourth 7 mm., and of the fjfth, sixth and seven th 12 mm. The groove thus exhibits a rapid elongation in successive segments until in the fifth, sixth and seventh segments it attains its maxi- mum length of about 12 mm., and almost reaches the mid- ventral line. The right and left neuropodial grooves in this region of the body are separated ventrally by a distance of only a little över 1 mm. In the following segments the neuropodial grooves are sligbtly shorter, they gradually di- minish from 11,5 mm. in length in the eighth segment to 9,5 mm. in the nineteenth segment. The neuropodia of the 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 5. first few segments are scarcely raised above the general sur- face of the chaetigerous annulus, but those of the tenth and succeeding segments are clearly seen as elongate ridges, extend- ing from just below the notopodinm practically to the mid- ventral line (Fig. 2). for the neuropodia of the right and left sides are there separated from each other by the narrow and shallow mid-ventral groove. ^ The neuropodia are of the elong- ate type, like those of A. marina, and differ from the short neuropodia present in A. daparedii and A. assimilis. Nephridiopores are present in all the specimens on seg- ments 5 to 9 inclusive; the pore is immediately dorsal to the upper end of the neuropodium. Another external feature associated with the parapodia is Avorthy of note, namely, the presence of a small round or oval depression, about 0,2 5 to 0,5 mm. in diameter, immedia- tely ventral to certain of the notopodia. These depressions are best seen in the type specimen in which they are present, on both right and left sides, in segments 13 to 20 inclusive (Fig. 2). It is interesting to note that the segment bearing the additional notopodium exhibits a depression similar to, but slightly smaller than, that of the preceding normal segments. These pits are also present in two of the Saldanha specimens but on the last two or three chaetigerous segments only. Depressions identical in form and position are occasionally seen in A. cristata but their significance is, as yet, unknown. Sections were made of a piece of the body wall between the eighteenth notopodium and neuropodium of one of the Sal- danha specimens, but the preservation of the tissue is not sufficiently good to permit critical observations on the histo- logy of the cells. The epidermis of the depressed area is composed, almost entirely, of deeply staining, narrow, col- umnar cells. Although the position of the pit reminds one of that of the lateral sense organs (»Seitenorgane») of Capi- tellidae and Scalibregmidae, it is, at present, impossible to say if the structure in question is of this nature. Setae. The setae in some of the notopodia seem to be in two more or less distinct series, an anterior and a posterior; the ^ The ventral and nietastoniial grooves are feebly marked in all the specimens. ASHWORTH, AN ACCOUNT OF ARENTCOLA LOVENI KINBERG. 9 setae of the anterior rovv are rather shorter than those of the posterior row but they have the same form and structural detail. The setae of the ninth notopodia of one of the Sal- dan ha examples were examined in detail. The longer ones are about 6,6 to 6,8 mm. in length, the shorter ones 5,3 to 5,6 mm. For a distance of l,o to I.3 mm. behind the tip each seta bears, along one edge, a well marked lamina which at- tains a breadth of of 15 [j., and, as seen under medium magni- fication, is marked by closely set oblique lines and has a finely dentate margm (Fig. 3). The other margin of the seta, for a distance of 1,5 to 1,7 mm. from the tip, bears numerous regularly arranged structures which, seen imder low or me- dium magnification, look like long fine teeth; similar struc- tures are also present along the laminate side of the seta for a short distance proximal to the lamina. In most spe- cies of Arenicola the »teeth», corresponding to those just described, are more closely pressed to the shaft of the seta, whereas in A. loveni they project at an angle of 30° to 40° from the shaft and are consequently much more obvious, especially as in A. loveni they are also of larger size. The exact nature of these outgrowths on the shaft of the seta is difficult to determine but, under an immersion objective, it is seen that they are regularly arranged crests passing round the shaft (Fig. 4). The apparently undivided base of the crest is fixed to the shaft and its distal margin, that is, its free edge, is subdivided into a large number of fine teeth. Each crest appears to be a comb-like structure, bent so as to envelop the greater portion of the shaft of the seta, the curved portion being seen in profile where it projects beyond the edge of the shaft. The regularly arranged structures, seen under low power, as fine teeth along one margin of the seta are, then, the profile views of these crests, which remind one of the similar crests or »Sägeblätter» present on the setae of some Aphroditidae and certain other Polychaeta. The laminate portion of the seta bears on its surface numerous fine processes the pointed tips of which are directed at slightly different angles; those seen in profile at the margin of the lamina form a regular series of very fine teeth. In each in- terval between the »Sägeblätter>> there is a denser transverse band, the presence of which, at regular intervals of about 10 — 12 [x, gives to the distal portion of the shaft of the seta 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 5. a transversely striated appearance, which is well seen even under low magnification (aboiit 50) and forms a very striking feature of the notopodial setae of A. 1 oveni (Fig. 3). Kinberg has clearly indicated the transverse striation in his figure (IG, S.) of a seta. The well-marked striation and the high degree of devel- opment of the crests are tvvo characteristic features by which the notopodial setae of this species may be readily distinguish- ed from those of any other species of Arenicola. Crotchets from the nineteenth neuropodium of the type specimen are about 0,7 5 mm. long (Fig, 5, A). The distal end of the crotchet bears no teeth behind tlie rostrum and there is a wide angle — about 130° — between the rostrum and the shaft. Both these features are characteristic of the late growth phases of the crotchets of Arenicola. The crot- chets (Fig. 5, B) of one of the Saldanha specimens were also examined, and compared directly with those of the type spe- cimen with which they closely agree, the only difference being that, in the former, the angle between the rostrum and shaft is a little wider. It is so constantly the case, in all species of Arenicola, that the crotchets present in the same neuropodium are practically uniform in build, that the occurrence of an in- stance to the contrary is worthy of note. In the fifteenth neuropodium of one of the Saldanha specimens there are 115 crotcliets, among which is one which differs from the rest in its more slender form; it is of the same length and curva- ture as its felloAvs but is only about 28 m. in diameter in the middle of its shaft, whereas the corresponding portion of the neighbouring crotchets is 43 a in diameter. This slender crotchet and the next one to it are drawn in Fig. 6. They are from near the middle of the neuropodium and the rostrum of the stouter one is rather worn away at its tip. The crotchets of A. loveni are intermediate in their char- acters between those of large examples of A. marma and A. cristata, but more neariy approach the latter. Gills. There are in each specimen thirteen pairs of gills, the first pair being situated on the seventh segment. In all the ASHWORTH, AN ACCOUNT OF ARENICOLA LOVENI KINBERG. 11 specimens tlie first gill is small, in one of the Saldanha examples the first left gill is represented by a minute tri- lobed tubercle. The successive gills increase gradually in size up to about the tenth, which is usually the largest; the last gill is distinctly smaller than the preceding one. In those specimens in which the gills are well expanded they are seen to be of the pinnate type as is clearly indica- ted in Kinberg's figures 1 A, IF. The larger gills of the type specimen consist of sixteen to twenty axes on each of which lateral branches are borne. The longest axes of the middle gills are 7 mm. in length and bear about sixteen branches on each side. The gills of the Saldanha specimens are of exactly the same type. The ninth right gill of one of them was exarained in detail; it consists of nineteen axes connec- ted by a short common basal piece less than 2 mm. in length; there is no well marked web-like membrane between the bases of the gill axes of this species such as is often present in large Laminarian specimens of A. marina. The longest axis of this gill is about 7 mm. in length and bears on each side fifteen branches; the shortest axis is rather less than 3 mm. in length and has six pairs of lateral branches. ^ The lateral branches, though often opposite or paired, are not always so arranged, on some axes or on some portion of certain axes they are alternate. The subsequent branching of the lateral twigs is either dichotomous, or, especially in the larger ones, approximately pinnate. Internal orgrans. (Fig. 7). The internal organs of the type specimen and of two of the Saldanha examples have been examined. Septa and miiscles. The three septa, present in all known species of Areni- cola, are found in A. loveni in the usual positions, namely, at the anterior end of the first, third and fourth chaetige- rous segments. ^ A gill axis, intermediate between these in length and number of branches, is seen in Fig. 2. 12 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 5. The strong first septum (S^) bears two enormous back- wardly-directed pouches (S. P.), much larger than tbose of any other species. In tbe three specimens examined these pouches are 25 to 26 mm. long; they are about 3,5 mm. in diameter in front but taper gradually towards their blunt posterior ends. The wall of the pouch consists of four layers; externally and internally there is a very thin film of coelo- mic epithelium, between which are two series of muscles. The outer layer of muscles is about 0,5 mm. thick and its fibres are chiefly circular in direction, the inner one consists of a series of stout longitudinal bands, similar to those seen in sections of the body wall, which project into the lumen of the pouch and, indeed, almost obliterate it. The arrangement of the muscles of the wall suggests that the pouch is capable of considerable dilatation. In the intervals between the longi- tudinal muscle bands, there are three large blood vessels, which give off branches the coelomic epithelial covering of which is composed of cubical or oblong cells containing gran- ules, some of which, at least, appear to be yellow and sug- gestive of chlorogogen granules. The lumen of the pouch opens into the most anterior division of the coelom in front of the first septum; the aperture is not a simple pore but is crossed by a number of muscle fibres. The pouches pass backwards through the second septum and extend as far as the third one, immediately in front of which their blind ends lie and are generally directed laterally. The enormous size these septal pouches is the most striking feature of the inter- nal anatomy of this species and may be given as the prin- cipal internal diagnostic character. Comparison with the conditions seen in the other species of Arenicola will render this obvious. Septal pouches are not present in A. claparedii and assimilis, those of A. marina and ^/acia/zs^at Hist. ser. 2 Vol. X. p. 281., - Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. VII p. 301, Boston 1861. ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. >':0 6. Na me Localitv I Upper I mesial i length Museum k no. Sex k agt- fromocci- pitalcrest j I to tip of nasals Potamochoeriis porcus {pictus) {pictus) (pictus) (pictus) Liberia Leiden, Zool. Mus. cTad. >West Africa» Stockholm, High icfad. I School. Zoot. Inst.j I 1465 I W. Afr. Xiger exp. B. M. 65. 5. 3. 4 'cTad. S. Cameroon jBerlin, Zool. Mus. cTad. Cameroons, Debund-j Stockholm Xat. Hist. cT ad. scha I Mus. Cameroons, S. of Sembo; Berlin, Zool. IMus. icTad. Sanaga W. Afr. Niger exp. B. M. 65. 5. 3. 3 o"" ad. Cameroons^ B. M. 60. 7. 22. 10 d" ad. N. Cameroons Berlin, Zool. Mus. cT ad. 303 364 362 ; 363 362 j 365 j j 358 ' 352 345 334 313 325 Cameroons, Debimd- Stockholm, Xat. Hist. cTad. scha I Mus. i Gaboon B. M. 71. 5. 27. 6 ef ad. Cameroons, Sanaga Berlin, Zool. Mus. 9 ad. Liberia Leiden, Zool. Mus. 9semiad.i 312 » Stockholm, High ? semiad. 316 I School. Zoot. Inst.j i 608. I (ptc^M*)! Cameroons Stockholm, Nat. Hist.'$ ad. 305 Mus. Debund- Upsala, Zool. Mus. :$ad.(old)! ^^^ suhsp.? scha i uiore than Mukimbungu, Lower Stockholm, Xat. Hist. ef old 360 Congo Mus. Mukimbunpu, LowerlStockholm, Xat. Hist. 9 ad. 343 ' I Congo 1 ]Mus. Ubangui River X.jB. M. 7. 7. 8. 258 ef ad. 322 j Congo I I > » vhangensis ^ Type of Gray's r>Chceropotanius pictus». EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. Distance from tip Distance Distance from or- from TTT-JJ.I, f Greatest of post- i^, , , ^\idth at ^ ^ ^^. ■ bit to hmdsur- Width of .,,, , f.^ , Greatest , ,. L.east m- „ ,^ , ^ ^ ^^ . , , width at orbital postorbi- ,, ,. frontend face of parietal i, ■, -, ■ ^ zygoma- >, -, terorbi- » 3 i. ±- .f . lambdoid process \.. .,,, tal pro- , , .,,, ot naso- Jtr to tip flat area ^ / , , tic width ^ tal width ' » ^ crest to lamb-i doid crest premax- of pre- illary su- maxil- ture lary Least width of skull be-l Length tween | of m^ {lambdoid i erestsand! zygoma- tic arch , 42 44 47 58 40 91 85 102 164 100 (v) 184 103 179 97 — 104 107 116 80 80 199 190 209 198 224 204 I 229 200 — 30 32 30 64 73 72 42 9S 97 170 110 79 49 39 51 102 95 191 118 81 84 94 158 104 71 36 39 32 82 85 153 101 74 — — 38 — 82 151 97 67 193 197 185 175 169 213 31 209 31 203 27 193 29 80 76 69 59 58 142 61 179 195 30 55,5 46 80 i 31,5 — — 178 119 31,5 70 93 150 103 26 82 91 163 98 203 74- 195 175 224 31,5 , — 210 29 01 206 27,5 65 I I 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 0. and feet. The snout of this specimen is dark but not as black as the forehead. A young male from Cameroons lias the forehead not sharply set of black as in the old, but it is only mixed with black. The animal is otherwise red all över but recognized by its white dorsal streak and white margin to the ears. — A still younger specimen is similar. A mounted, not fully adult, female specimen of River-Hog from Liberia in the Zool. Museum of Leiden is rufous all över. The snout is dark but the forehead is only sprinkled with black and the feet are only black on the front-side. Below the eye is a vvhitish stripe and below the same a broad blackish band bordered below by the whitish whisker- stripe. This specimen agrees thus nearly with the specimens from Cameroons but as it is a female it is not safe to say whether the differences are constant or not. It is possible that there is a difference in colour between P. porcus and P. p. pictus as Schinz says in his description of the type of »penicillatus» : »regione interoculari alba», while Gray only mentions a streak över and under the eye as being w^hite. This may, however, be variable. If there is some doubt about the validity of Gray's P. p. pictus there certainly can be none about another very well marked geographic subspecies of Potamochoerus porcus the type of which has been collected at Ubangui, Northern Congo by the Alexander Gosling Expedition. It is repre- sented in the British Museum Na t. Hist. by the skull of an adult boar (7. 7. 8. 258) and the head skin to the same. I take the pleasure in naming this animal : Potamochoerus por- ens ubaiigeiisis n. The dimension of the skull mentioned are to be found on the table of measurements (I) and from these it is apparent that the River Hog from the Ubangui-region is a smaller animal in most respects than its more western allies. Especially striking is the, as well absolute as relative, narrowness of its parietal area, 26 mm., which only amounts to 8,0 Vo of the upper mesial length of the skull. This characteristic alone, together with the smallness of the skull, suffices to distinguish P. p. uhangensis from other members of the P. porcus group hitherto described. That the specimen really belongs to this group is clearly proved by the skin which is covered with short hair, not EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 11 long bristles. On the forehead is a sharply defined black patch which mesially extends forwards someAvhat in front of the eyes. In front of this the whole snout is (in contrast to the condition in P. porcus) whitish only with the sensory bristles black. Behind the black frontal patch the bright rufous general colour begins and extends as far back as the skin reaches. A narrow, piire white dorsal mesial band begins just behind the ears. It is formed by hair which as far as this head skin reaches are not visibly prolonged above the surrounding rufous hair. The ears are externally black with yellowish and finally white upper margin. The tuft consists partly of white, partly of black hair. A black cheek- stripe is bordered above by a whitish tuft below the eye, and on the lower side by the white whiskers. On the throat rufous and black hair are mixed. For the present it is impossible to say how this sub- species of the Red River Hog is geographically distributed. It might, however, be more or less nearly related to a comparativel}^ narrowheaded River Hog from the interiör of the Togo-land. In the latter I have found the parietal flat area to be about 6,7 % of the upper mesial length of the skull. Potamocliceriis porcus albifroiis Du Chaillu. The skull characters by which P. p. uhangensis is recog- nised are mentioned above, and also that it differs in colour from P. porcus (and P. p. pictus) by its white snout. It remains to find out in which respect it differs from Du Chaillu's P. albifroiis. The latter is said to have the general colour of the head white w^ith »a triangulär black space, the base between the ears and ending in a point on the median line about three inches below the eyes». »Face — — with a black w^arty prominence on each side halfway between the nose and the eyes, and in front a circular black line extending nearly to the angle of the mouth; nose black»; — — »eyes surrounded by a white line three fourths of an inch wide, of the general color of the head interrupted by bay opposite the ears; from the ears a black stripe mixed with rufous hair coming down the cheeks; whiskers long, 12 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 6. white at the base and reddish at the end>> — . This quotation from Du Chaillu's description suffices to prove a certain difference in colour of his Bush Pig as well from the other races of the P. porcus-gvoup as from P. p. uhangensis. The latter has a white snout but the same organ is black in P. albifrons, although the head otherwise has much white. Unfortunately the author of P. albifrons has not communicated any description or measurements of the skull that could be compared with the corresponding ones of P. p. uhangensis. For the present we have therefore to rely only on colour characters for »P. albifrons» which must be regarded to be only a subspecies of P. porcus. The native country of P. p. albifrons is according to Du Chaillu »the high table-lands between Cape Lopez and Cape St. Catherine and on the head of Fernand-Vaz River», thus the Western part of the present French Congo. De Pousargue has låter on (1897) described a female specimen of Red Bush Pig from Ogowe, which according to the locality probably belongs to the same race as P. p. albifrons and this author, too, spöke about »une teinte blanche» »sur la region interoculaire et la partie anterieure du front, »^ but he regarded evidently P. albifrons Du Chaillu as merely synonymous with P. penicillatus Schinz (= P. porcus Lin.). This interpretation of De Pousargue is quite easy to understand the more so as ScHTNZ as well found the interorbital region white in penicillatus. The present author has recently received a couple of skull of »rufous» Bushpigs from Lower Congo coUected at Mukimbungu by the Swedish Missionary Mr. K. E. Laman. Unfortunately there were no skins to these skulls, and it is thus no possibility to tell whether they belong to Du Chaillu 's »albifrons» or not. To judge from the locality this is, however, not at all improbable. The skulls prove at the first look that they belong to a race which is differ- ent, as well from the typical Pota^noclioerus porcus as still more from the Cameroon-race P. p. pictus. The parietal flat area of these Bush pigs from Congo is comparatively quite narrow, measuring only 31,5 mm. as well in the old ^ Ann. Se. Xat- Zool. sér 9, T 4. Paris 1897. p. 90. EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 13 boar as in the aduit female, but the great size' of the skulls themselves indicate that they have nothing to do with P. porcus uhangensis. If the skull of the boar (fig. 1) is laid by the side of a boar skull from the Cameroons the former, the presumed P. p. albifrons, has a much flatter frontal region and a greater interorbital breadth (conf. table of measurements I). The nasal region is broader than in P. p. pictus. The posterior part of the preorbital region of the skull appears to be broader than in any other race of the genus Poimnochcerus. The lateral callosities of the snout 1. Skull of an old boar ot" Potamochcierus porcus sul Lower Congo. are strongly developed and raised above the nasal surface and at the same time they meet and anchylose in this old specimen with the apop hyses above the canines (fig. 1) which appear to be sonaewhat higher but more slender than in P. p. pictus. Even if younger specimens of the latter are chosen for comparison their apophyses exhibit a broader lateral surface, that is, their anteroposterior diameter is much longer than in the Congo boar. This diameter below the callosities measures in the latter specimen only 24 mm. but in an old boar from Cameroons 38 mm. and in a younger 36 mm. The greatest zygomatic width in the Congo boar skull is not in front as in old boars from Cameroons. ■*■ The skull of the boar is unfortunately chopped of in the occipital region but in spite of this mutilation it measures fully 360 mm., and probably it has been at least 20 mm. langer- 14 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BD 7. N:0 6. In the female skull as well the interorbital and nasal re- gions are mucli broader than in a specimen from Cameroons of the same sex. In one respect the female skull from Lower Congo shows a very striking anomaly as it has duplicate canines in the upper jaw on both sides (conf. fig. 2). Such a duplication appears to be very rare as Bate- SON does not mention anything similar from Siiidce in his »Mate- rials for the study of Variation. »^ From the description above of these skulls and the table of measurement it is apparent that the Bush Pig of Lower Congo is quite different from the other races of P. porcus,^ and if future investigations should prova that it is not the same as albifrons Du Chaillu i will call it P. p. congicus as it deserves a name of its own, and I take the boar skull presented by Mr. Laman to this museum as type. Potamoclioprus choeropotamiis (Desm.) Fig. 2. Palatal aspect of the skull of a female Potmnochoeriis porcus It is connected witli many difficulties to decide how many different forms ought to be dis- cerned within this group, the more so as the material available subsp.? from Lower Congo to show f^j, examination is not sufficiently duplicate camnes. ^T^^ r n - j. j.v, large. The tollowmg notes there- fore do not, of course, pretend to be definitive but as our knowledge only advances by steps, and as several new facts ' London 1894. - It is also very easily distinguished from the members of the next group by skull characters, the breadth of the skull, the relative dimensions of different parts which may be seen by comparing the measurements recorded in the tables. EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POT^MOCHGERUS. ]5 may be added now, I have not hesitated to publish them as tliey may serve as a stepping stone for fature investi- gations. I have had the opportunity of examining more closely, and measuring (conf. table of measurements) more than a dozen skulls of both sexes from Southern and Southeastern Africa, and also of seeing some more skulls from German East Africa which according to the prevailing opinion ought to belong to the main form the Potamochcerus choeropotamus auct. If the skulls of adult boars are considered they are found to present two very different types with regard to their parietal region. The southern of these is from Cape, Algoa Bay and has a very broad parietal region the flat area of which measures 42 mm. and constitutes not less than 12,4 7o of the upper mesial length. The other is represented by specimens from Portuguese E. Africa (Mazoe), Mashonaland, N. E. Rhodesia, and »Cape»(?) (probably not Cape in the proper sense of this word). In these specimens the parietal region is much narrower 24 to 26 mm. and when compared with the upper mesial length of the skull this parietal mea- surements represen ts onlj- 6,2 to 6,970 of the lenght, thus hardly more than half as much as in the boar from Algoa Bay. There are no intermediate specimens of male sex, and it appears thus most probable that there is a broad-headed southern, and a narrow-headed northern race as far as the boars are concerned. The former is probably distributed along the southern coast of the Cape Colony and northward to Natal, because in the Natural History Museum in Stock- holm there is a very broad skull of on old female Potamo- cJicerus shot by Wahlberg in Natal. The parietal region of this specimen is not less than 47 mm. in width which repre- sents 12,9^0 of the upper mesial lenght. It thus corresponds quite closely with the boar in the Leiden Museum from Algoa Bay. On the other hand two females from Algoa Bay in the Leiden Museum vhich are neither so large nor so old have narrower parietal regions measuring only 29 to 34 mm. which corresponds to 8,4 to 9,6 7o of the upper mesial length of the skull. It appears probable that this narrowness depends upon the fact that they are not fully developed. It is, however, a curious fact that the females which are from 16 ark:iv för zoologi, band 7. n:o G. Name Localitv Museum & no. Sex & age Upper mesial length from ocei- pital 2rest to tip of nasals Potamochoerus chcRo- Mazoe, Portug. E. B. M. 7. 10. 25. 3 jcTold potamus Africa N. E. Rhodesia Mashonaland Cape (?) Mweru Coguno Inhambane N. E. Rhodesia Neuve Cape, Algoa Bay P. ch. johnstoni » » » (type) P. ch- nyasce (type) » » » > h. dcemonis . » y (type) > larvatus larvatus liova n Leiden zool. Mus- d. » » » a. » b. » » » c. Natal Stockholm, Nat. Hist. Mus. Fort Manniiig X. E. B. M. 7. 2. 14. 1 Rhodesia Ward B. M. 3. 6. 4. 2 B. M. 67. 12. 4. 220 » » 93. 7. 25. 12 » » 6. 11. 8. 135 Xgaravi Riv. Xhanga Nyasaland Lake Mweru N. E. Rhodesia 91. 5. 9. 5 B. M. 94. 3. 8. 19 Stockholm, Xat- Hist. Mus. Zomba B. M. 98. 6. 23. 1 Kilimanjaro B. M- 92. 4. 24. 4 Berlin St. Marie, Marovoay j Stockholm, High School. Zoot. Inst. 4446 cT ad. ef ad. ef old. $ad. 9 semiad. $ young cTad. $ad. 9 ad. cT semiad. 6 old. rf ad. i 9 semiad. cTad. ö^ad. cTad. 9 semiad. ef ad. ef ad. Ampitambe, Madagas- car jNIadagascar P. intermedius n. sp. ' Ruwenzori Kenya B. M. 67. 9. 1. 162 la^ad. » » 74. 10. 9. 1 ef ad. Leiden 1 9 ad. Stockholm, High |9old. School. Zoot. Inst. 4447] !B. M. 6. 12. 4. 71 o^ ad. I » » 6. 7. 1. 188 I rf semiad. i » » 4. 11. 5. 17 ef ad. 384 372 363 357 362 359 348 337' 353 345 328 364 372 371 374 323 311 305 368 348 343 342 374 305 361 Canine apophyses %vec]i. EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 17 Width of parietal fl.at area Greatest width at lambdoid crest Distance from tip of post- orbital process to lamb- doid crest Greatest zygoma- tic width Width at postorbi- tal pro- cesses Least in- terorbi- tal width Distance from or- bitto front-end of naso- premax- illary su- ture Distance from hindsur- face of m^ to tip of pre- maxillary snture Length of m^ Least width of skull be- tween lambdoid crest and zygcma ti c arch 24 79 102 178 107 81 222 225 33 63 26 85 97 170 102 78 219 242 36 59 25 86 102 181 106 81 204 224 32 66 24 86 94 180 109 81 202 220 32,5 64 33 82 96 163 103 71 199 223 33 — 33 81 96,5 — 100 70 198 — 33(?) — 29 82 89 153 93 04 — — — — 42 75 90 — — 74 190 — — — 34 75 97 — 81 195 — — — 29 78 96 — ' 82 198 — — 29 72 92 — — 71 192 — — 47 88 98 173 106 78 211 227 35 62 44 106 109 198 113 82 239 242 37 71 41 75,5 93 151 100 71 208 — 35,5 — 12,5 84 94 173 106 75 226 32 60 15 83 101 167 103 74 212 226 31,3 54,5 — — — 165 103 78 214 225 32 61 18 80 92 153 96 73 181 206 29 18 — — — — — — — 16,3 64 79 147 90 66 169 192 30 52 40 82 95 162 104 79 204 215 32 66 32 79 92 178 102 73 192 211 33 61 24 68 88 — — 71 191 — — 26 69 87 149 94 69 185 197 31,5 55 34 83 97 162,5 103 77 210 222 32 63 18 78 84 153 97 66 176 — 60 31 86 98 170 102 69 203 — 33,5 63 Afkiv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 6. 18 ARKIV rÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 6. such places as ought to be iiihabited by the narrow-headed boars for instance Inhambane in Portug. E. Africa, N. E. Rhodesia, and Nyasaland have a comparatively broad parietal region measuring resp. 33, 29, and 33 mm. or resp. 9, i, 8,4, and 9,1^0 of the upper mesial length. The parietal dimen- sions of the females are thus very similar as well in the dis- trict of the broad-headed as in that of the narrow-headed boars, if the old very broad-headed female from Natal is excepted. This appears at the first look to be a puzzle which is not easily explained. It might, however, be possible that the females in both cases represent on earlier sta ge of deve- lopment and that the males in the two districts have for some reason been subjected to a diverging development. That is, both races (if they are different) should originally have had a parietal area of the intermediate size, thus about 9 7o of the upper mesial length. In the narrow-headed race the females retained this relative dimension while the males became comparatively more narrow-headed. In the broad- headed race again the males and the old females developed a broader parietal region amounting to more than 12% of the upper mesial length of the skull. This hypothese is perhaps not quite satisfactory but with the present material none better can be offered as ex- planation of the existing differences between the shape of the skulls of the boars which is so great and striking as to hardly admit a lumping together of the two types, especially if it is considered that this dimension is a rather constant one within a race, as the tables of measurements pro ve in more than one instance. A fact is that among the Bush Pigs of the Fotamochceriis choeropotamus group specimens with a very broad parietal area measuring 42 — 47 mm. and corresponding to 12,4 — 12,9 7o of the upper mesial length of the skull are found in the Cape Colony and Natal, while northward from these countries in Portuguese East Africa, Mashonaland, N. E. Rhodesia etc. the corresponding measurements in males are 24 — 26 mm. and the percentages 6,2 — 6,9%. If w^e go still further north and enter German East Africa the Bush Pigs in the southern parts of this country will be found to possess a rather narrow parietal area as the following notes from specimens in the Berlin Museum appear to indicate. Parieta area 1 mm. o/ /O 28 7,4 29 7,6 24 6,6 EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 19 Upper me- sial length mm. in an adult boar from Kondoland 376 » » » » » Kwa Mtoro, S. of Irangi378 » » » » » Tabora, Ujiji . . . . 362 There is a small rise as well in the absolute measurements as in the percentages but it is so sb'ght that it is of less im- portance. The increase in breadth of the parietal area con- tinues, however, still more further north, thus in a boar from the country north of Tabora with a skull the upper mesial length of which is 373 mm., the parietal flat area has a breadth of 31 mm. which constitutes 8,3^0 of the length. In another specimen from Pangani with an upper mesial length of 372 mm. the parietal area measures 36 mm. or 9,6 7o of the length. A specimen from Ukurewe in Victoria Nianza with an upper mesial length of the skull of 346 mm. the parietal area is 37 mm. or 10,6% of the length. There is thus a general tendency, as it seems, that the parietal area of the Bush Pigs in German East Africa gradually increases in size in connection with a more northern habitat. As I have not had any opportunity to study these animals nor to examine skins from localities corresponding to those where the skulls have been collected I have to confine myself to the statement of the above facts. A gradual change of this kind makes, however, the establishment of species, or even subspecies within such a region very risky. On the other hand as mentioned above the difference between the Bush Pig of Cape and Natal, and that of Portug. East Africa and adjoining parts of Rhodesia is more abrupt and they constitute more likely two races. The question is then, how are they to be named? The oldest specific name which can be used is choeropotamus {»koiropota7mis») of Des- MOULINS, because Schreber's »Sus africanus» was already pre- occupied for a Warthog. Desmoulins' type was probably from Cape and could not have been from any country north of »Cafrerie» as it was »un individu rapporté par de Lalande du midi de TAfrique» and the said naturahst did not proceed further north during his scientific expedition to South Africa.^ ^ P. A. De Lalande's »voyagescientifique» — — »au Cap» is described in HoErER's Nouv. Biogr. Générale T. 13. Paris 1855 p. 403 with the following words. »Il y [au Cap] arriva le 3 aout 1818 il pénétra 20 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 6. It is thus the Bush Pig with a rather broad parietal region in Cape and Natal which ought to retain this Desmoulins' specific name and the more northern race in Portug. East Africa, Mashonaland etc. should be in need of a subspecific name which may be proposed to be: Potamochcerus cliceropotamus maschoiia. Gray named a female skull of a Bush Pig from Damara land »Sus capensis» (Cat. of Bones B. M. p. 277) this is, however, a nomen nudum, and as no other specimen is known from that country it cannot be said if any different race of Bush Pigs lives there or not. With regard to the colouration of the P. choeropotamns it is difficult to use the descriptions found in the literature as they are rather indiscriminately taken from members of different geographic races and there is also no doubt a great deal of individual variation. The following notes may there- fore be of some interest as they refer to individuals from certain localities. Four speoimens in the Leiden Museum from Algoa Bay, thus of the broad headed southern race, are all of them dark with long bristles and white tips to the strongly deve- loped dorsal ciest. Three of them have the forehead påle grey, in the fourth it is dark. In the three former there is a larger number of yellowish brown bristles mixed with the black on the sides of the body. The old female from Natal in the Stockholm Museum has a påle grey forehead, this colour extending round the eyes, a dark band between the eyes, grey snout, dark brown checks with whitish whiskers, and black ears. The dorsal crest is w»'ll developed, black with white tips. The back is mixed grey and blackish, shoulders, flanks, hams, legs, feet and lower side black. The southern River Högs are thus dark as far as the present material is concerned. The following notes show the colour of specimens from successivement dans le pays des Hottentots le 11 novenibre 1818, puis dans les pro\'inces de Berg-Riviére, le 5 jaillet 1819, et enfin dans la Cafrerie le 2 novembre de la méme année» . EINAR LÖNNRERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHrERUS. 21 Portug. East Africa and adjoining parts of Rhodesia thns P. ek. rnaschona. A female from Coguno, Inliambane (BM. 6. 11. 8. 13. 5) has the colour of the back rufous brown mixed with black. The thick crest is black with white tips to a part of thebristles. The forehead between the eyes and the ears is brown mixed with black in the middle, and yellowish grey laterally. The broad black band round the snout is AveJI defined by grey or brownish grey as well in front as behind. The whiskers are white with black above and beneath. The black patch below the eyes as usual separated from it by a narrow white band. The ears, shoulders, legs, feet, and the whole of the under side from the chin to the anus are black. A female collected by Neaves in Rhodesia is stiil darker without any rufoiis on the back. The greater part of the body is black with the following exceptions. From behind the shoulders dirty yellowish hair are mixed among the black of the back and they become more numerous on the rump. The richly developed dorsal crest is strongly white-tipped, especially above the shoulders. The ears are, of course, black but the forehead is mixed brown, black and whitish. The broad black band across the snout is bordered by grey behind, and whitish in front. The whiskers are long, white in a black area. A specimen of P. choeropotamus maschona a male from N. E. Rhodesia belonging to Mr. R. Ward has a påle grey face with a broad dark band round the snout in front of the warts, blackish round the eye, whitish whiskers but the cheeks are dark on both sides of them, black ears, black dorsal crest with white tips, back with mixed black and rufous hairs, feet and lower parts black. To judge from these specimens the narrow-headed, some- what more northern River Högs are just as dark as the broad-headed ones of Cape and Natal. There is thus not possible to state any differences in outer appearance, and the difference, if it is constant, should thus only consist in cranial characteristics which makes the question still more difficult to solve w4th full certainty. From German East Africa as already mentioned I ha ve not seen any skins. 22 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 6. Potamoclioerus clioeropotamus johustoiii (Major). In the year 1897 (1. c. p. 367) Forsyth Major described a new species which he named Potamoclioerus jolmstoni. The type of this new species was a female skull from »Ngarawi River, Nkanga in the North Nyasa District». The distinguishing characteristics should be the »large size, the straight upper contour, and its slen- derness», molars and premolars large». I ha ve had the opportunity of examining and measnring this skull (91. 5. 9. 5) in Brit. Museum Nat. Hist. (conf. II table of measure- ments), and stated the relative correctness of Majors' views. Although this female skull is according to my terminology only semiadult, it has the great upper mesial length of 372 mm. and is thus equal in length to the next largest male skull of the true P. chosropotarmcs-tyipG. The parietal region is broad, very much broader than in the P. choeropotamus of the narrow-headed northern type but not quite as broad as in those from Cape and Natal when they have attained full size. In consequenee of the length of the skull the width of the parietal flat area is only 11,0^0 of the upper mesial length thus much more than in P. clioeropotamus maschona from adjoining regions but not so much as in old specimens from the south. The relative slenderness of the skull cannot be taken into account as it is not fullgrown. The last molar is large, but the same size may be attained by specimens of P. choeropotamus. It was of interest to find that, since Major wrote his paper, Brit. Museum had aquired a male specimen (B. M. 7. 2. 14. 1) which must be regarded as belonging to the same race. It is an adult boar from Fort Manning, N. E. Rho- desia, and its skull is larger than any other specimen of this genus, having an upper mesial length of 422 mm. The width of its parietal area is not less than 44 mm. and it is in this respect superseded only by the old female described above from Natal, but in consequenee of the length of the skull this measurement is only 10,4 % of the upper mesial length. In all other dimensions as well this skull shows larger abso- lute measurements than other skulls of the P. cliosropotamus- group. The great length of the skull causes, however, several relative dimensions to be smaller in P. ch. jolinstoni. The distance between the postorbital process and the lambdoid EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 23 crest is for instance only 23,4 7o of the upper mesial length of the skull while the corresponding percentage is at least 26 in the P. choeropotamus. In a similar way the percentage expressing the least interorbital breadth is only 19,4 in the former but from 20,9 to 22,3 in the latter. The length of the last upper moiar is 37 mm. in P. ch. johnstoni or a little larger than in P. choeropotamus. There are thus differen- ces but hardly differences of specific value, and I think it is most suitable to regard this Bush Pigto be only a geographic subspecies of P choeropotamus. The skin belonging to this boar skull is mounted and exhibited in the gallery of Brit. Museum ^ The first information about the outer appearance of Johnston's Bush Pig may thus be obtained from this speci- men. The head is greyish or dirty white, but the snout in front of the warts is black all över with the exception of a whitish patch on either side of the muzzle. There is a black patch on the cheeks above the whiskers. The ears are black except* at the base. The dorsal crest is black mixed with whitish tips to the bristles; it begins almost on a level with the ears. The back on either side of the dorsal crest is yel- lowish brown darkening to brown and finally black on the flanks. The legs, feet, and tail-tuft are black. From this description it is apparent that Johnston's Bush Pig closely resembles P. choeropotamus. The type-locality of this races is as stated above Ngarawi River, Nkanga, and låter has as an explanation been added on the label »Deep Bay». The latter place is situated on the western side of Lake Nyasa approximately about 10° 30' S. lat. The boar which is described above and certainly be- longs t© the same subspecies in consequence of the size and shape of its skull (especially its parietal area, and large m^) is from Fort Manning, which is situated much further south about 13° 48' S. lat. It lies nevertheless within the area from which the water flows from the west into Lake Nyasa. With the present scanty knowledge it might only be guessed that the western slope towards Lake Nyasa is the home of the large, long-headed and broad-headed Potamochoerus choero- potamus johnstoni (Major). ^ But there wrongly labeled P. nyasoe, evidently in consequence of its origin from Nyasa-land. 24 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 0. Potamoclicpriis cli(Propotamiis iiyasae Major. The »Nyasa Bush Pigs» »of a rufous colour» were named as above by Major in the year 1897 (1. c. p. 367). He had, however, at that time only skins without skulls and a skull without skin from Lake Mweru. The latter (B. M. 94. 3. 8. 19) belongs to an adult male, and it was figured as the type- specimen. I have had the opportunity of examining and measuring this skull (conf. II table of measurements) and find it very strikingly different from the main form of P. choeropotamus. At the first look the extreme narrowness of the parietal flat area appears very remarkable. It measures only 12,5 mm. in the type specimen, and as the skull has a considerable length, its upper mesial length being 371 mm., the parietal measurement constitutes only 3,-3 "^'/o of the latter dimension. The parietal area is thus only about half as broad as in the narrow-headed P. choeropotamus, and P. ch. nyasce forms thus with regard to this dimension quite the con trast to P. ch. johnstoni. The question was, however, if this slruU with the narrow parietal area really belonged together with the »rufous» Nyasa Bush Pigs and if the quoted characteristic was constant. Xeither of these things was proved when Major proposed the name quoted. Since then the present author has had the opportunity of procuring from Mr. Rowland Ward a complete specimen from N. E. Rhodesia the skull of which closely agrees with Major's type of P. ch. nyasce. The parietal flat area of this somewhat older specimen is 15 mm. which constitutes 4,0 % of the upper mesial length (374 mm.) of the skull. It is thus no doubt, especially as other dimensions as well are similar in the two specimens, that the recently aquired spe- cimen belongs to P. ch. nyasce and as it is the first complete specimen examined it may be stated for the first time with certainty how this subspecies is coloured. The general colour is very dark. The snout is black all round in front of the warts. The forehead is dirty grey mixed with black and with a black stripe above the eyes. The dirty whitish or buffish whiskers are bordered by a black band above and EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENTJS POTAMOCHCERUS. 25 below, the whole fore-ncck is black, the ears are black. The dorsal crest begins between the latter, and is anteriorly much mixed with dirty whitish but already above the shoulders the black is dominating and in the lateral parts of the crest rufous buff bristles are seen. The back and sides are mixed rufous and black. On the back the rufous dominates but the black increases more and more on the flanks. The shoulders, hams, legs and lower parts are wholly black. The greater part of the tail is buffish grey with black terminal tuft. A skin in the collections of the Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. which according to the label most probably has come from Zomba (H. H. Johnston), belongs to the P. chceropoiamns group and represen ts no doubt P. ch. nyasce. The general colour of its body is rich rufous becoming black on the lower side. The dorsal crest is much mixed with w^hite especi- ally anteriorly. The ears are black without any whitish. The forehead is w^hitish and this colour runs forward mesi- ally so that the broad black ring around the snout is broken by this into two large black lateral patches on either side of the upper jaw but connected on the lower side. The large whiskers are white separating the black patch below the eye ^ from the black colour of tlie lower neck and throat. The shoulders, legs and feet are black. A young male from Zomba, Nyasa-land, is also rufous red on the sides and has long bristles. The forehead is påle, the ears black and the dorsal crest chiefly black. The colour of P. ch. Jiyasoe is thus decidedly of the same pattern as in the typical P. cJiosropoianius, although more mixed with rufous on the back and sides, especially in younger specimens. The chief difference is, however, found in the dimen- sions of the skull, especially the narrow parietal flat area which, although striking enough, hardl}^ may be admitted more than subspecific value. Other dimensions are recorded in the table of measurements (II). The forehead and the greater part of the nasals are flat, and only anteriorly the latter are somewhat convex so that they rise above the naso-premaxillary suture. The nasals are broadest just in front of the preraaxillary suture viz. about 51 mm., from ^ This is also separated from the eye by a white band. 26 ARKIV rÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NiO 6. there they are narrowed as well in the posterior parts (about 45 mm.) as especially in front where the combined breadth at the nasal opening is only 28 mm. The sides of the maxil- lary are concave, and the apophyses above the canines are large and directed backwards so that the vertical through their posterior end passes through the hindmost portion of p.^, but they do not quite reach the level of the nasal suture. In the upper jaw 3 premolars are found on either side, and in the lower jaw on one side just as many, while on the other only p^ and p^ remain. Ramus horisontalis of the lower jaw is very thick and heavy with a transverse diameter of about 29 mm., but on the other hand ramus adscendens is not very broad only measuring about 60 mm. When seen from the side the whole skull gives the impression of being long and low. The type of Major's P. ch. nyasce is stated to be from Lake Mweru. Other specimens of the same kind are from Zomba. The specimen received to the Natural History Mu- seum in Stockholm from Rowland Ward is labeled »Cham- bezi River N. E. Rhodesia», which appears to indicate that this race is distributed far to the south of the original type locality, Lake Mweru. It is evident that Potamochoerus clioe- rop. nyasce has its native country to the west of P. ch. john- stojii, and to the northwest of P. ch. maschona, but to judge from the material in British Museum Nat. Hist. it appears as if the latter race should extend into N. E. Rhodesia as well and thus meet P. ch. nyasoi there. If the areas of dis- tribution of the two races overlap to some extent is for the present difficult to say, but even this might be possible if they should live in different localities. It is also possible that the females of both races are more alike than the males, as is the case with other races, and this makes it for the present more difficult to indicate the exact area of distribu- tion of either race. Potamochoerus choeropotamus diemoiiis Major. A semiadult female Bush Pig from Kilimanjaro was named as above by Major 1897 (1. c. p. 367) who stated that it was a small form and that it was »covered with long EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOGHOERUS. 27 and very dar k brownish-black bristles». The material was rather unsatisfactory for establishing a new subspecies but tlie locality gave some information, and Bush Pigs from Kili- manjaro have afterwards been called P. ch. dcemonis by W. RoTHSCHiLD who 1906 stated that it was recognisable »by its intense black colour» ^ and by the present author who found a young animal to be" mixed black and rusty on the sides with rusty red dominating on the back and forehead, and black on the sides of the neck, on the chest and on the legs.- The skull of the type specimen, the measurements of w^hich are recorded on the accompanying table (II), proves to be small, its upper mesial length being only 323 mm., but this may be ascribed to its youth. The parietal region is narrow only 18 mm. or 5,5 % of the length of the skull, but the smallness of this measurement as well might to some extent be due to its youth. I was therefore very uncertain about this animal till I had the opportun! ty of seeing in the Zoological Museum, Berlin, a skull of an adult boar from the northern side of Kilimanjaro. This one had a mesial length of only 311 mm. and the width of its parietal flat area was 18 mm., thus exactly the same as in Major's type. It is consequently proved by this that P. ch. dcemonis really is a somewhat dwarfed and dark race of Bush Pig inhabiting Kilimanjaro, and characterised by a narrow parietal region measuring about 18 mm., or about 5,5 — 5,9 % of the upper mesial length of the skull. This characteristic is the more apparent as the Bush Pigs of the P. choeropotamus-grou^p, as has been mentioned above, have a broader parietal area in the nortliern parts of German East Africa than their allies in the Southern parts of the same country and those further south till Natal is reached. A suspicion that P. ch. d(Emonis should have something to do with P. ch. nyasce which also has a narrow parietal region must be dismissed not only for geographic but also for morphological reasons. The latter is a much larger animal with a longer head and especially a longer preorbital region of the skull. ^1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906 p. 632. - Wiss. Ergeb. d. Schwed. Zool. Exp. Kilimanjaro — Meru 1905 — 1906 u. Leitung von Prof. Y. Sjöstedt. 2. Mammals p. 33. 28 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 6. Potamoehoeriis larvatus (F. Cuvier). Major has pointed out that F. Cuvier in the first rank based the name above on a skull which he figiired and whicli according to Daubenton's statement had been aquired from Madagascar.i Although F. Cuvier mixed in some other things as well and also referred to material from South Africa, it is right to regard the quoted name as belonging to a »Malagasy Wild Hog» as Major did and others who followed him as well. Major believed that there was only one kind of Bush Pig to be found on Madagascar, and thus the names Sus madagascar i ensis and Poiamochoerus Ed- wardsi proposed by Grandidier ^ for such an animal from the same island would only be synonyms to Cuvier's much older name. They have also been regarded as such for in- stance by Trouessart (Cat. Mam.) When the present author had the opportunity of exa- mining in British Museum Nat. Hist. the material of Bush Pigs brought home by Major from Madagascar and descri- bed by him as P. larvatus I believed accordingly on his authority to have before me material of Cuvier's species. At a låter opportunity when I with the permission of Pro- fessor W. Leche examined some Potamochoerus skulls belon- ging to the Zootomical Institute of the Stockholm High School I was struck by the aberrant size and shape of the skull of an adult boar (n:o 4446) which had been collected at Marovoay in Northwestern Madagascar by Dr. W. Kaudern. It was quite apparent to me that it represented another and different race than Major's »P. larvatus», which, by the way also was represented in the same collection by an old fe- male skull. The small boar skull collected by Dr. Kaudern is at once recognized on its diminutive size and narrow parietal flat area. Although the skull has belonged to a fully adult animal with worn teeth, its upper mesial lenght only amounts to 305 mm. and it is thus even smaller than P. ch. dcemonis Major which is the smallest of the known continental ^ »Daubenton avoit décrit uiie tete de sanglier qu'il dit venir de Madagascar» (F. Cuvier Mém. da Mus. d'hist. nat .T. VIII, p. 448, Paris 1822). ^ Revue et Mag. de Zool. 2:e sér. T. XIX. Paris 1867. p. 85 T. p. 318- EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 29 Bush Pigs. The widtli of its parietal flat area is only 16,3 mm., or 5,3 % of the upper mesial length of skull. On the other hand skulls of Maiagasy boars in British Museum have an upper mesial length, according to my mea- surements, of 348 to 368 mm., and skulls of females (in Lei- den and Stockholm) have the same dimension 342 — 343 mm. The width of the parietal flat area is in the former from 32 to 40 mm., or in percentages of the upper mesial length of the skull 9,1 to 10,8. According to the figure of a boar skull communicated by Major ^ this percentage is about 10 in the animals he calls »P. larvaivs». They have thus a broa- der parietal area than their relatives which inhabit the to Madagascar nearest parts of the Continent, although not as broad as those in the Cape Colony and Natal, In the females the parietal flat area is, as ought to be expected, narrower than in the boars viz. about 24 to 26 mm. which expressed in percentages of the length of the skull will be about 7, o to 7,6 7o. According to Major's figure - of a female skull this percentage is about 8. Although these dimensions are somewhat smaller than the corre- sponding ones of P. choeropotamus and P. ch. maschona, they are much larger than those of the above mentioned small boar from Madagascar. These statements pro ve the presence on Madagascar of two different races of Bush Pig and it is thus of great importance to find out to which of these the specific name »larvatus» was originally given and if this name really covers the same as the name »edwardsii». Fortunately Cuvter has communicated a very good figure (fig. d. Pl. 22 of the work quoted above) from which the relative dimensions of the skull may be found out quite well. According to this figure the parietal flat area is narrow and constitutes only 4,4 7o of the upper mesial length of the skull. It is thus less than half what it ought to have been if this figure should have represented the same animal as t hat which Major regarded to be »P. larvatus», but it agrees fairly well with the proportions of the boar skull from Maro- voay, N. W. Madagascar. It appears thus to be no doubt whatever that Potaynochoerus larvatus (F. Cuvier) is the name which must be applied to the Madagascar Bush Pig with a comparatively very narrow parietal region and certainly ^ Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1897 p. 36ö. 2 L c. PL XXVI, fig. 2. 30 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 6. not to the broad-headed race represented in Forsyth Ma- jor's colleetions. As soon as the present writer had had the opportunity of observing the great difference in size and shape of the skulls collected by Major, and by Kaudern it became apparent to me that they represented two different geographic sub- species. I suspected also that the smaller and narrow-headed race would be found to inhabit the western part of the isJand which is a comparatively more dry and open co- untry, while the larger, broadheaded race ought to inhabit the more humid eastern forest region. This was already hinted at by the statements about the localities where the specimens had been collected. Forsyth Major says explicitly that his specimens were »from the Upper Forest Region» (1. c. p. 364). To obtain information about the habitat of the smaller and narrow-headed race I asked Dr. Kaudern to tell me what he knew about the Bush Pigs of Madagascar. He then kindly gave me the following communication which I take the pleasure of quoting in translation. It will be seen from the same that it fuUy confirms my view. Dr. Kaudern writes: »During my sejourn 1906 — 1907 in Northwestern Mada- gascar (province Bouéni) the natives told me that they dis- cerned two kinds of Bush Pig which were called by them resp. »Lambo mena» (Lambo = pig; mena = red), and Lambo ho va (ho va after the people with thatname), »Lambo mena» was said to be smaller, and it inhabits the western dryer part of the country while Lambo hova» is distributed över the eastern part with a tropically moist climate. The name of the western form indicates that it is more reddish brown than the eastern. That two different races should be found on Madagascar appears to me quite probable, because the conditions of life must be positively different in a country where the annual quantity of rain amonnts to 3 m. and where it rains during the summer as well as during the win- ter without any pronounced dry season, and in another country with the annual amount of rain only 1 m., and with a dry season continued through several months. According to the statements of the natives, other mammals as well, that are distributed över the whole island as CeyUetes, Cryptoprocta and Eiipleres, differ in the western and eastern parts. Gran- EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 31 DiDiER has also pointed out that the members of a species usually is smaller on the western side of the island and has a tendency to albinism.» »I have myself several times had the opportunity of seeing Bush Pigs in the neighbourhood af S:te Marie de Maro- voay on the northwestern slope of the Ankara-fantsika plateau and four times at so close quarters that I was able to discern their general colour. At all these occasions the gene- ral colour has been more or less rusty brown and the brist- les on the neck and above the shoulders formed almost a måne. Only once I saw a dark almost blackish brown indi- vidual, but in company with normally coloiired specimens. If both the supposed races of Bush Pig are to be found at the places which I have visited I do not know, but it is not quite impossible as the humid belt of the eastern side turns westward at Nosy-Bé. I have also found Avahis at S:te Marie de Marovoay, although this animal is regarded to belong to the humid eastern region. It might be supposed that the place mentioned is situated at the boundary line between the dry and the humid regions and that therefore the animals of both regions may be found there, although the western elements are dominating.» By this communication it appears to be proved that the small Bush Pigs with a narrow parietal area inhabit the western part of the island and are more reddish in colour than the other kind, which is larger more blackish and be- longs to the eastern forest region. As has been set forth above the type of Potamochoerus larvatus (F. Cuvier) has a narrow parietal region of the skull and it is thus identical with the small, western, reddish »lambo mena» of the natives. If we now turn to consider what Grandidier ^ says about the type of his »Potamochoerus Edwardsi» we shall find the follo- wing. It originates from Morondava on the (south-) west coast. Its general colour is indicated to be »roux cannelle», and it is of small size (»Taille petite>>). Grandidier's Bush Pig is thus undoubtedly a »lambo mena» and consequently the specific name »edivardsh is synonymous with F. Cuvier's »larvatus.» »Sus madagascariensis» was also from the west coast and it is said to be» intense rufus. It is thus a »lambo mena» as well. ^ Rev. et Mag. de Zool 2 sér. T. XIX. Paris 1867, p. 318. 32 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 (). It is the larger race of the forest region and the eastern part of Madagascar, the one which Forsyth Major described and fi- gured, which thus remains without any subspecific name be- cause the name »larvatus» is in the first rank occupied by its western ally. I take therefore the pleasure ofnamingit: Potamochoerus larvatus liova. As type may be regarded n:o 97. 9. 1. 162 in British Museum. Forsyth major has discussed the affinities of this animal with the Continental forms and finally come to the conclusion that it is a »quite distinct form». I do not doubt that it is distinct, but it is certainly closely allied to the continental Bush Pigs of the P. choeropotamus- group as well with regard to cranial as to colour charac- ters. If it was not for geographic reasons it might even have been regarded as a subspecies of this group. It is, however, most fortunate to maintain its specific rank be- canse otherwise it would have been a great trouble with the nomenclature. The name »larvatus» is older than »clioe- ropotamus», and if the Madagascar Bush Pigs and their con- tinental allies had been regarded as subspecies of the same species the consequence of this would have been that the species must have been, in conformity with the rules, called larvatus. This would, however, certainly not have been sui- table and not corresponding to the origin of the different races. The continental form must evidently be the older whether the Madagascar animal s have come to the island by the agency of man (which perhaps is more likely) or by their own power and will. If they have been introduced by man this must have happened very long time ago as they have had time to adapt themselves to the different climatic and other conditions in different parts of the island, and to dif- ferentiate into two races. For there is no possibility to as- sume that members of two races, neither of which is to be found on the continent now, would have been introduced by man to Madagascar. Major does not seem to have had any material of the true P. larvatus and his discussion of the Madagascar Bush Pig consequently concerns only the larger P. 1. hova. One of the chief characters of the »Malagasy species» is according to EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHGERUS. 33 Major »the great slenderness of the snout.»^ I have had too little material to ascertain the value of this. The width of the nasal area of an old female P. 1. Jiova is about 39 to 40 mm. while in an old female of the broad-headed P. chceropo- tamiis from Natal the same dimension varies from 43 to 49. The difference is thus not verv great. If for instance the typical skull of a boar of P. 1. hova figiired by Major (1. c. p. 365) is compared with a male skull of P. ch. nyasoe the former is certainly not more slender than the latter. The assertion by Major that in the »Malagasy species» the nasal region is not »flattened nor angular laterally, but rounded off», I do not understand. His own figures of a Malagasy boar skull speak against it, but it is perhaps meant to be valid only for the foremost part of the nasals, or for the female skulls alone. In such a case it is not, however, a distinguishing character as other female skulls of the genus are similar in this respect, and the foremost portion of the nasals in boars as well joins often the premaxillaries with an even rounding. The apophyses above the canines are large and broad. In consequence of their breadth the vertical through their hind margin passes through, or near the middle of j)^ but they are less sloping than for instance in P. ch. nyastx,. In adult boars they seem to reach the level of the nasal surface. According to Major »the lower premolars [of P. larvatus hova] have an even greater tendency to disappear than in the Continental forms, so that in old animals we sometimes meet with only one premolar.» This appears, however, to be very different in different specimens. In a female specimen of P. larvatus hova which was so old that in the upper jaw m^ of both sides had been worn out and dropped, and on the right side even m^ while on the left m^ was on the verge of falling out, on the right side p'\ p^, and 2?^ remain in use, and on the left p-, and p'"^. In the lower jaw the condition of the molars is quite the same, on one side ms, and 7712 remain, on the other only ms, but on both sides two premolars are found in comparatively good condition. A comparison of the cranial dimensions (conf. table of measurements II) shows that in most cases P. larvatus hova ^ Gray speaks of »the narrowness of the nose with a ronnded upper edge» (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4 Vol XV p. 46). Arl-ir för zoologi. Band 7. X:o G. 3 34 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 G. is absolutely smaller than P. choeropotamus, if tbe correspon- ding sexes and ages are compared, but tbe relä ti ve dimen- sions af tbe different parts are not mucb different witb tbe exception of tbe parietal region. Witb regard to tbe colour P. 1. hova resembles some af its Continental allies of tbe P. chosropotamus-growp as tbe following notes prove. A boar mounted in Britisb Museum Nat. Hist. bas tbe general arrangement of tbe colours as in P. ch. johnstoni but it is darker, tbe black on tbe sides reacbes bigber up towards tbe dorsal erest wbicb is black mixed witb wbite. Tbe fore- bead is påle brownisb grey and tbere is some grey in front of tbe usual broad black band round tbe snout. Tbe dark colour of tbe body extends forward on tbe sides of tbe neck and on tbe cbeeks so tbat tbe wbitisb wbiskers form a band tbrougb a blackisb area (of wbicb in tbe old boar of P. ch. johnstoni only a black patcb below tbe eye remains). Anotber specimen of P. larvatus hova (B. M. 97. 9. 1 . 162) from Ampitambe, Madagascar is coloured exactly after tbe pattern of its near relative from tbe opposite coast of S. Eastern Africa. Tbe black band round tbe snout extends, bowever, all tbe way from tbe warts to tbe naked terminal area so tbat tbere are no ligbt bairs in front on tbe upper lip. Tbe forebead from tbe warts to tbe ears is greyisb by mixed brown, wbitisb and blackisb bairs. Above eitber eye tbere is a longitudinal blackisb stripe. Below tbe eye tbere is also a blackisb stripe and tben follows tbe wbite wbiskers wbicb börder tbe black lower parts. Tbe dorsal crest is strongly developed witb long bristles wbicb to a great extent are wbite on tbe neck, furtber back tbere is more black. Tbe back and flanks are covered witb long black, and rufous bristles tbe sboulders as well as tbe legs and feet are black, and so are tbe lower parts from tbe cbin to tbe v en t. Two young pigs of tbis Madagascar race in Brit. Museum bave black snouts, yellowisb brown forebeads, and tbe dorsal crest blackisb w^itb wbitisb tips. Otberwise tbey are yellowisb brown longitudinally striped witb black, tbis being more con- spicuous in tbe younger specimen. Tbese notes togetber witb Major' s description and figures may suffice to sbow wbat P. larvatus hova is like. Its difference from tbe western P. larvatus bas already been pointed out above. As tbe latter bas not been very EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 35 fuUy described, although it lias received several names, tlie foUowing additional notes on its skull together with a couple of figures of the same to be compared with Major's of the eastern race may be of value. The forehead of the skull of P. larvatus is very flat which makes the profile contour straight with some irregularities at the nasal exostoses which appear to be almost better de- veloped than in P. 1. Jiova. The posterior parts of the na- sals are flat with somewhat raised lateral borders and a ten- dency to develop callosities. The anterior portion of the nasals is just as well as in P. 1. Jiova convex and evenly rounded off in joining the premaxillaries. The width of the Fig. 3. Skull of a boar ot J'ot. other material for verifying this statement than Major's fi- gures, but as these in other instances are quite correct, I have 110 doubt that they are in this case, too. The distance from the postorbital process to crista lamhdoidea is in Major's figure of P. kassarna not less than about 31 7o of the upper mesial length of the skull, and this is a very remarkable difference from P. choeropotamiis in which this percentage ap- pears to vary from usually about 26 to a t most 28%. An other characteristic by which the Abyssinian Bush Pig dif- fers from the P. choeropoiafnus-growp and shows resemblance to the western P. porcus-group is also mentioned by Major and quite plainly seen on his figures. It consists in the shape of the apophyses above the canines which are stout but low. The general shape of the skull when seen from the side with its proportions of length and height reminds also more about P. porens than about P. choeropotamiis. It appears thus to be right to consider P. hussarna (Heuglin) as a separate species, which in some respects resembles its western and in others its southern relatives. With regard to these mixed characters it offers an analogy to the following species: Pot«imochoBrus iiitermediiis n. sp. A male Bush Pig in British Museum Nat. Hist. (7. 12. 18. 1.) collected by R. J. Cunnustghame 20/2 1907 at the »Vic- torian Nile, Uganda, altitude 4,000 feet» is a very remar- kable specimen as it forms an intermediate link between the Western P. porcus-grouip and the Southern — Eastern P. choeropotamus- gr on-p uniting certain characteristics from both, as the following description proves. The whole face and snout in front of the eyes is white only with the sparsely scattered sensory bristles black. A narrow black cheek band is found above the not strongly developed bristles. Between the eyes across the forehead there is a broad blackish band shading out posteriorly in a brownish triangulär patch to- wards the otherwise whitish crown of the head. The ears are black but with a whitish upper margin of the most dis- tal part, and with some of the hairs in the tuft white. The dorsal crest is strongly developed with long whitish tips to the long black bristles. The light tips produce the domina- ting colour. The whole back ofj the animal and the sides EINAR LÖNNBERG, THE GENUS POTAMOCHCERUS. 39 are påle rufoiis with a few scattered black bristles. The chin is whitish, but all other parts of the lower side and the feet are black. The pelage all över is composed of long bristles as in the P. chosropotarnus-gronip . This characteristic to- gether with the development and mixed colour of the dorsal crest remind about the eastern Bush Pigs while the pattern and colour are more of the western type somewhat recalling P. p. uhangensis with the white snout. The long bristles etc. distinguish it, however, at once from the latter. As the experience proves that the pattern is very con- stant in these animals, even if the same cannot be said about the colour, I think, it is the correct thing to assume this specimen as representing a new species to be named as above. Unfortunately the skull is lacking to the type specimen, but it is probable that this Uganda skin belongs to the same race as a skull from Ruwenzori (Brit. Mus. 6. 12. 4. 71). This has belonged to an adult boar and measures 374 mm. in length mesially above. The width of the parietal flat area is 34 mm. or 9,o7o of the length. It is thus narrower than in P. porcus but broader than in P. p. uhangensis. The lat- ter has also a much shorter skull (322 mm.) than the Ru- wenzori boar. The latter has a large last molar (m^) mea- suring 32 mm. while the same measurement in the Ubangui specimen is only 27,5. The least interorbital breadth has near- ly the same absolute measurement in the Ruwenzori and the Ubangui boar viz. resp. 77 and 75 mm., but as the lat- ter has a smaller skull this measurement represents 23,2^0 of the length of the skull in the latter but only 20,5 7o in the former. A quite young skull from Ruwenzori is too little deve- loped to throw any further light on the characteristics of this race. The skull of an adult male Bush Pig from Kenya in the British Museum (4. 11. 5. 17) has a but little narrower pa- rietal area, about 31 mm. or 8,5 7o of the upper mesial length of the skull, but it is otherwise rather similar to the Ru- wenzori skull with regard to its dimensions. There is no skin to this latter skull, and it is difficult to express any opinion about its relationship to other forms, so I prefer to leave this question open. I am fully conscious of the incompleteness of this essay 40 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 (). but its deficiency is at least partly due to the scantiness of the material and with all its faults it may correspond to the present state of our icnowledge about the taxonomy of these interesting animals. The following forms may be recognized as more or less completely distinct: 1. Potamochoerus forcus (Lin.) — Liberia to the interiör of Cameroons. 2. » » pictus (Gray) — Coast-district of Cameroons from the Cameroon- mountain and southward. 3. » » alhifrons (Du Chaillu) — Nor- thern part of western French Congo (Cape Lopez, Cape S:ta Catherina head of Fernand- Vaz. River, Ogowe) and southward. 4. » » uhangensis n. subsp. — Ubangui- district. 5. » choeropotamus (Desmoulins) — Cape — Natal. 6. » » 7nascJiona n. subsp. — Portug. E. Afr., Maschona land, N. E. Khodesia. 7. » » jolinstoni Major. — The country sloping towards the western side of Lake Nyasa. 8. » » mjasce Major — The country at Lake Mweru and south- ward to Chambeze River. 9. » » doemonis Maj OR — Kilimanjaro. 10. » larvatus (F. Cuvier) — Western dry re- gion of Madagascar. 11. » » hova n. subsp. — Eastern humid forest region of Madagascar. 12. » kassarna (Heugltn) — Abyssinia. 13. » intermedius n. sp. — Uganda (Ruwenzori). Tryckt den 28 november 1910. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 7. Reptiles and Batracliiaiis from tlie north-west of Madagascar collected by V. Kaudern 1906-1907. By LARS QABRIEL ANDERSSON. Communicated October 12th 1910 by Hj. Théel and E. Lönnberg. D:r. Kaudern gives the following information concerning the places, mentioned in the following as habitat of the different species. Majunga, the start ing point of his journey, is a little town on the northwest coast of Madagascar, situated on about 15° s. lat., on the bay of Bombetoke. The country surrounding this place is dry, sandy, and hilly, the ground becoming damper nearer to the coast, where a large mangrove-marsh extends along the shore of the bay. Here and there the country was so low that the ground was covered with a thin salt crust, for- med at high water. The neighbourhood was rather poor in vertebrates, the collecting of which was the chief object of his journey, and so his stay here only lasted a week and a half in July 1906. Proceeding the Betsiboka river, which falls into Bombe- toke bay, he continued his journey further up the country to the small town of Marovoay, inhabited b}" natives, and situated at the mouth of a river of the same name, which here falls into the Betsiboka. S:te Marie de Marovoay , frequently mentioned in the following text, is a farm one day's journey from this town, and was Dr. Kaudern 's headquarters during the whole of the year. It is situated on the north slope of the Ankarafantsika plateau, surrounded from east to west by a dry grass-plain, here ÄrJciv för zoologi. Band 7. K:o 7. 1 2 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 7. and there dotted with some raffia-groves, indicating the pre- sence of waterpools which never dry up even during the six months of the dry season. The animal life in this plain is rather poor and uniform. In the northwest, the grass-plain changes its appearence, the ground becoming more hilly, with the zatta- palm as the mos t characteristic plant. A large forest — tall and beautiful for the westcoast of Madagascar — extends south of S:te Marie; here the animal life Avas much richer than in the plain. From this central point longer and shorter collecting trips were made to various places all about the country. Dr. Kaudern spent the last days of the year at Maj unga again. Then he started in a sailing boat to Mahajamba bay, about 100 km. further north, and up the Sofia river, proceeding by land to the small village of Andranolava, situated about halfway between the east and the west coast. This place now became to the end of March new headquarters for his excur- sions. Andranolava gets its name from the river Andranolava, which here falls into the broad and rapid Bemarivo river (an = at, rano = w^ater, lava = long). The river, having changed its course several times, has cut out a broad and deep valley with many small parallel channels, in the bottom of which there still sometimes flow small brooks. Heavy grass flourishes in the old river-beds; here and there stånd some palms or other kinds of trees, and a dense bush grows along the borders of the small brooks. The valley is enclosed by mountain slopes, to a large extent covered with beautiful woods, which had more resemblance to a tropical forest, than that of S:te Marie. The animal life was about the same at the two headquarters. The collections brought home belong to the zoological mu- seum of the university of Stockholm, where the reptiles and the batrachians have been kindly placed at my disposal. Snakes. Typhlops braminus Daud. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. I, p. 16. Four specimens from Maj unga, 150 — 160 mm. in length, found under stones in a garden and in the moist earth of a partly drained mangrove-marsh. Mr. Kaudern believes^the species to be rather common at that place. L. G. ANDERSSON, REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS ETC. ö Boa inadag«iscariensis. Dum. Bibr. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. I, p. 120. One specimen from S :te Marie de Marovoay, f ound in the forest during the dry season, ^7» 1906. This snake is rather rare in the träets explored; the natives call it »do ». When measured just after it was killed, the specimen was found to be two metres in length, but Mr. Kaudern says that the species may be considerably larger and as much as three metres and more. V. 234, A. 1., Subc. ff, Scales in 66 rows. Boa dumerilii Jan. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. I, p. 120. There is no specimen of this species in the collection, but Mr. Kaudern speaks about a specimen of middling size that was kept by the natives in order to catch mice. In the house at Andranolava, where he Ii ved some time, the snake climbed among the beams of the ceiling, hunting for the numerous small rodents. Polyodontophis torquatus Boulgr. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. I, p. 183; Jan, Iconogr. Gen. ophid. Liv. 16, Pl III, fig. 1, 2. One specimen, 25 km. south of S:te Marie de Marovoay, on the ground in the forest, ^3/^^ 1906. Total length 400 mm, tail 100 mm. V. 168, A {, Subc. t|. The specimen corresponds in colour very well with P. tor- quatus but in some respects with P. rhodogaster Schl. too, hav- ing not only a crossband behind the parietals but also the whole upper part of head darker than the body, as in Jan's figure N:o 2 of P. rhodogaster, besides which the f rontal is considerably shorter than the parietals (viz. 3,2 and 5 mm), according to Boulenger's catalogue an important rhodogaster-chdbYSiCteY . Thus, it seems to me, in accordance with the opinion of several writers, as if the two forms can be regarded as two varieties of colour of the same species rather than as two distinct species. Dromicodryas bernieri Dum. & Bibr. Boulgr., Cat. S71. I, p. 189; Boettger, Abh. Senck. Ges. XII, 1881, p. 443; Jan, Icon. Gén. 31, Pl IV . fig. 1. One specimen from S:te Marie de Marovoay. V. 222, A \, Subc. TTT , Scales in 19 rows. 4 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 7. Both the ventrals and the subcaudals are, as shown, more numerous than Boulenger states as the maximum in this species (viz. 203 and 111). The species seems to prefer damp places, but the natives say, however, that it Hkes dry localities rather more than the following species does, being oftener found in the forest than the latter; they call it »rama vali». He Hves mostly on frogs. Dromicodryas (luadrilineatus Dum. & Bibr. BouLGR., Cat. sn. /, 'p. 190; Boettger, Ahhandl. Senck. Ges. XII, p. 443; Jan, Icon. Gén. 31, Pl. IV, fig. 2. Three specimens from S:te Marie de Marovoay. Total length 890—1090 mm; tail 260—300 mm. V. 200—206, Subc. 110— 116 pairs. All the specimens ha ve four dark stripes on the back, two broader innermost and two narrower outermost, but only one has the general yellow spöts on the head. In this latter spe- cimen the head is also considerably broader than in the other two and in the herjiieri -specinien. According to Boulenger^s catalogue this one is a t^^pical D. quadrilineatus, which is not the case as regards the two others, the heads of which are of the same colour and the same shape as in the 6er/^^er^-specimen. The characters, established as distinguishing the two species, being rather unimportant, and as shown, merging besides into each other, I believe that there are no sufficient grounds for their specifical distinction. The only difference I am able to find out from the specimens and from the descriptions is the different number of the dark longitudinal stripes, which are three in D. hernieri and four in D. quadrilineatus, but this dif- ference too may disappear, the two innermost stripes in the latter species sometimes running into one (the variet}^ trili- neata). The natives, however, distinguish the three- and four- striped forms, calling the latter »maro longo », w^iich according to Mr. Kaudern signifies a numerous genus. This snake is the most common one in the districts explored, and is to be found everywhere both during the rainy and the dry seasons. Like the preceding species it feeds upon frogs. Tropidonotiis lateralis Dum. & Bibr. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. I, p, 269. L. G. ANDERSSON, REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS ETC. 5 One specimen from Andranolava, during the beginning of the year 1907 (rainy season) on a rise of wood. ' Total len^th 87 cm., V. 164, A h Subc. ft Lioheterodon madagaseariensis Dum. & Bibr. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. /, p. 269. Four specimens, S:te Marie de Marovoay and Andra- nolava. N:o 1. Total length 1260+240 mm., V. 213, A 1, Subc. U. » 2. » » 1200 + 240 » V. 209. A 1. Subc. ff. » 3. » » 1000 + 220 » V. 210, A 1, Subc. |i. » 4. » » 950+200 » V. 209, A 1, Subc. ff. This snake was only seen during the rainy season, but was then common in ver}^ moist places in the forest. At S:te Marie it is called »menarå ». Lioheterodon modestus Gnthr. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. 7, y. 269. One specimen from Andranolava, ^^3 1907. Length 315 + 85 mm., V. 166, A 1, Subc. |f Common during the rainy season, especialh' in open places in the forest or at the edge of it; it was of ten found in the holes of the ants in the earth. When irritated, it spreads out its neck like a cobra and tries to bite. Ithycyphus miniatus Schleg. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. III, p. 35. One specimen from Andranolava, ^^3 1907. When killed, it measured 1530 mm. It is a typical tree-snake, called by the natives »fandrefiala », signif3'ing: »he measures the wood by fathoms», i. e., throwing himself from tree to tree. Another native name for it is »peely ». It is regarded as poisonous, and the natives are very much af raid of it. The specimen in ques- tion had a rat in its stomach. Eteirodipsas eolubrina Schleg. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. III, p. 39. Four specimens from S:te Marie de Marovoa}^ and Andra- nolava. v. 192. A I. » H, » 27 V. 186, Al, » It, » 27 V. 185, A i, » U, » 25 6 ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 7. N:o 1 Total length 630 mm, V. 182, A{, Subc. 3-f ff, Scalerows 29 » 2 » » 320 » 3 » » 295 » 4 » » 210 When irritated, it coils up and bites like a viper. The spe- cies was rather common in the districts in question during the rainy season; by the natives it is named »mantertr». Mimophis mahfalensis Grand. BouLGR., Cat. Sn. III, p. 171. Six specimens from S:te Marie de Marovoay. N:o 1 Total length 600 mm, V. 160. A » 2 » » 520 » V. 162, A » 3 » » 500 » V. 161, A » 4 » » 500 » V. 166, A » 5 » » 430 » V. 164, A » 6 » » 390 1 » V. 152, A In the two smallest specimens (N:o 5 and 6) the usual dark markings on the head and the dark dorsal stripe are ver}' indistinct, especially in N:o 5 in which there appears only a faint indication of the narrow light line which is usually to be seen in the dark vertebral band. The natives call this snake »ombimati» (signifying killed ox or flesh of ox) on account of its red ground-coulour. It is seen everywhere, sometimes clim- bing in the bushes. Lizards. Hemidactylus frenatus Dum. & Bibr. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. I, p. 120. 18 specimens from S:te Marie de Marovoay; very common in the houses. -h Subc. 8 7 h » n h » u h » II h » Ii h » — Hemidactylus mabouia Mor. de Jonnés. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. I, p. 122. 3 specimens from S:te Marie. ^ The tail is mutilated. L. G. ANDERSSON, REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS ETC. 7 Lygodactylus tolampyge Grand. Grandidier, Ann. Se. Nat. Zool. {5) 15, 1872, art. 20, p. 8; MocQUARD, Bull. Soc. PUl. Paris (8) 7, 1894—95, p. 94. One specimen ^7io 1906. S:te Marie de Marovoay. If Lygodactylus tolampyce Grand, is to be regarded as a true species, distinguished from L. madagascariensis Boettger, I believe that this example must be reckoned to the first men- tioned species. It completely corresponds, however, with L. madagascariensis too, except the under surface of the tail, where we find distinctly enlarged scales, arranged in a median row at least on the posterior part. On the base of the t^il the enlarged scales are placed rather irregularly, though on this part, too, they are in the middle of the under surface. Geckolepis maculata Peters. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. I, p. 192. One specimen; S:te Marie de Marovoay, ^79 1906, in the house. It lives together with Hemidactylus frenatus but is not common. Homopholis heterolepis Boulgr. BouLGR., Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) 17, 1896, p. 447. One spcimen; Andranolava, under the loose bark of a large tree. The species is established by Boulenger by a specimen from the Southwest of Madagascar, and I am now able to state that it also occurs in the northern part of the great island. The specimen agrees very well with Boulenger' s description, but differs by showing a distinct claw on the thumb as well on the inner toe in opposition to Boulenger's statement, according to which the absence of claw on the inner digits should be characteristic for the genus Homopholis. An examination of two specimens of the other species of that genus, H. ivahlhergii Smith, which are kept in the Roy al museum in Stockholm, shoAvs, liowever, that in this species too there are claws on all digits, though they are rather difficult to discover in the smallest of the two specimens. Probably the presence of claws is a cha- racter of the genus, and what Boulenger says in this respect seems to be a mistake. Steindachner shows also (Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien 1907, JO. 1539) that the same state of things is to be found in 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 7. the allied genus Platypholis (P. fasciata Boulgr. ), in which he, in opposition to Boulenger, has seen claws on all digits. On this account he sa3^s : »Vielleicht wird sich ein ähnliches Verhalten auch fiir die Hornopholis- Arten bei einer neuerlichen griindlichen Untersuchung nachweisen lassen». The correct- ness of this supposition appears by the facts, now mentioned. Like Boulenger' s type-specimen this example is a male, measuring 220 mm in total length; the length of the tail is 120 mm, that of the nose 12 mm. PJielsuma madagascariensis Gray. Boulgr., Cat. Liz. I, p. 214. Four specimens from Andranolava and S:te Marie. Com- mon in the woods, but also found in the houses. Hoplurus sel)»^ Dum. & Bibr. Boulgr., Cat. Liz. II, p. 129. 11 specimens, the largest of Avhich measures 335 mm in total length (the tail, somewhat mutilated, is 195 mm.). The species was common throughout the whole district in question, especially in stony places. The animals are very stationary, staying in the same hole in a large tree (often in the open field) or under a stone, day af ter day waiting for prey. Zonosaurus latieaudatus Grand. Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2) T. 21 1869, p. 341. MocQUARD, Bull. Soc. PMl. (8) T. 7—8 1894—96, p. 98. Stein- DACHNER, Sitzber. Ak. Wiss. Wien T. 100 1891, p. 300. 2 specimens from S:te Marie de Marovoay and Andrano- lava among rubbish on the riverbank. Total length 465 mm. (tail 315 mm.) and 490 mm (tail 325 mm.). I have not been able to find any good description of this species in the scientific literature, Grandidier's original dia- gnosis being ver}^ incomplete, andMocQUARD and Steindachner, quoted above, only giving short notes about it. On this ground I was ver}' doubtful whether m}^ specimens ought to be consi- dered as belonging to this species or perhaps as new. Through the kindness of my friend Professor E. Lönnberg and of Dr. G. A. Boulenger, however, I have been assured that the spe- cimens agree very well with specimens of Z. latieaudatus, kept in the British Museum of Natural Histor\'. As then this spe- L. G. ANDERSSON, REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS ETC. 9 cies seems to need a more complete diagnosis, I will give a do- ser description of these specimens. Frontonasal as long as broad, or a little longer than broad, forming a suture with the rostral (in specimens in the British Museum the frontonasal is separated from the rostral) and widely separated from the f rontal; rostral rectangular, consi- derably broader than high, prsefrontals large, with a long me- dian suture; f rontal hexagotial, as long or not quite as long as its distance to the tip of the snout; parietals large, in the one specimen a verv small interparietal, which is lacking in the other; four labials anterior to the subocular;^ the eye encircled by a series of small scales, 11 — 13 below and 5 — 7 above the orbit; four surpra-oculars, the two middle largest; a postnasal and a large loreal, touching the upper anterior corner of the orbit; at the lower anterior corner there are one or two small prseoculars; between the eye and the earopening four tempo- rals, a large one above and 3 smaller below; a long narrow scale borders the anterior margin of the ear, projecting över the large opening like a kind of lid. Dorsal scales strongly keeled, in 24 or 26 longitudinal and 42 — 45 transverse series from occiput to base of tail; the scales on the sides of the body broader than those on the back; ven- .trals in 8 longitudinal rows; 25 or 26 femoral pores on each side (22 in a specimen in British Museum). Tail cylindrical, except the base, which is depressed with the upper surface considerably broader than the lower, its vertical section being nearly tri- angulär; the tail more than twice as long as the head and body. Dark olive brown above and on the sides, the back dotted with yellow, a broad light band on each side, extending from the occiput out on the base of the tail; the head uniform light brown; under surfaces dirt}^ white; in one specimen the chin and throat dotted with black. 3Iabuia elegans Peters. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. III, p. 199. Six specimens from S:te Marie de Marovoay and Majunga. Length from 97—180 (55 4-125) mm. The three largest specimens have the dark lateral band edged with white even on its upper margin, and in two of these Five according to Steindacher. 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NiO 7. same specimens the prsef rontals form a median suture; thus, in this species, too, the frontonasal and the frontal are some- times not in contact. These hzards are to be found everywhere on sandy and dry places; the ground colour varies in corre- spondence to the environs. Mabuia gravenhorstii Dum. & Bibr. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. III, p. 200. One specimen from S:te Marie de Marovoay, ^-/^^ 1906. Length 68 + 55 mm; the tail broken and reproduced to some extent. According to Mr. Kaudern, the species lives in the woods in opposition to the preceding species, which prefers open places. Chamseleon verrucosus Cuv. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. III., p. 454. Nine specimens from Majunga and S:te Marie. Total length 300 — 450 mm. The species is very common; one of the examples was caught in a room. The colour is generally light grey to dark brownish black, but the specimen caught in the house was a pretty grass-green. All the chamelions are called on the Hova language »tanala», on the sakalå language »torondro». Chamseleon rhinoceratus Gray. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. III, p. 456. One specimen, S:te Marie de Marovoay in the forest, ^^s 1906. 70 + 80 mm. in length. Brookesia superciliaris Kuhl. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. III, p. 474. One specimen, S:te Marie de Marovoay ^%i 1906, 41 + 24 mm in length. The species lives in the forest among dry leaves on the ground and resembles its surroundings in a high degree. Brookesia ebenaui Boettg. BouLGR., Cat. Liz. III, p. 475. Two specimens, male and female in copulation; S:te Marie de Marovoay ^^^^ 1906 on a bush in the wood. The only difference I can see between the sexes, except that the female is considerably distended by 3 — 4 large ova L. G. ANDERSSON, REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS ETC. 11 (as large as peas), is the different shape of the head; at least in these specimens the male has a shorter nose and broader in- terorbital space than the female, the last mentioned measure- ment being in percentage of the distance between the hind mar- gin of the orbit and the tip of the nose in the male 11 %, in the female only 62 °o. The length of the male is 39 + 26 mm, that of the female 43 + 31 mm. Crocodiles. Crocodilus iiiloticus Laur. BouLGR., Cat. Chel Croc. p. 283. A small specimen from S:te Marie de Marovoay, about 1 m. in length. Marovoay signifies many crocodiles (maro = many, voay = crocodile). »There are good reasons for the name», says Dr. Kaudern, »the branch of the river on which the little town is situated, swarming with crocodiles. » When he went there, he saw 50 crocodiles in half an hour. Chelonians. Sternothsprus nigricans Donnd. BouLGR., Cat. Chelon. p. 195. Siebenrock, Zur Syste- matik d. Gattung Steniothcerus in Zool. Anz. 26, p. 191. Several specimens from S:te Marie, where the species was common in pools and stagnant water. In agreement with Tornier (Zool. Jahrb. Sy st. 13, p. 585), I am able to state that the nose is distinctly notched and also keeled, the faint keels ending in a small cusp on each side of the notch. In these characters the specimens agree very well with some examples of St. sinuatus Smith, kept in the Royal Museum of Natural History at Stockholm, but the plastral shields are quite in conformity with Siebenrock's description of St. nigri- cans and distinctly distinct from that of St. sinuatus. In one of the specimens the three middle vertebrals are broken up into five smaller shields, forming two rows with the shields wedged in between each other. Length of shell 180 mm. 12 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 7. Batrachians. Råna labrosa Cope. Tomopterna labrosa, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1868, p. 138. Pyxicephalus madagascariensis, Grandidier, Ann. Soc. Nat. Zool. (ö) T. 15, 1872, Art. 20, p. 9. Råna labrosa, BoETTGER, Kat. Batr. Senckenb. Mus. Frankfurt am Main p. 3, 1892. MocQUARD, Bull. Soc. Phil. 8 Ser. Torne 7, Paris 1894, p. 105 and 125, 9 Ser. Torne 4, Paris 1902, p. 17. Four specimens from S:te Marie de Marovoay, 1*-21/ III 1906, among high grass in the field; at this time verv common in these localities; 50 — 54 mm. in length between vent and tip of snout. All the specimens are rather differently coloured; it seems, then, as if the species is very variable in coulour. The ground- colour varies from olive grey to light or dark brown. In one of the specimens the median dorsal stripe is lacking, in the others it is of a different breadth. The hght lateral stripes, mentioned by Grandidier, are to be seen in two of the speci- mens, though in the one of these they begin far behind the eye. The arrangement of the dark spöts on the upper surface is also very variable; in one specimen the}^ are, as Cope mentions, disposed in pairs, the first pair being placed on the sides of the snout and the second on the eyeHds, forming a dark crossband between the eyes. In another specimen none but the posterior spöts are placed in pairs, the others merge into tAvo longitudinal bands, with the middle parts angularly bent inwards, and the diverging anterior parts touching the eyelids. In this specimen there is no dark crossband between the ej^es, the upper surface of the head and a broad, very distinct space between the dark bands and the spöts being light. In the two other specimens the dark spöts are irregular, forming on the anterior part of the back an hour-glass-shaped marking. In all the specimens we find a light streak from the anterior corner of the eye to the upper lip, and a dark fold above the tympanum, which latter is brown with a white centrum. The crossbars are 4 or 5 in number on the thigh, 4 — 6 on the tibia. The sides of the body are lighter than the upper surface. The entire under surface is uniform yellowish white, only on the chin are there small dark döts. The sides and the posterior Jg L. G. ANDERSSON, REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS ETC. 13 part of the belly are distincth' granular. Under a magnifying glass all the surfaces of the body seem to be provided with ver}' small and horny spines. On the back there are in all the spe- cimens narrow irregular folds. The small tarsal tubercle is sometimes ver}' distinct on account of its colour, which is lighter than the surrounding parts of the tarsus. In three of the spe- cimens the large metatarsal tubercle is at least as long as the inner toe; in the 4:th it is a little shorter. All the specimens are males with two darkbrown rugosities on the thumb, one on the middle of the upper surface and an- other at the base of the inner side. Kana mascareniensis Dum. & Bibr. BouLGR., Cat. Batr. sal., p. 52. Three small specimens (25 mm between nose and vent) from S:te Marie de Marovoay Vs ^^^l ^^1^^ 1906. xlccording to Mr. Kaudern, the natives say that the specimens in this district are always of such small dimensions. Megalixaliis boettgeri Mocq. var. luteostriata nov. var. Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. 9 ser. Torne 4, Paris 1902, p.l. Five specimens, Andranolava, February and March 1907; one large specimen, 30 mm between nose and vent, three small ones,' 16 — 19 mm, and the fifth (15 mm) with a tiny fragment of the lar val tail. The specimens agree very well with Mocquard 's descrip- tion (loc. cit.), except in the colour, which differs in some degree. In the specimens in spirit the whole upper surface, also that of the limbs, is olive green; the larval specimen is the darkest, the large specimen the lightest, with a faint shade of yellow, the colour becoming lighter with age. In the living specimens the colour was a pretty bluish green with a tint of yellow. As is seen, the ground-colour is the same as Mocquard says his specimens are: »vert påle uniforme » and in spirit »vert bleu- åtre », but in my specimens there are also tAvo longitudinal saff- ron-coloured lateral bands, one on each side, extending from the nostrils, above the e3'e to the loins. An indication of such bands is to be seen even in the larval example, becoming more and more distinct with age. In the large specimen these stripes are very distinct, and are sharply defined from the ground-colour, 14 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 7. which is darker close to the lines than elsewhere. In the two largest examples another light stripe, yellow in the largest one, white in the other, extencls along the upper and inner side of the tibia. In one of the small specimens there are no stripes at all, and it is possible that the non-striped form, described by MocQUARD from Isaka in the southwest of Madagascar, also lives in this district. ^Ir. Kaudern says, however, that all the large specimens he saw had distinct yellow stripes, and probably this example has only retained its early colour longer than the others; in fact, the stripes are rather indistinct also in the other small specimens; first in the fullgrown stage they seem to be perfectly distinct. Possibly, the two forms may be regarded as geographical varieties. The animals live among tall grass (as high as 2 m.), to the coarse stems of which they usually were found clinging. They are then very like their surroundings and are very difficult to see; in this position they remain absolutely still and do not move before they can nearly be caught by the hands. Dyscophus antoiigilii Grand. BouLGR., Cat. Batr., p. 180; Boettger, Ahh. Senck. Ge- sellsch. Frank. 12, 18S1, p. 489, PL 3. (D. sanguineus); Steind. Sitzber. mat. nat. Cl. Akad. Wiss. Wien Bd. 85, 1882, p. 191 {D. guineti, part); Mocquard, BuU. Soc. Phil. (8) 7, Paris, 1894 — 95, p. 109. One specimen, 40 km from Sainte Marie de Marovao}', 22/9 1906, in a clay-pit in the plain. The colour in spirit is olive brown above, with the sides considerably lighter and the under surfaces, except the chin, white. Two bands of the same colour as the back extend from the e3^e, the one to the shoulder, the other to the angle of the mouth. According to what Dr. Kaudern says, the specimen, when alive, was light red with a tint of blue. The specimen agrees ver}^ well with Boulenger's description, with the ex- ception of the tympanum which is completely hidden, and of the belly which is distinctly tuberculated (not smooth). Calophryiius calcaratus Mocquard. MocQ., Bidl. Soc. Phil. (8) 7, p. 108, Paris 1894—95. Two specimens, 18 and 22 mm in total length; Andranolava in a moist place near the river. L. G. ANDERSSON, REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS ETC. 15 The specimens correspond in man}'- respects with Moc- qitard's description, but differ in several points. I was there- fore very doubtful, whether they shoiild be assigned to this species or regarded as a new one. In a letter to Dr. Mocquard I gave a brief description of them, asking him for a comparison with the type-specimen, and he kindly answered that, in his opinion, my specimens are true C. calcaratus. The characters in which my specimens, which are very well preserved, differ from Mocquard's description are as follows: From the posterior margin of the eye-opening there extend two distinct folds, viz. one to the shoulder and another to the groin, running along the sides of the body; the upper surface is distinctly tuberculated; in the small specimen the canthus rostralis is angular, and in both the nose is acuminate, not rounded; the tips of the fingers and toes are rounded; the tarsal tubercle is situated almost centrally between the distal point of the tibia and the large inner metatarsal tubercle; there is no trace of an outer metatarsal tubercle. The colour agrees fairly well with that of the type-specimen. The large specimen differs in having distinctly marked dark spöts on the anterior part of the light belly, and in both there is a narrow median light line on the throat. In the smaU spe- cimen the sides behind the fold to the shoulder and below the lateral fold are chocolate-brown, bordered above with a black margin, sharply defined from the light upper parts of the loin and extending along the thighs like a dark stripe. Tryckt den 17 december 1910. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 8. Two iiew Snakes from Lower Coiigo. Described by EINAR LÖNNBERG. With 3 TextfigLires. Read Octobre 12th 1910. From time to time Mr K. E. Laman and his fellow missio- naries at the Swedish missionstation Mukimbungii in Lower Congo have kindly presented small collections of reptiles to the R. Natural Histor}^ Museum.^ This autumn as well, such a little coUection arrived from Mr Laman, and, when labeling the snakes, I was very pleasantl}^ surprised in finding among them two specimens which could not be identified with the aid of the available literature and which I therefore venture to describe as new Mehelya^ (or Simocephalus) lamaiii n. sp. Rostral much broader than deep, well visible from above, the length of the visible portion being contained about four times in its distance from the frontal. Internasals broader ^ The number of species of snakes received from Lower Congo now amounts to 27, which all of them, however, except tho two species now to be described are known from the West African region. ' PoCHE has stated (Zool. Ann. XXVI p. 699) that Simocephalus Gthr is preoccupied by Simocephalus Schödl. and he hastened to enrich the ophidian synonymy, wåth not less than two new generic names {Grohhenia and Siebenrockia) but Csikis name Mehelya has to be used for this genus, if GuNTHERS name has to be abandoned. Arhiv för zoologi. Band 7. X:o 8. 1 2 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 8. than long, about one half the length of the prsef rontals. Fron- tal verv short, about as broad as long, a little shorter than the prsef rontals, shorter than its distance from the rostral, much shorter than the parietals. Supraoccipital large, on one side fully two thirds as broad as the fr ont al, on the other where it has been fused with the upper postocular quite as broad as the frontal. Loreal about as long as deep. One prae- and one (right), or two (left) postoculars. Temporals 1+2. Seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye. Only four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields, which are longer than the posterior. E3^e rather small but larger than the nostril. Scales strongly keeled in 15 rows, 17 on the neck. The scales of the nape are smaller but the bicarinate median row Fig. 1. Mehelya {Simocephalus) lamani n. sp. nat. size. and all the lateral row^s can be followed all the way to the head shields. The middle keel of each scale usuall}^ with three ele- vations or tubercles. In addition to this main keel the scales are provided with lateral keels or rows of tubercles, and with deep striations. On the ou termos t row of scales the keels are only slightly developed. Ven tråls 231; subcaudals 53, anal entire. Dark olive brown above, each scale withalight spöt at the tip. Lower side except the lateral end of ven tråls light-coloured (3'enowish white in spirit). As the figures indicate this new species is a rather large and heavily built snake. The total length of the present specimen is about 145 cm. and of this the tail is 17,5 cm. The thickness is also considerable, the greater part of the body having a diameter which is nearly or quite 3 cm. LÖNNBERG, TWO NEW SNAKES FROM LOWER CONGO. 3 The hypapophyses of the vertebral column are ver}^ large and broad. A considerable number of species of this genus have al- ready been described, and not less than 7 of these have been found at some place or other in West Africa. It appeared there- fore quite stränge that the present specimen could not be iden- tified with any of the known forms, but this was impossible, and finalh^ to make sure about the differences I compiled the following list of the species hitherto described, together with the characteristics by which each of them differs from the snake from Lower Congo. It may be found from this that the snake now named differs in so many respects from every other member of the genus that it cannot possibly be united with an}^ of them. Melielya (Simoceplialus) capeiisis (Smith). Rostral just visible from above; internasals two thirds the length of the prsefrontals, frontal slightly shorter than the parietals as long as its distance from the rostral or the end of snout. From South Africa to Nyassaland, Beira and Gaboon. M. (S.) giiirali (Moquard). Frontal as long as the prsef rontals: third, fourth and fifth labial entering the e^^e; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields; ventrals 248 — 255; subcaudals 60 — 70. West Africa (Cameroons to Loango). M. (S.) poeiisis (Smith). Frontal as long as its distance from the rostral; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields, secondary keels of scales feebly marked or absent; ventrals 240 — 256; sub- caudals 75 — 124. West Africa to Ruwenzori. M. (S.) iiyassae Gthr. Frontal as long as its distance from the rostral; loreal longer than deep; one postocular; supraocular much narrower 4 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 8. than the f rontal; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields. Ventrals 171 — 178; subcaudals 62 — 63. Nyassa, Zansibar, to Natal. M. (S.) stenoplithalmus (Moquard). Eye scarcely larger than the nostril; a single postocular; ventrals 206—214. etc. Coast of Guinea. M. (S.) cliauleri Stejneger. Internasals two thirds the length of the praef rontals; three postoculars; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields. Island Manda, N. of Lamu, Brit. E. Africa. M. (S.) crossi Blgr. Internasals two thirds the length of the prsef rontals; frön tal as long as its distance from the end of the snout; temporals 2+3; scales in 17 rows. Niger. M. (S.) pliyllopholis Werner. Internasals two thirds the length of the praef ron tals; f rontal more than twice as broad as the supraocular; no loreal; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields; scales of the nape very small; keels of scales branched; body slender Cameroons. M. (S.) butleri Blgr. Prsef rontals nearly as long as the trontal; f rontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout; three postoculars; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shield. Bahr-el-Ghazal. 31. (S). baumaiiiii Sternfeld. Three postoculars; three labials entering the e3'e; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields; scales feebly keeled; subcaudals 65. Togo. LÖNNBERG, TWO NEW SNAKES FROM LOWER CONGO. 5 Prosymiia meleagris coiicolor n. subsp. Rostral very large and broad with a blunt horizontal edge ; a single internasal, and a single praefrontaL which is plainty, although narrowly, excluded from the eye by the prseocular and the supraocular. Trontal large, more than half the width of the head, a little shorter than the parietal measured along its longest diameter; the antero-lateral angles of the f rontal excluded from the eye by the supraocular which is in contact as well with the prsefrontal as with the prseocular. Parietals broad, their width being more than half their length. Loreal ^much longer than deep. One prse- and two postoculars. Tem- porals 1+2. Five upper labials, second and third en tering the eye; only one pair of well developed chin shields in contact with three lower labials. Behind the chin shields a träns verse series- of three subequal enlarged scales. Scales of body smooth in 17 rows. Ventrals 132, subcåudals 32 +(the tip being broken); anal entire. Uniform black above, dark blackish grey below with paler edges to the ventrals. From the hitherto described spe- pi^ 2.^ Pro.i/mna meleagris cies of the genus the new species from concolor n. subsp. double Lower Congo is readily distinguished "^ " ^^^^' through the following characteristics compiled from the descrip- tions in the literature: Prosymiia jani Bianconi has 17 rows of keeled scales, two praeoculars, six upper labials etc. Mozambique. P. suiidevallii (Smith) has two interna sals, and two superposed anterior temporals, usually se ven (rarelv 8) upper labials etc. South Africa. P. froiitalis (Peters) has a narrow frontal which does not attain half the width of the head; fourth and fifth labials entering the eye etc. Southwestern Africa. 6 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOI. BAND 7. N.O 8. P. ambigua Bocage has six or seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; whitish or brown below. East Africa, Angola, Zululand. P. bocagei Blgr. f rontal reaching the eyes; prsef rontal entering the eye; one postocular; six upper labials, third and fourth entering the e^^e; rostral more angularil}" pointed and slightly turned up at the end. Mbangi district. P. meleagris (Reinhardt) has onh^ one postocular; black above with a whitish terminal dot on each scale uniform yellowish white below. West Africa. Finall}^ Moquard has described^ a species P. greigerti from French Sudan but this is still more different than the others having two internasals, tw^o prsefrontals etc. Some of these forms described as species, are of course, more nearh' related to each other than others. The Prosymyia from Lower Congo now described appears to be most nearh' allied with P. meleagris, and to begin with I was inchned only to regard it as a subspecies of this species, (and this proved also låter to be the correct view). But when comparing the pre- sent specimen with Reinhardt's original description,^ and espe- cially his figures, I f ound the discrepanc}^ so great that I was near- ly compelled to abandon this opinion and regard it as a new^ spe- cies which is also more in conf ormity with the usual proceedings among herpetologists in similar cases, probabl}' because we do not know as yet how far the variation among the snakes can go.^ Returning to this Prosymna from Lower Congo I must draw the attention to the fact that if the present specimen is com- pared with Reinhardt 's figures there are several other differ- ences to be seen in addition to those revealed by the description. ^ BuU. Mus. criiist. nat. T. XII. Paris 1906 p. 466. - K. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Deel X. Kjöbenhavn 1843, p. 238. Tab. T fig. 4—6. ^ Such interesting investigations as Boul?:ngee,'s on the genus Grayia (Proc. Zool. Soe. London 1909) are apt to throw a better light on the oolour variations of sniilies. LÖNNBERG, TWO NEW SNAKES FROM LOWER CONGO. 7 The presence of two postoculars instead of only one is not by itself so very important, because in the latter case an upper postocular might have become fused witli the supraocular, which appears the most probable interpretation in this instance, or both postoculars might have joined inter se. A comparison of the specimen now considered, and Reinhardt's figure of the type of P. meleagris indicates that the shape of the parietals is very different in the tAvo. In the former the parietals are rather large and broad so that their width is considerably more than half their length, but in the latter the width of the parietals is contained fully twice in their length. Reinhardt sa3^s also about this »Nakkeskjoldene ere kun lidt udviklede» (1. c. p. 239) which in this connection must be translated: »the parietals are only little developed». Of less importance is perhaps that the posterior upper margin of the rostral is angular on Reinhardt 's figure but the Congo specimen has a quite straight transversal suture between the rostral and the internasal. The dimensions of the prsefrontal is also different, in P. meleagris its length being more than half the length oi -r.. o d ^^"^" the f rontal, while it is less than half the f rontal in Laman 's Prosymna. The supraocular of the former is larger especially wider, its width behind being much more than half its length, and anteriorly it has a rather broad suture to the praef rontal, while the same shield in the new species is narrow with its greatest width about equal to half its length and anteriorl}^ its suture to the prsef rontal is short. The shape of the upper labials is also different. According to Reinhardt's figures quoted they, as well as the loreal, look larger when compared with other shields in P. meleagris than in the species from Lower Congo. The snout appears to be more strongly projecting in the latter. Since this comparison between the present specimen and Reinhardt 's description and figure of Prosymna meleagris had been made, and the result written down I had, thanks to the kindness of my friend Dr. Ad. Jensen, the opportu- nity of making a renewed and this time direct comparison with Reinhardt's type kept in the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen. By this it was fully proved that Reinhardt's figure is inaccurate, and the difference betAveen the present specimen and P. meleagris appears to be of subspecific value. 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 8. The most important differences are in addition to these al- ready mentioned the following. The rostral extends further backwards on the iipper surface than -in P. meleagris, and the whole rostrum projects more beyond the mandible. The internasals are shorter biit broader than in P. meleagris. In the latter the supraocular is more broadly in contact with the pref rontal, and in consequence of this the f rontal is broader in front in P. m. concolor. The parietals are quite wrongly represented in Reinhardt's figure 4 (1. c). They are in reality very much broader. The type of P,. meleagris has 35 subcaudals, and its colour is different from that of the present specimen. When writing about African snakes I take the opportunity of making a statement concerning a snake which I described and figured some years ago under the name of Dendraspis sjöstedti from Kilimandjaro.^ Reviewing this paper in Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte- Werner has expressed his doubts about this snake with the following words: »ob nicht ein Chlorophisl aus der Abbildung nicht zu erkennen! » Now, of course, every- body can make a mistake, but to charge without any other foundation than mere guessing an author with such a gross mistake as of describing a Chlorophis under the name of Den- draspis is a little too much. As if I should not ha ve been able to see the big fångs as well in the upper as in the lower jaw of a Dendraspisl Having guessed that the figure represented the head of a Chlorophis Werner thinks that it is not recog- nizable, but if the true fact that it represents a Dendraspis, as it re all 3' does is kept in mind, I think the figure is cha- racteristic enough. ^ Wiss. Ergebn. d. Schwed. Zool. Exp. Kilimanjuro ]Meru. 4 Reptilia nnd Batrachia p. 17. - Jahrg. 74. Bd. II. Hft. 1, III p. 35. I Trvckt den 1.5 december 1910. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N.o 9. A new Subspecies of Clawless Otter (Aoiiyx capeiisis coiigic«a) from Lower Congo. Described by EINAR LÖNNBERG. With 2 Textfigures. A specimen of Clawless Otter from Lower Congo has re- cently been presented to the R. Natural History Museum by the Swedish Missionary Mr. K. E. Laman, and this specimen appears to differ from other African Clawless Otters in such a considerable degree that I think it must be regarded as a new subspecies. To make sure about this it is of importance to find out to which races the different names given to Clawless Otters from Africa ha ve been applied. The oldest specific name for an African Clawless Otter is »capensis» given by Schinz 1821 and, as already is expressed by the name itself, it belongs to the South African race. Two years låter F. Cuvier^ created the name nnunguis » but as this was applied to a specimen »rapporté du Cap» by Delalande it is perfecth' synonymous with capensis, and the same is the case with »Delalandi» Lesson. In the 3^ear 1838 Waterhouse named several mammals from Fernando Po and among them was also a skin of an otter which he described as »Lutra Poensis»? Oldfield Thomas'' and Trouessart have regarded this name, as well, as synonymous 1 Diet. Se. Nat. XXVII p. 247. ^ Proe. Zool. Soc. London 1838 p. GO. ^ Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1889. Avl-iv för zoologi. Band 7. N.o 9. 1 2 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 9. with capensis} This appears, however, ver}^ questionable to the present writer for the following reasons. L. poensis Wa- TERHOUSE is much too small to belong to the Clawless Otters. It is stated in the description to have a length of head and body of »24 unc. 3 lin. » ( = about 62 cm) and a length of tail amounting to »13 unc.» (= 33 cm.). It is also said to be »smaller than the common European species». All Clawless Otters from Africa hitherto described are thus very much larger than »Lutra poensis», the length of head and body of the former, as a rule, being between 80 and 90 cm. and the length of the tail varying from 46 to 67 cm. in different races. The colour of Lutra poensis is also different from that of the Clawless Otters as the lips and the throat of the former» are of a rich golden yellow with a faint brownish hue», whereas the same parts in the Clawless Otters are white or whitish. On the other hand )>Lufra poensis» agrees with the spotted- necked Otters with regard to size, and colour of the throat, or just the same characteristics in which it disagrees with the Clawless Otters. It appears thus most suitable to transfer the specific name »poensis» to the Lutra maculicoUis group, and this proceeding can be based with full right on the cha- racteristics mentioned as the feet of the t}^e-specimen, which other wise would have decided the question with full certainty, are missing. The next specific name given to a Clawless Otter is »calabaricus » which by A. Murray, even in connection with a new generic name (Anahyster), was bestowed upon a skull of such an animal. Murray believed his specimen to be inter- mediate between Lutra and Enhydra, because it had »the first pre-molar suppressed above». No other diagnose was given and the specimen was probably only representing an individual anomaly. The name »calabaricus» may thus be repudiated. RoCHEBRUNE is quotcd as author of still another name for a Clawless Otter viz. »Lutra Lenoiri». This name is said to have been printed in »Vertébr. Nov. Afr. Occ. sér. 3 p. 9, 1888» but as I have not had access to this work I must confine myself to quoting Oldfield Thomas who says^ about it: »Privately printed, and probably not realh^ published at all in the technical sense of the word. » And in a note he adds that it is impossible ' Catalogus Mamm. T. I p. 285. ' Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh. Vol. 2: 1. 1860. 3 Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1889 p. 196. LÖNNBERG, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF CLAWLESS OTTER. 3 to find out to which animal it belongs »on account of the ab- sence, as usual, of all diagnostic characters in what its describer calls a 'diagnosis' ». Professor Trouessart has kindly commu- nicated that there is no specimen of Rochebrune's Otter in the museum in Paris and that the species in question must be regarded as purely imaginär}'. This name as well must there- fore be rejected. In låter times several races of Clawless Otters have been described viz : Lutra capensis meneliki Thomas^ from Lake Tsana, Abys- sinia. — capensis hindei Thomas- from the Ken3'a District, Brit. East Africa, but låter found as far South as 13° S. lat. in a ttibutary of Upper Zambese in Rhodesia.^ — capensis angolce Thomas^ from Coporole R., Angola. There are thus in the present time. including the typical South African race, four distinct subspecies of the Clawless Otter described from Africa, and when the knowledge about these animals increased, Thomas rightl}' restored^ to them, and their Indian alh^ L. cinerea, the generic name Aonyx which originally was given to them by Lesson 1827. In their general appearance the African subspecies of Aonyx are very much alike and they are most easily recognized by cranial characteristics, although they also can be distin- guished by externa! characters. The specimen collected by Mr. Laman is at once distin- guished by the dimensions of the skull especially the teeth, but there are also other distinsuishing characters to be found. These characteristics taken together are so important that I find it necessary to create a new subspecies which may be called: Aonyx capensis congica. General colour dark chocolate brown but less dark than A. c. hindei. L^nlike the latter the whitish margin to the ears is well developed. As in ^. c. angolce and meneliki the hairs of the head, nape, and upper neck are narrowty tipped with white. Above the eves numerous yellowish white hairs form an ill-de- ^ Proc. Zoo]. Soc. London 1902 p. 309. '^ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7). Vol. 15. 1905 p. 78. ^ Lönnberg. On the Clawless Otters of Centr. Afr., Ark. f. Zool. Bd. 4. N:o 12. Stockholm 1908. ^ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 1. 1908 p. 388. 4 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 9. fined light patch. The clark spöts in front of the eyes and above the whiskers are rhombic in outhne, dark chocolate- brown in colour and sharply defined. The whiskers are white and contain only a small number of bristles, even fewer than in ^. c. hindei. Upper lip, cheeks, sides of neck, and throat sharply contrasted yellowish white. A greyish brown stripe along the angle of the mouth. Tail and hind-feet of the same colour as the back. The fore-feet are a little paler. The hairs of the lower parts are very little paler than the back, but the greyish yellow colour of the wool-hairs shines through there. The wool-hairs of the upper parts are different, being white with broad brown tips. The wool-hairs have thus more white than in other subspecies except A. c. meneliki. The hair of the new subspecies is much coarser but less dense and less furry than in A. capensis and A. c. hindei with which it has been directly compared. The greater thickness of the indivi- dual hairs in ^. c. congica is very easily seen with the help of a hand-lens. The difference in length of the fur is not so great, but as it is less dense at the same time as it is coarser and more depressed in ^. c. congica the appearance of the skin is very different from that of the other two subspecies just mentioned. Especiall}^ on the under parts the hairy covering is very thin for an Otter and the light underfur shines through everywhere. The structure of the feet of the new subspecies is different from A. capensis and A. c. hindei with which it has been directly compared. The fingers are longer and practically quite naked above. In this latter respect it appears to resemble A. c. an- golce but according to Thomas' description the latter has only the »second and third phalanges quite naked» while in the Congo Otter the first joint as well, is naked, even if some scat- tered rudiments of hair can be detected with the aid of a lens. There is no web on the fore-feet. The toes of the hind-feet are also nearly completely naked, although the rudimentary hairs on the basal phalanges are somewhat more numerous than on the fore-feet. The web is very little developed and does not reach further than to the joint between the basal and the second phalanges, w^hile it reaches the terminal phalanges in the t^^pical race from South Africa. On the hind-feet rudiments of claws can be seen on the second, third, and fourth toe. The same is also the case on one side of a specimen of the typical A. capensis in this LÖNNBERG, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF CLAWLESS OTTER. 5 museum, on the other only the third and fourth toe are provided Avith such a rudiment. The latter is in agreement with Scla- ter's statement^ but the character is evidently subjected to some variation. In the specimen of A. c. hindei of this museum only the fourth toe has a rudimentary claw. With regard to its dimensions, the Congo race evidently is one of the largest. The length of head and body is about 92 cm., and the length of the tail is about 55,5 cm. These measurements indicate that the new subspecies is of nearly the same size as ^. c. meneliki (about 90 cm.) or somewhat larger but its tail is considerabh^ shorter than that of the Abys- sinian race (67 cm.). It is larger than the type of A. c. angolce (80 cm. + 47 cm.) and comes nearest to a Rhodesian specimen of A. c. hindei (90 cm. + 53 cm.) in general dimensions. The skull is unfortunately very badly crushed and muti- lated so that only few measurements can be taken from it with full certainty, but compared with the corresponding ones of other skulls the}^ give a good idea about the size of the skull. A. capensis A. c. congica\ A. c. hindei Distance from cristo occipitatis to anterior end of nasals . . . . Distance from crista occipitalis mesially to tip of postorbital process ... Distance from tip of postorbital process to tip of nasals mesially Breadth of braincase exclusive of inastoid fl ange Distance from tip to tip of post- orbital processes Interorbital breadth 123,5 mm. 35,5 45,3 36 126, 99 35,5 80 42 36 114 91 31 71 34,5 28 From these measurements may be concluded that the length of the skull of the Congo Aonyx is even greater than that of the South African race which is of the same length as the Angola race (conf. Thomas 1. c. p. 389), and thus much greater than that of ^. c. hindei, The breadth of the brain case ex- clusive of mastoid flange is about the same as in A. capensis but much larger than in ^. c. hindei and still more so than in Fauna of South Afr 108. 6 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 9. A. C. angolce viz. 66 mm. (Thomas). The postorbital processes are not quite so projecting as in A. capensis but the distance between their tips is much larger than in A. c. hindei and still more so than in A. c. angolce viz. 30,5 mm. (Thomas). In a similar way the interorbital width is similar to that of A. capensis but larger than that of A. c. hindei and A. c. angolce viz. 27 mm. (Thomas). The skull of the Congo race is thus as heavily built as that of its South African ally, and it differs thus considerably from the comparatively slender skull of the Angola race, which geographically is its nearest neighbour. GristcB sagittalis and lambcloidece are well developed. The basal parts of the skull of the Congo race are very broad which is proved b}^ the fact that the shortest distance between the longish but rather narrow for. lacera postica is 32 mm., but in A. capensis 30, and in A. c. hindei only 27 mm. The said foramina are in both the latter races broader than in the new form. The mastoid processes are directed even more directly downwards than in A. capensis, and with the tip some- what inwards, but they are b}' far not so stout and massive as in the South African race. The antero-posterior diameter of this process a few millimetres above the free end is in the Congo- race 5 mm., and in the South African at the corresponding place 8,5 mm. Squama occipitalis is large, even a little higher than in A. capensis, without counting the crista. The parocci- pital processes are well developed as in A. capensis. With regard to the basicranial characteristics I have onlv been able to compare the Congo skull with such a one of A. capensis and A. c. hindei, from which it is plainly distinct. The greatest difference between the new subspecies and all other African Clawless Otters is found by comparing the dimensions of the teeth. Some important measurements of teeth have been published in the descriptions of the different subspecies and these have been put together here to facilitate a comparison with the corresponding ones from the new form. Aonyx capensis A. c. hindei A. c. A. c. meneliki \angolce A. c. congica Anteroposterior diameter of p^ 1 14,3 jl2,9 — 14 i — 12,9 11 17,5-18,2 19,5 Greatest diameter of m^ . . . ! 20 Antero-posterior diameter of its | inner lobe \ 14,5 12,1 — 12,3 18 14 13 I 9. LÖNNBERG, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF CLAWLESS OTTER. 7 Thomas has not communicated any more clirect measure- ments of tlie teeth of the two subspecies A. c. meneliki and A. c. ayigoloe of which I have no material, but he says about the latter: »Molars large and heav}^ as in true capensis», and this is no doubt valid for the Abyssinian form as welL If it is shown as will be done below that the poster ior teeth of A. c. congica generally are a great deal smaller not only than those of A. cape7isis but even than those of ^. c. hindei it must there- fore be rightly assumed that they are smaller than those of the two remaining subspecies as well. Aonyx capensis A. c. hindei A. c. j congica \ Antero-posterior diameter of p^ 7.8 7 7 Transverse diameter of p^ across middle of inner lobe 13,2 11,6 10.5 Antero-posterior diameter of pi . 6 6,3 5.7 » p-, . 10 9,5 8 » » "> Pi ' 20 18,5 15,3 Transverse » ^ Pi - 12.2 10.2 8,5 1 Antero-posterior » > Wi ( G.3 5.7 ; Transverse » » mj 10,5 9,2 6,5 Length of the whole lower toothseviee from frontside of p'^ to hindsurface oi ' till 4G,8 45 40 From these measurements can be seen that especialh^ the posterior premolars and the molar of ^. c. congica are very much smaller in every dimension than the corresponding ones of the other subspecies and the difference is much more striking at a direct comparison than the bare measurements indicate. The accompanying figures may help to pro ve this. As every single tooth is smaller, it foUows that the whole row must be shorter. Such differences in the structure of the skull as the shape and direction of the mastoid processes indicate another arrange- ment of the musculature than, for instance, in A. c. hindei. The well developed crests on the skull of the new subspecies prove that the musculature is stronger than in A. c. hindei and comparatively as strong as in the South x^frican form. Unfortunatel}^ nothing is known about diet of the Congo race, but it is to be concluded from the different size and shape 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NiO 9. of the teeth that it must f eed chiefly on diff erent things than the other races of Clawless O t ter s. As the lat ter to a great extent subsist on crabs and molluscs for the crushing of which their teeth are admirably suited it is clear that the Congo Otter is not adapted, or at least less adapted, to such a diet, and it is less specialised with regard to its dentition than other Clawless Otters. This is not only to be seen on the cheek teeth, but the incisors of the lower jaw. especially i^, are less reduced in size than in A. capensis. In another respect again the Congo Clawless Otter ap- pears to be more specialised than its allies, and that is Fig. 1. Mandibular teeth, left side, a of Aonyx capensis, congica and h of ^4. capensis. nat. size. Fig. 2. Surface of p^, and m^ a of Aonyx capensis congica, and h of A. capensis. nat. size. with regard to the structure of the feet. The fore-feet look very much like hands, and the much reduced web of the hind-feet indicates more terrestrial habits than can be expected about Lutra capensis. ;' The Clawless Otter appears to be very rare in Lower Congo as^^Mr. Laman has informed me in a letter. The natives call it »Bingi » that is the same name as they apply to the Spotted- necked Otter (a member of the Lutra maculicollis gvow^) which also is found in Lower Congo and of which Mr. Laman at the same time sent a skin, but unfortunatelv no skull. Tryckt den 15 december 1910. Uprsala 1910. Almqvist & Wlksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. ARKIV FOR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 10. The pelvic Boiies of some Cetacet^, Described by EINAR LÖNNBERO. With 12 Textfigures. Read Xovember 9th 1910. In the R. Natural History Museum in Stockholm a con- siderable number of skeletons of whales from different seas are kept, and among them are to be found several more or less rare specimens in a very complete state, also provided with the pelvic bones which otherwise very often are missing in the specimens of the museums. T have had the intention to publish an osteological description of some of these skele- tons but have not vet had time to get it ready. For certain reasons I am compelled to let the following notes appear in advance, and although they are not very complete, they give information about the pelvic rudiments of some species in which the stage of development of these bones was unknown, and they may thus serve as a complement to Abel's paper^ on »Die Morphologie der Hiiftbeinrudimente der Cetaceen». The pelvic bones of Bältena anstralis Desmoul. Through the courtesy of Captain C. A. Larsen a skeieton of the Southern Right Whale was obtained at South Georgia some years ago by Mr. E. Sörling then assistant taxidermist ' Denkschr. d. K. Akad. d. Wiss. Bd. 81. Wien 1908, p. 139. Arkio för zoologi. Band 7. X:o 10. 1 ARKW FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 10. Fig. 1. The left pelvic bone and femur of Balcena australis from above. The pelvic bone is rotated outward to show the connection with the femnr. / femur, il ilium, is ischium, p pubis, t tibia. LÖNNBERG, THE PELVTC BONES OF SOME CETACEA. V at the R. Nat. Hist. Museum in Stockholm. It was the com- plete skeleton of an adult male measuring about 14, i o m. and SöRLiNG had in accordance with his orders taken great pains in securing the rudimentary pelvic bones which he found to be situated 4 m. 23 cm. from the end of the ta il measured in a straight line. -. , The shape of these pelvic rudi- ments is seen from the accompanying figures (fig. 1). The ossified parts consist not only of the pelvis, but there is also a large rudiment of the femur, and in addition to these ossified parts also pieces of cartilaginous and fibrous tissue as will be described below. The ilium is best developed. 'It is stout, towards the pubis it is almost trihedral but towards the free end more cylindrical and thicker. The ischium is shorter and more slender, the right is compressed, the left almost cylindri- cal. The pubis is comparatively small, triangulär in outline but very thick. The iHum and the ischium are not si- tuated in a straight line but the slen- derer ischium appears to be curved inwards towards the median line (fig. 2). The distance from the tip of the ilium to the tip of the ischium is on the left side about 34 cm. when only the ossified parts are counted, and on the right side the same measurement is about 38 cm. The bony parts are quite truncate but at both ends fibrocartilaginous bodies are adherent (conf. fig. 1). The diameters of the thick end of the ilium is on the left side about 4 7^ and 3^2 cm., on the right side both dimensions are about Vs cm. less. The width across the pubic portion of the pelvis is about 7 ^j-i cm. and the thickness about 3\/2 cm. The length of the femur is between 17 and 18 cm. It is very much broader at the distal end (6 Vs cm.) than at the proximal end (conf. fig. 1) (about 4 cm.) but narrowest (3 cm.) Fig. 2. The right pelvic Ijone of Balfena anstralis from below. ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 10. a little so that 31/2 cm. there is The capsuls bones. capsule. of the below the latter. It is rather strongly corapressed the greatest thickness at the distal end is only about Along the middle of the shaft on the outer side a raised but blunt keel. pelvis as well as the femur are enclosed in a thick of fibrous tissue which can be easily peeled off the If this is done the cartilages remain fixed at the The largest cartilage is the one covering the end pubis. It extends for about 7 cm. along tliis bone Fig. 3. The connection between the pubic bone and the feniur of Balcena australis. and attains a thickness of nearly a centimeter. Another carti- lage of the same thickness and nearly the same size — it measures about 5 em. in a straight line — is curved round the proximal end of the femur (fig. 1). These two cartilages are united by fibrous tissue except at a circular area with a diameter of about 2 cm. (conf. fig. 3 and 5). This area is flat and smooth as well on the pubic as on the femoral side and between them is a flat cavity of the shape of a piece of money (conf. fig. 4). This cavity is undoubtedly the remains' of the acetabular (synovial) cavity between capiit femoris and pelvis. As the figure (fig. 3) shows this ace- tabular cavity is not situated at the end of the triangulär pubic rudiment but on the side of the same which joins the LÖNNBERG, THE PELVIC BONES OF SOME CETACEA. ilium. The distal end of the femur is also surrounded by a cartilaginous layer but this is much thinner than the proxi- mal. Beyond this distal cartilage of the femur the fibrons tissue begins again and unites with the end of the femur a cartilaginous body which I regret to say is nearly cut away on the left side and badly mutilated on the right. The latter has, however, still a length of about 12 cm. but how much longer it has been, is impossible to say. It represents certainly the rudiment of a tibia. Its thickness proximally is between 3 and 4 cm. yf4'//-'i-,^ Fig. 4. The acetabvi- lar cavity of the femur of Balcena austraLis. Fig. 5. A section through the connection between femur and pel vis of Balcena australis. Thanks to the description and figures communicated by Abel in his memoir^ on »die Morphologie der Hiiftbeinrudi- mente der Cetaceen» a comparison can be made between these pelvic rudiments just described and those of the Nordcaper (Balcena glacialis). The pelvic bones of the latter described by Abel have belonged to a specimen measuring 16 m. in length but nevertheless they are very much smaller as is most easily seen if the resp. figures are put side by side B. australis B. glacialis faccording to Abel) Length of right pelvic bone : 38 om 19,5 cm. Width » at pubis 7,5 ;> 7 ;> Length of left » » 34 » 20 » Width » » >; » at pubis : 7,5 >> 6 » Length » right femur between 17 and 18 6.6 » Greatest width » » » 6,5 » 5,6 » Length ^ left femur between 17 and 18 3 » Greatest width » » » d. W] iss. Bd. 81 6,5 -> . Wien 1908, 4,5 p. 139. » ^ Denkschr. d. K. Akad. 6 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 10. It is especially^ the longitudinal diameter of all parts which are so much larger in the southern Right Whale, while the difference in width is less important. But when the length of the bones is about tvvice as great, or more, in the Southern Right Whale as in the Nordeaper, although the width is not far from equal in both, this must result in quite a different shape of the bones. This is especially striking with regard to the femur which is not far from as broad as long in the Nordcaper, and thus is much more decidedly rudimentary in its appearance than in the Southern Right Whale. It might be concluded from this that these bones have more thoroughly löst their original shape and become even still more reduced in the Nordcaper than in the Southern Right Whale. Another difference is found in the mutual arrangement of the bones. In the Nordcaper the ischium and the ilium are situated in a straight line unlike the condition found in its ally as mentioned above (conf. fig. 2). The femur of the Nordcaper forms nearly right angle to the longitudinal axis of the pelvic bone, and, to judge from the figure communicated by Abel, the femur appears to lie in the same plane as the pubic bone. In the Southern Right Whale on the other hand the angle which the femur forms against the longitudinal axis of the ischium is considerably less than 90"^ (conf. fig. 1 and 3), and the femur is by fibrous tissue closely connected to the pelvic bone in such a way that the plane through the broadest surface of the femur forms nearly right angle to the broad surface of the pubic bone. If the comparison is extended to the Greenland Whale it will be seen that the Southern Right Whale with regard to the shape and development of its pelvic rudiments in certain respects more approaches this Arctic species than its nearer relative the Nordcaper. The rudimentary pelvis and hindlimbs of the Greenland Whale are well known thanks especially to the beautiful researches of Struthers,^ who has described these parts of no less than 11 specimens. Abel has låter ^ compiled all facts about these organs of Balcena mysticetus, so that they may be regarded to be pretty well ^ Joiirn. Anat. Phvsiol. Vol. XV. London & Cambridge 1881. ' 1. c. p. 156. LÖNNBERG, THE PELVIC BONES OF SOME CETACEA. 7 known. As all rudimentary organs they are subjected to great individual variations in shape and size, biit in all cases they are more strongly developed and less reduced than in the Southern Right Whale. The latter represents therefore to a certain degree an intermediate stage with regard to these organs between the Greenland Whale and the Nord- caper, as it also does in other respects, for instance, with regard to the length of the baleen.^ These facts tend to prove the distinctness of the Southern Right Whale from the Nordcaper. The pelvis of Balaeiioptera qiioyi (Fischer). Some years ago when Mr. E. Sörling was collecting for this museum at South Georgia he was permitted to prepare for the R. Nat. Hist. Museum, Stockholm, the skeleton of a Southern Finback, measuring 19 m. 60 cm. in length, at Captain C. A. Larsen's whaling factory. The pelvic bones of this male specimen are shown in their general features in the accompanying figure (fig. 6). The dimensions are the following: left right Total length without cartilages 45 cm. 43,5 cm. Distance from tip of ilium to lateral surface of pubis --. 35,5 » 32 » y> » tip of ischium to lateral surface of pubis 23 » 22 » Width across pubis 12,5 » 12,5 » The ilium is thus much longer than the ischium. Its anterior part is rather strongly compressed and along the lower side runs a raised crest. Before it joins pubis it is becomes depressed. At the place where it is most strongly compressed the transversal and vertical diametres are 20 mm. and 40 mm. on the right side, 22 mm. and 35 mm. on the left side. On the inner side pubis is flat on the outer surface there is- an elevation which extends 6 — 7 cm. from the blunt lateral tip of the bone. From the latter and över this ele- vation a thin covering of cartilage is seen which according to the interpretation of Struthers and other corresponds to the acetabular cartilage. ^ Conf. Lönnberg: K. Vet. Handl. Bd. 40. N:o 5 p. 42. Stockholm 190(3. 8 ARKIV rÖR ZOOLOGT. BAND 7. NIO 10. The anterior portion of the ischium is depressed like pubis^ the posterior end is, however, somewhat obliquely compressed. Terminal ly it carries a cartilage in the same way as ilium. A rudiment of femur is only present on the left side. It is a somewhat irregiilar ball-shaped ossification with a Fig. C. Pelvie bones of Balcenoptera quoyi (Fischer) seen from above. cartilaginous covering. The longest diameter is a little more than 5 V-' cm., and its shortest not quite 3 V2 cm. The rudi- mentary femur is by ligaments attached to the lower side of the ilium where it joins with pubis. As the soft parts were not preserved when the bones arrived here, no further details can be given. LÖNNBERG, THE PELVIC BONES OF SOME CETACEA. 9 On the whole these rudiments of pelvis and femur of Balcenojotera quoyi resemble the corresponding ones of its Nor- thern relative Balcenoptera physalus, which are subjected to a considerable variation in some respects as is shown in Abel's memoir ^ in which he has quoted Struther's and other authors and reproduced their figures in addition to the results of his own investigations. The attachment of the femur rudiment in the Southern Fin Whale agrees also with Struther's observations on the Northern species.^ The pelyic rudiment of Balaeiioptera iiitermedia Burmeister. Through the courtesy of Captain C. A. Larsen the R. Nat. Hist. Museum has obtained a complete skeleton of an adult but not very old Southern Blue Whale from the seas round South Georgia, and I have thus the opportunity of describing the pelvic rudiment of this interesting animal. The pelvic bone of this species is much more rcduced than that of its ally Balcenoptera quoyi. It consists of a triangulär bony plate with cartilaginous epiphyses as w^ell at the end of the ilium as that of the ischium. The whole is enclosed in a capsule of fibrous tissue as the figure (fig. 7) shows The length of the bony parts is about 195 mm., and the width across the bone is about 110 mm. The pubic portion is thus when compared with the size of the whole rudiment considerably more strongly developed than in B. quoyi while the other elements are shorter. The cartilage which may be interpreted as belonging to the ilium is rather short and slender measuring about 30 mm. in length. The cartilage of the ischium is broader and much longer, about 115 mm. The whole bone is thin. The thickest part of the pubic portion has a diameter of about 28 mm., otherwise the grea- ter part of the whole bone is 17—13 mm., and mesially it narrows gradually to a rather sharp edge. The whole bone is of a porous and loose texture. There was no rudiment ^ Hiiftbeinrudimente der Cetaceen. 2 Journ. Anat. Physiol. Vol. XXVII. London 1893. 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 10. of a femur adherent to either pelvic rudiment when they arrived here, and if there ever has been any such they ha ve probably been only cartilaginous. The pelvic rudiment of Balcenoptera intermedia is most similar to that of its northern ally the Blue Whale. Fig. 7. Rudimentary pelvic bone of Balccnoftera intermedia. The pelvic rudimeiits of a Speriinvhale (Pliyseter catodon) L. A skeleton of an old male Spermwhale caught in the seas near South Georgia has been presented to the R. Nat. Hist. Museum by Mr. H. H. Schlieper. The pelvic bones of this skeleton are represented in figs. 8, 9 and 10. I LÖNNBERG, THE PELVIC BONES OF SOME CETACEA. 11 As already has been stated by Abel (1. c.) the pelvic bones of Spermwhales are very different in different speci- Whether this is an individual variation, or if perbaps mens. different races of Spermwbales differ in the degree of develop- Fig. 8. The pelvic bones of a male Spermwhale from South Georgia; ventral aspect. ment of their pelvic bones, cannot be stated for the present, although the former condition appears to be more likely, as will be further explained below. The pelvic bones of the Spermwhale from South Georgia are almost equal in length measuring resp. 408 and 411 mm. They are curved (fig. 9) and also somewhat twisted (fig. 10). 12 AEKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 10. The right bone is oonsiderably broader and stouter than the left. In botli the greatcr part must be regarded as ihum Avhich expands to to a broad ala measuring 95 mm. in the right and 100 mm. in the left across the anterior end which is rather strongly convex on the ventra] surface and a little Fig. 9. The same bones as fig. 8 but seen from the opposite side. I ii Fig. 10. The right pelvic bone of the same whale as fig. 9, irs. lateral view. concave on the opposite side. The right ihum retains a considerable breadth in its posterior part as well, and mea- sures about 67 mm. about half way between the anterior end and the pubic rudiment. It is more convex, resp. con- cave in its posterior portion. The left ilium narrows gradu- ally towards tlie pubis. LÖNNBERG, THE PELVIC BONES OF SOME CETACEA. 13 As a rudiment of pubis is to be considered a triangulär process on the right pelvic bone situated aboiit 31 cm. from the end of ala ilii and about 10 cm. from the end of ischium. The width across the whole bone at this process is about 42 mm. and the bone is there trigona), but tapers gradually towards the end of the ischium which is compressed. On the left pelvic bone hardly any trace of a pubis can be detected and ischium is compressed in its whole extent. As there were no soft parts adherent to the bones when they arrived, it is impossible to say whether this Sperm- whale has had any rudiment of femur or not. If there has been any on the right side where the pubic portion appears to be present it is hardly probable that there could have been any on the left side. The pelvic bones now described are very different from those of a Spermwhale from lie de Ré in the museum of Bergen which have been described and figured by Abel (1. c. p. 172—174). The greatest difference lies therein that in the latter the pubic portion was very much more strongly developed and there was a real acetabulum for the rather big rudiment of a femur (about 10 X 6 cm.). These pelvic bones were also more strongly curved than the present ones, and in consequence of this their longitudinal extension was only resp. 320 und 327 mm. More similar to the pelvic rudimento now described, is that of the left side of a Spermwhale from the southwestern coast of Tasmania originally described by Flower^ and kept in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London. In this bone the pubic portion is not much more developed than in the specimen from South Georgia, and the bone itself is less curved than those of the Spermwhale from lie de Ré. As thus the pelvic rudiments of two Sperm Whales from the Southern seas are alike, it could easily be believed that such simple and little developed pelvic bones were characteristic for the southern animals, if there was no other material known. Such an assumption is, however, ccntradicted by the fact that still less developed rudiments have been found in Cachalots caught off Northern Norway and at the Azores. In these animals therefore the shape and development of the pelvic rudiments cannot be ascribed any taxonomic value. ^ Träns. Zool. Soc. London 1868. 14 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 10. The pelvic rudimeiits of tlie Caa'iiig Whale (OlobicephaluK melas Traill). The pelvic rudiments of an adult male Glohicephalus from the Faroe Islands presented to this museum by Consul Fin- -r-f'^^- Fig. 11. The pelvic rudiments of a Caa'ing Whale {Glohicephalus melas Traill.) SEN prove to be still more simple in their shape than those described above, because there is no trace of any pubic por- tion. As the figure (fig. 11) shows, both bones are of nearly the same shape and size. They constitute tvvo somewhat curved and flattened rods of bone measuring resp. 210 and 217 mm. in length. The end of the bone which was direc- ted forward and which is to be regarded as ilium is more LÖNNBERG, THE PELVIC BONES OF SOME CETACEA. 15 flattened and thinner than the middle of fche bone and its posterior end, ischium. The maximum width of ilium is 31 mm., and generally it is between 2 ^j-i and 3 cm. Not count- ing a subterminal boss of the ilium which there increases the thickness of the bone locally to about 14 mm., otherwise it varies between 9 and 6 mm. Towards the middle of the bone it becomes gradualjy more and more thickened to 15 Fig. 12. Sketch indicating the situation of the pelvic rudiment and the pen is of Globicephalus melas. mm. in the right and 18 mm. in the left bone. The same thickness is retained on the ischium which thus is more rounded and terminally has a cartilaginous epiphysis. Fig. 12 is a sketch which indicates how crura penis are attached to the pelvic rudiment on its lower side. The attach- ment is effected by means of a capsule with a network of connective tissue. Tryckt den 16 december 1910. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. AEKIY FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 11. Ornithologiska iakttagelser i Algeriet. Af PAUL ROSENIUS. Med 6 taflor. Meddelad den 23 november 1910 af Hj. Theel och Y. Sjöstedt. Till dels med ekonomiskt understöd från Kungl. Veten- skapsakademien anlände jag, åtföljd af fil. stud. grefve Nils Gyldenstolpe, den 28 mars 1910, till Algeriet för att i de sydliga delarna af detta land idka företrädesvis ornithologiska studier. Den 30 mars gjordes en utflykt till de 58 km. från Alger belägna Chiffapassen i Lilla Atlas och hade vi nöjet att vid Ruisseau des Singes bese de där i vildt tillstånd före- kommande magoterna, Pithecus inniius, hvilka, tack vare reli- giösa hänsyn från muhamedanernas sida och skydd från den franska regeringens, utan större skygghet låta sig beskådas af turisterna. Efter två dagars resa öfver Constantine anlände vi den 1 april till Biskra, där vi med afbrott den 11 — 15 i samma månad, under hvilka dagar företogs en utfärd till Touggourt, uppehöUo oss till den 20 april, då vi afreste till El Kantara. Här uppehöllo vi oss till den 27 april, då vi begåfvo oss till Batna, därifrån vi den 9 maj anträdde hemresan. Den tid, som tillbragtes i Sydalgeriet ägnades åt exkur- sioner kring de nämnda hufvudstationerna samt till prepare- ring af de insamlade naturföremålen. Till en mindre del gjordes insamling af smärre däggdjur samt reptilier och in- ArTciv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 11. 1 2 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NiO 11. sekter, hufvudsakligen skalbaggar. Hufvudintresset ägnades emellertid åt ornithologiska iakttagelser ocb åt insamlande af ornithologiskt material. Om resultatet af sträfvandena icke blef fullt ut hvad jag hoppats, beror detta till någon del därpå, att de ökenområden vi besökte, visade sig mera fågelfattiga än litteraturen i ämnet tyckts gifva vid handen, och äfven, och i främsta rummet, därpå att, då ingen tränad yrkespre- parator stod till buds, allt för mycken tid förlorades på pre- pareringsarbetet. Innan jag öfvergår till redogörelsen för de under resan iakttagna fågelarterna, torde jag böra i allmänna drag skis- sera terrängförhållandena och fågelfaunan å de besökta plat- serna. Biskra är en oas i den s. k. peträiska öken, som här bildar nordranden af Sahara. Den naturliga terrängen är en högplatå, höjande sig 111 meter öfver hafvet. Här och där bär den kullar och mindre betydande höjdsträckningar, medan den på andra ställen sänker sig till djupare liggande, mer och mindre sumpiga slättmarker — den salthaltiga s. k. sebkha- formationen. Norr om Biskra sträcker sig i bågform de sista utlöparne af Auresbergen (Stora Atlas) med Col de Sfa som högsta punkt rakt i norr på en ny mils af stånd. Längs oasens rand drager Biskrafloden i sydostlig riktning. I staden Biskra själf, dess planteringar och trädgårdar, sågos och hördes ej så litet fåglar. Ladusvalor, {Hiruiido rustica),^ flögo genom gatorna och sutto på telegraftrådarna, sparfvar {Passer hispaniolejisis) höllos i flockar mest i utkan- ternas planteringar. Här liksom i stadsparkerna sågos ofta små flockar af steglitsor (Acanthis carduelis africanus), enstaka, rätt skygga koltrastar (Turdus merida mauritaniciis), rödstjärtar (Ruticilla Phoenicurus subsp.?), löf sångare (Phylloscopus), och bastardnäktergalar (Hipyolais). Ouéd Biskra utgjordes vid tiden för vårt uppehåll i Biskra af en ett par hundra meter bred flodbädd, infattad mellan 5 å 6 meter höga lerbrinkar. Flodbädden låg till största delen torr, belagd med rundslipade stenar, och vattnet sökte sig fram i ett par smala rännilar. Vegetationen, som var mycket sparsam å den torrlagda marken, samlade sig rikare längs ^ I denna uppsats användes, ehuru med undvikande af de tavtologiska benämningarne, hufvudsakligen den i H. Harterts Die Vögel der paläark- tischen Fauna begagnade nomenklaturen. ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 3 rännilarna och bildade på nordostsidan om staden frodiga buskmarker med tamarisk {Tamarix africana),^ Nerium (Nce- rium oleander) och Limoniastrum. Vid de små rännilarna och polarna uppehöllo sig gärna sparfvar (ofvannämnda art), gul- ärlor {Motacilla flava), ladusvalor (ofvannämnda art) samt några sandrullingar (Aegialitis dubia). På de torrlagda fälten uppehöllo sig några ökentrilar {Oedicnoemus crepitans saharce) och, efter midten af maj, biätare {Merops apiaster). Längs ler- brinkarna sågs en och annan tornfalk {Cerchneis tinnunculus), ocli i de nämnda buskmarkerna uppehöllo sig buskskvättor (Pratincida ruhetra) samt den bleka rödhufvade törnskatan (Lanius rutilans). Åtta kilometer nordnordväst om Biskra ligger svafvel- källan Fontaine chaude. Här finnas svagt böljande sand- marker med gles- och småvuxna buskar af Limoniastrum Guyonianum samt här och där ett stånd af Zijgophijllum, och ställvis höja sig kullar med splittrig och saltrik berggrund brytande fram ur sanden. Spridda i landskapet draga stråk af sebkhaterräng med sumpiga små vattendrag, där Juncus- och Phragmites-Sirter bilda frodiga vassruggar och vackert röda Salicorniaceer bilda rabatter i närmaste omgif ningen. Här och där kan man finna ett stånd af den om vår Oro- banche erinrande praktfulla parasitväxten PhiUipcea violacea. De fåglar, som befunnos bofasta i detta landskap voro mestadels den ljusa tofslärkan, Galerida cristata arenicola, ökenstenskvättan, Saxicola deserti och den svarta och hvita stenskvättan, Saxicola Ingens halophila. Vägen till Col de Sfa går rätt norrut öfver en tämligen lågland och föga kuperad ökenslätt, där växtligheten å den rätt fasta, lerblandade sanden mestadels utgöres af den som spridda tufvor växande, mörkgröna och yfviga, hvitblom- mande Peganum Harmala (fam. Rutaceas). I denna fågelfat- tiga terräng observerades endast ett par korpar, Corvus corax tingitanns, flygande öfver mot bergen. På och omkring Col de Sfa tedde sig ett rikare växt- och djurlif. Större och mindre buskar af den stortaggiga Rhus oxyacantha växte bland stenblocken och under branterna, äf- venså en och annan Sårib-buske Sizyphus lotus och, såsom ännu mindre buskar, den något koralliknande Anahasis articulata. ^ För bestämning af från Algeriet hemförda karaktärsväxter står jag i förbindelse till Prof. S- Murbeck i Lund. 4 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 11. Storvuxen reste sig den gulblommiga och finbladiga umbel- laten Ferula vesecritensis med redan nedvissnade blad, Halfa- gräset, Stipa tenacissima, stod i rika, ännu ej blommande tufvor, på höga stänglar reste Helicrysum coespitosum sina gyllengula blomkorgar och halfklotformiga,gulblommande stånd af den egendomliga syngenesisten Zallikoferia prydde mark och skrefvor. Där fanns vidare violettblomstriga cruciferer, den tjockbladiga Moricandia sziffriiticosa och den gracila, blekt grågröna Farsetia cegyptiaca, och bland mera oansenliga blom- ster den lilla gulblommiga Linaria fruticosa och den hvitludna Echium humile. Där den stenbesådda marken höjer sig upp mot bergåsen och terrängen ofta antager den intensivt rödgula — melon- lika — ökenfärgen, visar sig, förutom den ljusa tofslärkan, Galerida cristata arenicola, den lilla ökenlärkan, Ammomanes deserti algeriensis, h vilkens färg här helt harmonierar med landskapets. Och ännu högre, där terrängens färger mörkna, men mark och stenrösen ställvis gå i rödgrått eller t. o. m. i lackfärg och karmin, kan en liten flock ökentrumpetare, Erythrospiza githaginea, drifva omkring. Ännu högre upp, bland bergens söndersprängda åsar och block, har den svarta rännskvättan, Saxicola leucurus syenitica, sitt hemvist. Torn- falken, Cherchneis tinnuncnlus, strykei* ofta fram efter bergsi- dorna, en och annan steppvråk, Buteo desertorum, drager öfver åsarna, och högt under himlen ilar alpseglaren, Cypselus melba. öfverskrider man Gal de Sfa-kedjan, är man vid stationen Ferme Dufour ute på en sebhkaartad slätt med här och där små sädesfält. På den hårda, leriga och spruckna marken växa salicorniaceer och en mörkgrön Artejnisia samt här och hvar en Sarib-buske. Uttorkade strömbäddar skära djupt i jorden, och höga brinkar kringgärda stenbelamrade fält. Ka- raktärsfåglar äro här återigen Galerida cristata arenicola och Saxicola deserti och därjämte fältpiplärkan, Anthus campestris. Sandhönsen, Pterocles arenarius, uppenbara sig här, och i de unga sädesfälten hållas vaktlar, Coturnix communis. Buteo desertorum och Corvus corax tingitanus stryka då och då öfver slätten. ökenresan till det 22 mil rakt i söder om Biskra liggande Touggourt företogs med postdiligens. Under densamma gjordes endast de nödvändigaste raster, och afsittningarna i studie- och samlarsyften måste bli sparsamma och korta. Sebhka- ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 5 terrängen ned till Bordj Saada (28 km.) genomfors på ned- färden till mesta delen under nattens mörker och på hem- färden under sandstorm. Den del af detta område, som kunde något studeras, det närmare Bordj Saada belägna, var rikt bevuxet med Tamarix och Salicorniaceer och, i det sydligaste området, omväxlande med Tamarix, Helianthemum på små upphöjningar i sanden. T soluppgången, då sanden ännu låg orörd i vindstillan, syntes mångenstädes spårstråk af större och mindre skalbaggar, af lärkor, af Pterocles och af öken- räfvar Canis zerdo. Alla dessa spår voro efter ett par tim- mar utplånade. Ökenstenskvättor och ljusa tofslärkor stöttes upp här och där, och vid Ouéd Biskras flodbädd sågos på långa håll sträckande flockar af sandhöns. Nedom Bordj Saada vidtager en högplatå, sträckande sig omkring 50 km. till Kefel Dor. Här är marken jemnare, vege- tationen är glesare och mera småtufvig, och sanden Hgger rödgulgrå, småstenig, ofta af vinden samlad i kil form i lä om tufvorna. Växtligheten består mest af Salicorniaceer samt den blågröna om vår Sarothamnus erinrande Retama retam, Heli- anthemufn, Peganiim Harmala och Euphorhior. I det nedre området af vägsträckan öfverväger Retama och Euphorbia, om stå vackert sjögröna mot den blå himlen. I denna terräng uppträda Sarib-buskar, ensamma eller i större grupper. Af karaktärsfåglar hade vi tillfälle iakttaga ökenlöparelärkan, Alcemoyi alaudipes, samt ökenvarfågeln, Lanius excubitor elegans. ökenskvättan uppträdde fortfarande, om ock ej talrikt. Nedanför Kefel Dor genomfares på en vägsträcka Saharas mest utpräglade sebkhaformation, de s. k. Chotts, en hafs- depression af mera än 300 km:s utsträckning i väster och öster. Wintertiden betäckta med vatten lära dessa Chotts under våren torrläggas, ehuru de för ögat te sig som vatten- vidder på grund af de i solljuset blåskimrande saltaflagrin- garna. Detta landskap är öfvermåttan enformigt. Den dyiga marken bär, så långt man färdas, samma små kullar med Salicorniaceer. En liten vassrugge kan spira ur gyttjan, ett Phillipcea-stknd kan något bryta mot enformigheten, här och där också några Limoniastrum-husksir, som stå vackert blå- gröna mot allt det olivgrönbruna. Lika enformig som terrängen var, lika liflös tedde den sig i det hela. Endast sällan såg man en ökenskvätta. 6 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 11. Söder om Mrayer passerades ännu litet Chott-terräng, men snart vidtog en mera högländt, småkuperad sandöken, där vegetationen nästan uteslutande utgöres af Limoniastrum, än växande som hög ljung eller mindre buskar och än, där sanden ryckts undan de mäktiga rotstammarna, som oliv- eller pilträd i miniatyr. Det var ett landskap lika enformigt som Chott-markerna och, om möjligt, än mera liflöst. En gång sågos tvenne ökenlöpare, Cursorius galliens. På en med Sarib-buskar rik plats nedanför Mrayer påträffades återigen ökenvarfågeln, äfvensom Laniiis rutilaiis. Ökenstenskvättan visade sig fortfarande, och tvenne gånger sågs en Alcemon. Oasen Touggourt, målet för vår färd, låg i en småkullig sandöken med mycket sparsam vegetation af hufvudsakligen Salicorniaceer, Tamarix och Zygophyllum samt Echinopsilon muricatum. Den temperatur af 45° C. i skuggan, som härskade här, nödgade oss att begränsa exkursionerna till utkanterna af oasen och framförallt, till denna själf. Djurlifvet utanför oasen syntes rikt beträffande mindre däggdjur, reptilier och insekter. Fågelfaunan var däremot synnerligen fattig. Den enda ökenfågel, som observerades, var Saxicola deserii, som här syntes mycket talrik. Äfven inne i oasen var det rätt klent med fågelfaunan. Det visade sig attbiätarne redan lämnat de sydligare oaserna — de hade också visat sig på vägen mot Biskra. Fågellifvet här skilde sig föröfrigt knappast från de öfriga oasernas kring och nedom Biskra. Palmdufvor, Turtiir senegalensis, hördes någon gång och sågos mindre ofta. På nätterna hördes dvärghornugglan, Scops giu, och på kvällarna hördes spinnandet af nattskärran, Caprimulgus cegyptius. Under de hetaste middagstimmarna, då oasen föröfrigt föreföll fullständigt liflös, kvittrade sparf- varna, Passer hispaniolensis, i orubbad välmåga. I de med lermurar omgärdade oasträdgårdarna fladdrade löfsångare i fikonbuskarna eller de blommande granatträden. I de täta tamariskbuskagen på sandkullarna i oasens utkant hördes bastardnäktergalen, Hippolais pallida {reiseri?), och hvarhelst man kom i utkanterna, kunde man se en Lanius rutilans öfverst på någon buske. Andra för oasen karakteristiska fåglar påträffades i oa- serna kring Biskra. I Chetma, 8 km. öster om Biskra, sågos efter den 18 april flockar af biätare, Merops apiasier. Där ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 7 uppträdde också steglitsor och en ocli annan Serinus eanaria serinus. Till oaserna höra ju äfven arabhusen, och i Nord-Sahara äga dessa en synnerligen intressant karaktärsfågel i Emheriza striolata sahari. Oasen El Kautara ligger i en storslaget vild natur på en punkt, där Auresbergen med ett djupt pass öppna sig mot den mera nakna och lågländta peträiska öknen. Höga och branta bergskedjor inrama här högslätter så väl som lågt lig- gande stenig ökenterräng. Någon trädvegetation förekommer ännu icke, men halfagräset går frodigt upp för de högsta höjderna, och på de högslättlika terrasserna under branterna är örtvegetationen relativt rik. Det är romantisk öken, om man så vill, och fågelhfvet är rikare här och mera mångfor- migt. Till de för Col de Sfa omnämnda karaktärsfåglarna sällar sig här en hel rad andra. Klippdufvan, Columha livia, är allmän i bergbranterna, likaså blåtrasten, Monticola soli- arius klippsvalan, Hirundo riparia rupestris, och, i åtmin- stone ett af bergen, alpkråkan, Pyrrhocorax graculus. Svarta gladan, Milvus korchsun, uppträder talrikt, smutsgamen, Neo- phron perenopterus, visar sig ej så sällan. Högt uppe under de väldiga branterna flyger arabernas jaktfalk, Falco Feldeggi, och öfver ravinerna bland de högsta bergstopparna visar sig någon gång en örn — om med säkerhet en Aquila chrysaetus har jag icke kunnat af göra. Jag har så till sist att påpeka den allmänna karaktären å de lokaler kring Batiia, som under vistelsen där besöktes. Staden själf ligger 1,050 m. öfver hafvet på en slätt, som rundtom omgifves af skogklädda berg. Här var vid vår an- komst tidig vår, och tiden för fåglarnas häckning tycktes i det hela sammanfalla med den i sydliga Sverige. På de od- lade fälten kring staden stod säden som brådd, men blandad med en rikedom af vildblommor. Ymnigt växer den violett- blommiga cruciferen, Eruca sativa, och här och där lyser den gul blommiga prästkragen, Crysanthemum myconis. I ra- batter med blodröda blommor prunkar »gossen i det gröna», Adonis cestivalis. Pärlhyacinten, Muscari comosum, sticker upp sina svartblå blomax, och vackert köttröd spirar mera 8 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. sparsamt den vilda tulpanen, Tulipa excelsa. Dessa fält äro framför allt lärkornas. Sånglärkan, Alauda arvensis subsp.?, sjunger ständigt öfver dem, och den tunga kalenderlärkan. Melanocorypha calandra, lyfter sig för kortare stunder öfver jorden. Och icke sällan lyfter en Anihus campestris, när man sätter öfver fälten. De rikt blommande markerna höra upp inför grusbac- karna med deras små palissadliknande stenåsar, timjan, Thymus algeriensis, doftar, och som igelkottar med aktningsbjudande taggar ligga de halfklotformiga tufvorna af den violettblom- miga papilionaceen, Erinacea pungens, och den gulhvitblom- miga Acanthyllis numidica. Där skär en ravin genom grusmarken, och den rödgula skvät- tan, Saxicola hispanica, ilar förskrämd efter ravinens krökar. Där står en sarib-buske eller en thujaliknande Calliiris, och från toppen lysa de frappanta färgerna på en Lanius rutilans. Backarna höja sig, och buskmarken tätnar. Rosmarinen breder sig med långa blåbl ömmande kvistar, den styfva Eri- nacea klättrar vidare uppför bergslänten, och på den sten- beströdda marken, där sköldpaddan släpar sig fram, breda sig de sköntaggiga rosetterna af tistelväxten Atractylis ccespi- tosa. Enbuskar, Juniperus oxycedrus, och Callitris quadrivalvis, draga sig tätare samman, och mellan dem breder sig ett litet stenekbuskage med hårdt och grågrönt bladverk och olivröda lafvar på stammarna. Detta är »maquis^-vegetationen. De nedersta bergslänterna tätna af den, och den fyller upp i sänkorna mellan bergen, glesnande ibland för att lämna rum åt steniga gräsmattor, där den vilda löfkojan, Mathiola iristis, dukar upp sina lilablommiga rabatter. Men den går också upp i skuggan under aleppo-tallarna, Pinus halepensis, och följer med ett stycke på deras väg uppefter det stenblock- strödda berget. I denna terräng finner man den lilla sångaren Sylvia deserticola och kanske också Diplootocus moussieri. Koltrasten lockar från dunklet under stenekbuskarna. Man hör och ser steglitsor, hämplingar och grönfinkar, och man skymtar de gröna ryggarna och de vinfärgade brösten på de algeriska bofinkarne, Fringilla coelebs africana, när de i flockar ila upp mot de säkrare tallarna. Går man efter dem, skola de listigt skynda vidare, men i stället skall man få se den lilla »Bonellis löfsångare», Phylloscopus Bonellii, röra sig bland tallbarren ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 9 eller höra det fina Jätet från ultramarinmesen, Parus coeruleus uUramarinus, och den algeriska svartmesen, Parus äter ledouci, som mera rastlöst skynda från träd till träd. Jag har till sist att omnämna ännu ett par mera säregna landskap i omgifningen af Batna. Det var då först hög- slätterna kring vägen till Timgad, där den vilda kronärts- kockan, Cynara, i tät samling och med vidtfamnande stånd dekorerar de magra tegarna eller med hjälp af Artemisian de af kulturen orörda grusmarkerna. Här är åter lärkornas värld, men till sång- och kalenderlärkan och tofslärkorna — såväl den ljusa formen som en mörkare — kommer här uppe den lilla Calandrella hrachydactyla, som orädd slår till vid vägkanten. ^ Så var det stenekskogarna bortom Lambessa, i h vilkas synnerligen intressanta fågelvärld jag skulle önskat att få dröja längre än det blef mig möjligt. Det var de täta mer än manshöga stenekbuskagen, i hvilkas skugga perlhyacinten bloinmade och i hvilkas täta grenverk den moriska skatan hade nästen. Och det var de gamla orörda skogarna på un- dangömda bergsidor, där öfver knotiga, lafklädda stammar och grenar de olivgröngråa kronorna stängde ute det blän- dande ljuset och läto de ensamma starrstånden och de en- samma tusenskönorna blomma i en dämpad dager mellan de stretiga, magra enbuskarna. Där koltrast och dubbeltrast, Turdus viscivorus deichleri, smögo undan för vandraren, där den algeriska grönspetten, Picus viridis Vaillantii knackade på veden, där blåkråkan skränade och nötskrikan, Garridus glandarius cervicalis, lät höra sina krängande, jamande ljud. Där mesarna, Parus uUramarinus och ledouci klängde på grenändarna och från turturdufvorna kom en entonig, klang- full låt. Där den stora ringdufvan satt orörlig i tätaste blad- dunklet och det brakade af vingslag, när hon gaf sig ut från närmaste kronan. Och där klipphönan, Caccabis petrosa, med ett vildt skärrande bullrade bort mellan stammarna. Och så var det till sist färden genom bergdälderna vid Djebel Mahmel, där den höga gula asfodillen, Asphodeline hitea, och de små Euphorbia-huska^rn^ gåfvo litet färgstänk åt den stenbelamrade ödemarken, medan jättebuskar af Cal- litris med väldiga stammar, spridda på de kala bergsidorna, berättade om skogar som försvunnit. Här sågo vi för första gången Algeriets mest säregna fågel, Diplootocus moussieri. 10 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. Och här var det vi äntrade de högsta platåerna tätt under de hvita snöstrimmorna och fingo göra ett bomskott på den berömda Saxicola oenanthe seehohmi. Jag går nu att i korthet redogöra för de under resan iakttagna fågelarterna och de viktigare data angående dem. Erithacus luscinia (L.) Hördes i början af maj i trädgårdar utanför Batna; hördes och sågs, den 2 maj, i en trädgård i Lambessa, 11 km. sydost om Batna, och hördes, den 5 maj, på flera ställen å de med stenekbuskager samt enstaka högvuxna Juniperus oxycedrus och Callitris bevuxna lägre bergsidorna vid Ouéd Taga-dalen, en mil sydost om Lambessa. Ett par af stroferna i hans sång voro helt olika den nordiska formens och några af »slagen» verkade ännu kraftigare än dennes. Ruticilla Tithys (L.) Den 4 maj såg jag helt flyktigt en individ i de lägre bergen strax norr om Batna. Ruticilla Phoenicurus subsp.? Iakttogs den 8 april i stadsparken i Biskra och samma dag vid Fontaine chande, den 24 april i bergen vid El Kan- tara, den 5 maj i Djebel Mahmel- bergen och den 7 maj i stenekskogarna bortom Lambessa. Då jag icke haft fåglarna i handen, och då europeiska rödstjärtar öfvervintra i Nord- afrika, är det oafgjordt, om det varit denna eller subsp. al- geriensis. Diplootocus moussieri (L. Olphe-Galliard). Denna vackra och intressanta karaktärsfågel för berber- 1 änderna hade jag på grund af A. Koenigs skildringar väntat att finna talrik i bergen kring Batna, och jag sökte den med ifver i sådan terräng, som af honom uppgifvits som dess älsk- ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 11 lingstillhåll — maquisvegetationen. Men jag såg den här lika litet som vid El Kantara och Biskra, där Koenig, om ock mera sällan, iakttagit den. Det var i ett vida kalare och kargare landskap, i Djebel Mahmels bergöken, jag första gån- gen, den 5 maj, skulle finna den. I de stenbelamrade dal- sänkorna, där spridda grästufvor och den gula asfodillen ut- gjorde den hufvudsakliga vegetationen, visade sig fågeln i några exemplar. Och jag såg den äfven på Djebel Mahmels än kalare höjder. Medan jag äntrade de branta steniga slutt- ningarna, som ledde upp till de högsta höjderna, satt den lilla fågeln på en stenas högt öfver mig. Den var så pass skygg, att den drog sig bakom åsen innan jag hunnit inom skotthåll, och först sedan jag en stund hållit mig dold, kom den åter inom syn- och skjuthåll. Samma dag iakttog jag den också i Ouéd Tagas mera vegetationsrika dalgång. Men i mera typisk maquis-terräng fann jag henne först på bergen vid Lambessa, där jag, den 7 maj, såg flera hanindivider i den på täta stenekbuskager särskildt rika terrängen. Fågelns placerande i systemet har erbjudit mer än van- ligt intresse. A. Koenig, som ingående studerat den i natu- ren, fann förvandtskap med såväl Rutieilla som Prati7icola, men ansåg sig böra hänföra den till det senare släktet. För släktskapen med Pratincola talade dels fågelns val af terräng, hvilken icke är den för rödstjärtarna typiska, dels nästets placerande på marken eller lågt öfver marken under buskar. Därjämte skulle, enligt König, fågelns hållning och beteende helt erinra om buskskvät tornas. För samhörigheten med Rutieilla åter talade äggens färg — de voro ljust blå eller helt hvita såsom hos svarta rödstjärten. Men det fanns andra och viktiga omständigheter, som tala för släktskapen med Rutieilla. Redan Dressers afbildningar visa, att honans dräkt med de enklare, mera sammangjutna färgerna öfver- ensstämmer med rödstjärt- och icke med buskskvätthonornas. Fågeln har vidare rödstjärtens längre och finare näbb och öfverhufvud mera gracila byggnad. Och slutligen har den ju rödstjärtarnes stjärt med de båda mörkare midtpennorna. Om det sålunda redan af det anförda framgick, att fågeln afgjordt mera närmade sig Rutieilla än Pratineola, så vann denna uppfattning ytterligare i styrka genom O. Kleinschmidts på Fliickigers samlingsresor i Algeriet åren 1903 och 1904 12 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. samt på systematiska studier grundade framställning i »Be- rajah>> för år 1908. Den här meddelade ungdräkten, som vi- sade sig sammanfalla med rödstjärtarnas, blef af görande för fåglens släktskapsförhållanden. Ett intressant moment låg äfven i Kleinschmidts påvisande af att de hanliga nästungarna af »diademrödstjärten» — såsom Brehm i riktig uppfattning af fågelns släktskapsförhållanden kallat honom — hade djup- svarta vingar med hvit vingspegel analogt med förhållandet hos vissa asiatiska rödstjärtars ungar och analogt med det som unikum uppfattade förhållandet hos svarta rödstjärten. Men ej minst intressant var till sist de i »Berajah» medde- lade parallellbilderna öf ver den ostasiatiska Erithacus auroreus (af Hartert kallad Phoeyiicurus aurorea aurorea), hvilka på ett slående sätt ådagalägga förvandtskapen mellan de båda fågel- typerna. Det enda som talade emot densamma, var det af Kleinschmidt af bildade ägget af E. aurorea, hvilket liknade rödhakarnas. Men detta förlorade sin störande betydelse, då Hartert i sin 1910 utgifna öfversikt öfver den paläark tiska fågelfaunan kunde meddela, att äggen af fågeln variera så, att förutom de af rödhaketypen förekomma helt ljusblå eller nästan hvita såsom hos diademrödstjärten och att boet un- derstundom lägges på marken, i stenhopar eller under liggande träd. Om Kleinschmidt år 1908 haft vetskap härom, hade han måhända icke längre tvekat att inrangera den nordafri- kanska fågeln i en Erithacus auroreus- grup-p. Han föredrog att låta honom representera en egen »Formenkreis». Men han har måhända icke så orätt, då han rörande det af Har- tert år 1902 nybildade släktnamnet Diplootocus (= den som lägger två slags ägg) hvilket icke betecknar något enastående inom rödstjärtarnas grupp, menar att detsamma för mycket aflägsnar fågeln från hans närmaste förvandtskap. Ett af mig skjutet J^-exemplar har en totallängd af 128 och en vinglängd, (V.), af 68 mm. Iris är mörkt brungrå, näbb och fötter svarta. Saxicola hispanica (L.). H var helst i trakten kring Batna på öppna släta landet eller vid foten af bergen en ström farit fram och skurit djupt i marken, så att ler- eller grusbrinkar drogo branta längs slingrande raviner, kunde man i början af maj träffa på syn- ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 13 nerligen skygga och snabbflygande rödgul och hvita skvättor. Efter Harterts uppfattning äro de hittills som skilda arter uppfattade S. stafaziiia och 8. aurita att anse som en och samma varierande art, åt hvilken han gifvit namnet S. hispa- nica hispaniea. Ett af mig den 4 maj vid Batna skjutet $- exemplar har af prof. Koenig ansetts tillhöra formen aurita. Saxicola deserti (Temm.). Denna skvätta, som synes vara en för öknen anpassad form af S. hispaniea med konstant svart strupe, förekommer talrikt omkring och söder om Biskra. Den syntes oberoende af ökenterrängens växlingar, så att den förekom rätt allmänt bland sandkullarna kring Touggourt på samma gång den kunde iakttagas i sebkha-terrängen vid Ferme Dufour. Men den tycktes dock vara mest hemma på mera fuktig mark och visade sig sålunda särskildt ofta längs Chott Melrir mellan Kefel Dor och Mrayer. I detta ytterst enformiga och Hflösa landskap var fågeln en lika vacker som kärkommen uppen- barelse, när hon satt guppande med stjärten och bugande på de små med Salsolaceer klädda jordkullarna. Den var mindre skygg än den förmodade stamformen norr om öknarna. Då den förföljdes, satte den sig med korta mellanrum än på marken än i toppen af de mindre ökenväxterna, och än i toppen af sarib-buskar, där sådana funnos. Saxicola lugens halophila (Tristr.). Vid Ferme Dufour sköt jag, den 3 april, ett § -exemplar af denna fågel, men såg ingen hane där. Sådana såg jag vid Fontaine chaude den 8 april och tyckte mig se ett par så- dana på högplatån nedanför Bordj Saada den 11 april. Det för arten typiska landskapet är de salthaltiga bergen sådana de förekomma vid sydranden af Aurésbergen. De lägre berg- kullarna vid Fontaine chaude erbjödo också en för fågeln rätt passande terräng, då särskildt honorna i sin af blekgrått, sandbrunt, svart och hvitt brokiga fjäderdräkt passa väl in i detta landskaps färger, där markens kakifärg har ljusa fält och fläckar af saltkristall. Men äfven hanen i sina starka svart och hvita färger har skyddande likhet dels med det bländhvita saltet, dels med de mörka brottytorna i den sön- derklyftade berggrunden. 14 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 11. Saxicola leucurus syenitica (Heugl.). Denna fågel förekom talrikt såväl vid Biskra som El Kan tara. Den sågs äfven en gång, den 5 maj, ehuru land- skapet här ej s^mtes så passande, mellan Lambessa och Tim- gad. Han är en utpräglad karaktärsfågel för den peträiska öknen. Där Aurésbergen närma sig öknen och deras busk- vegetation försvinner, där infinner sig »rännskvättan» och går med berglandskapets yttersta förtoningar söderut för att göra halt inför det flacka ökenlandet. Hon förekommer äfven i mera lågkullig terräng med ljusare kalkstensfärger, där hon mera bjärt står fram i terrängen, men mest älskar hon de vildaste, de mest sönderklyftade, de mest med stenblock be- lamrade och de i färgen dunklaste bergaf satserna, där hennes mörka dräkt mindre bryter mot omgif ningen. Bergkäglans långa linje reser sig öfver väldiga stenrösen, och mot det rödgrå öfver klippor och block stå egendomliga beckbonna insprängningar och fläckar, hvilka väl harmoniera med sär- skildt honans mörkt umbrabruna fjäderdräkt. Den 5 april hade jag här nöjet att närmare iakttaga ett par af denna fågelart. Jag satt bland stenblocken nedanför bergåsen och lurade på en »gundi» {Ctenodactylus gundi), och då vid fällandet af en sådan skottet dundrade mot khpp- hällen, kom en rännskvätta, en hane, med något liknande en mask i näbben och satte sig på ett stenblock inom skotthåll. Den satt där helt kort, flög så bort ett kort stycke, men återkom snart till sin förra plats och försvann sedan i den brant, med hvilken berget hängde fram öfver stenrösena. Då han efter några sekunder åter kom ut, sköt jag den. Vid smällen rusade honan ut från samma ställe i klippbranten, hållande en »mask» i näbben. Hon flög långt och med vild fart och försvann ur sikte. Efter en lång stunds väntan syntes hon åter och flög flera gånger fram och tillbaka mel- lan bergkanten äfvensom branten och stenblocken därnedanför. Sedan hon skjutits, undersöktes platsen, där boet måste vara tillfinnandes. Detta befanns ligga 75 cm. öfver marken i den inåt lutande stenväggen i en hålighet inne i berget, som utåt slöts med en 6 cm. bred och ungefär dubbelt så hög öppning. Utifrån kunde svagt skymtas en barriär af mindre stenar. Sedan väggarna kring ingången blifvit borthuggna, fick man 20 å 25 cm. inåt se en 10 a 15 cm. hög häll af tumslånga ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 15 och längre stenflisor, och bakom denna låg nästet, som till min stora öfverraskning — Kön ig hade mellan 2 och 11 april i trakten af Biskra sett flera bon af samma fågel, alla inne- hållande 'ågg — inneslöt ungar, tre till antalet och i en ålder af omkring 8 dagar. Nästet var stort och bestod i yttre och undre delar af torra, fina grässtrån jämte några kortare stycken garn och snöre samt i inre delar och till mesta delen af ull och hår, af get, kamel och gundi. Ungarna hade i likhet med tvenne något äldre ungar af samma art, hvilka den 25 april tillfördes mig af herdar i El Kantara, rent svart och hvit fjäderdräkt minst hka djupsvart som de gamlas. Detta förhållande, som starkt bryter mot det vanliga förhållandet inom familjen Turdidce, att ungarna ha en brunaktig, mer och mindre spräcklig dräkt, torde tyda på en långt gången differentiering af släktet och en högt fulländad färgens anpassning efter terrängen och boplatserna. De större ungarna hade i magen 7 å 8 cm. långa larver, delar af större skalbaggar och t. o. m. rätt stora bitar af snäckskal. Pratincola rubetra (L.). I oasen Chetma öster om Biskra såg jag den 18 april en buskskvätta, utan att kunna afgöra om den tillhörde denna eller följande form. Den 19 — 21 april sågos flera exemplar i buskmarkerna i Ouéd Biskra. Den 20 april sköt jag där ett c?-exemplar med den för nordeuropeiska formen karak- teristiska färgteckningen. P. rubicola, som uppgifves häcka kring Batna, kunde jag där, trots mycket spanande, icke iakttaga. Pratincola rubetra Spatzi (Erl.). I början af maj sågos ofta buskskvättor kring Batna. Den 1 maj sköt jag där en 2 -individ och den 5 maj en J^- individ med den ljusare färgläggning, som skall karaktärisera den dalmatinska och eventuellt tunesiska formen spatzi. Ho- nans äggstockar voro helt outvecklade. 16 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. Monticola saxatilis (L.). Den 4 maj iakttog jag å ett berg ett par kilometer norr om Batna en individ af denna art. Berget hade gles maquis- vegetation och gles tallskog. Nära krönet gick en palissad- liknande, sönderklyftad stenas. Från denna hörde jag kort- stråfig, melodisk och rätt långt hörbar fågelsång och fann den härröra från en stentrast, en praktfull hane. Den smög sig tidigt undan och lät sig ej vidare ses. Monticola solitarius (L.). Den 22 april sköt jag ett J^-exemplar i branten på nord- sidan af Djebel Filatu vid El Kantara. Den kom flygande som en trast nedifrån högslätten och satte sig på ett klipp- utsprång. Följande mått å fågeln äro antecknade: T. 1. 24 cm.; V. = 13,3; V. s. = 4.^ Svalget är i yttre delar olivgalt. • Ett bo, taget i bergen vid El Kantara den 24 april, inne- höll 4 något rufvade ägg af följande mått och vikt: 24,5 X 18 mm. 22,5 X 17, .5 22,5 X 18 23 X 18 22 cgm ' 21 ' 22 ' 22 * Boet består af små fina, torra gräs samt partier af hvarje- handa torra växter och i inre delar af en myckenhet fjäder, hufvudsakligen af tamhöns samt fårull. Turdus merula mauritanicus (Hart.). Den 4 april såg jag ett par skygga koltrastar i en större trädgård vid Biskra. Den 23 april sköt jag i oasen El Kan- tara en gammal $ -individ och såg ett gammalt bo i en hög palmkrona. Flera koltrastar observerades där. De sutto vanligen i de högsta palmkronorna och sjöngo. Sången tyck- tes något svagare än våra koltrastars och innehöll en del främmande ljud. Den 30 april såg jag i bergen vid Batna ^ I det följande användas beteckningarna: T. 1. = totallängd; V- = afståndct från vingbogen till stjärtspetsen; V. s. = afståndet mellan ving- och stjärtspets; T. = tärs; S. = stjärt. ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 17 ett par koltrastar i maquisvegetationen, och den 7 maj sköts ett $-exeEQplar i stenekskog bortom Lambessa. De tre fåglar, två J^ och en 5, jag haft tillfälle under- söka, skilja sig vid första påseende från vår vanliga koltrast, men öfverensstämma å andra sidan ej fullt med någon af de af Hartert uppförda subspecies så som de af honom beskrif- vas, något som i sin mån är ägnadt att illustrera den lifliga variation, i hvilken Turdus merula är stadd i sydvästhörnet af den paläarktiska regionen. Hvad måtten angår, samman- falla de med Harterts T. merula mauritanicus. Totallängden, 260 mm., är större än det i Naumann för vår koltrast an- gifna maximivärdet, 247 mm. och synes resultera hufvudsak- ligen ur den större stjärtlängden, som utgör 120 — 122 mm., det största måttet för samtliga subspecies inom den sydväst- paläarktiska gruppen. Vinglängden 127 — 129 mm., samman- faller med den hos vår koltrast och med den hos T. m. mau- ritanicus. Tarsens längd utgör 36 mm. Det som i öfrigt och i främsta rummet verkar afvikande är näbben och honans färg. Näbben är påfallande lång och kraftig. Medan i Naumann genomsnittslängden uppgifves vara 17 — 20 mm. mäter den å mina exemplar 20 — 22 mm. Största höjden är 8 mm., medan den å af mig mätta exemplar i Malmö museum mäter 6 mm. Näbben är hos 5 -exemplaret helt orangegulrödt, något som icke förekommer hos vår vanliga koltrast, men väl hos T. m. mauritanicus liksom ock hos Canarieöarnes T. m. cabrerce. Om också hanens färg förefaller något mera djupsvart och glänsande än hos vår koltrast, är dock framförallt honans färg säregen. Allmänna uttrycket är att hon är mörkare än våra koltrasthonor och mera närmar sig han-dräkten. Hon saknar helt den vanliga rostbruna färgen. Ofvansidan går i umbrasvart och undersidan mera i skiffergrått. Bland våra koltrastar händer det, såsom jag erfarit vid studiet af en större skinnsamling i Köpenhamns zoologiska museum, att honfärgen går mera i grått, men detta endast i sällsynta undantagsfall å mycket unga individer. Å mitt exemplar från El Kantara är buken skiffergrå med obetydhg inbland- ning af Ijusbrunt. Bröstets fjädrar ha små svarta skaftfläc- kar, utanför dessa äro de ljust olivbruna och i öfrigt ljust skiffergrå. Strupen är hvit och ljusgrå med rätt bjärt teck- nade svarta fläckar. Hela ofvansidan är dunkelt umbrasvart. Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 11. 2 18 ARKIV rÖK ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NiO 11. Harterts beskrifning öfver T. m. mauritanicus, enligt hvilken brunt icke skulle finnas på öfversidan och icke olivbrunt på bröstet liksom icke heller utpräglade fläckar å strupen, träffar sålunda icke in på mitt exemplar. Hartert har undersökt 17 exemplar (af båda könen) från Algeriet. Det synes emellertid, som om ännu större material skulle vara behöfligt. Turdus viscivorus deichleri Erl. I stenekskogarne sydost om Lambessa såg jag den 5 maj ett par dubbel trastar. De voro mycket skygga. Hippolais pallida reiseri Hilgért. Hörde den 13 april i Touggourt sång af en Hippolais och såg den flyktigt utan att kunna af göra h vilken art den tillhörde.» Då enligt Koenig endast H. apaca (= pallida) går ned i Sahara och, enligt Hartert, ofvan angifna underart är den i oaserna förekommande, förmodar jag att fågeln tillhörde denna art. Fågeln höll sig envist i ett stort, tätt Tamarix- buskage i utkanten af oasen. Phylloscopus Bonellii (Vieill.). Var utomordentligt talrik vid Batna, där den förekom såväl i trädgårdarne och alléerna invid staden som i tallsko- gen på bergen. Den sågs också i stenekskogarne bortom Lambessa. Påminte i sitt uppträdande rätt mycket om en Regulus, rörde sig lifligt ilande från kvist till kvist och fladdrade ut då och då och liksom hängde i luften. Phylloscopus sibilatrix erlangeri. Iakttog den i Ouéd Biskra, där den från trädgårdar, som nådde ut till flodbädden, kom ned till de små dyiga pölarne och orädd rörde sig bland örterna. Å ett af mig skjutet J*- exemplar är vinglängden (V.) 81 mm. Sylvia deserticola Tristr. Denna vackra karaktärsfågel för Nordvästafrika hade jag åtskilliga tillfällen att iakttaga framförallt i maquisvegeta- ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 19 tionen vid Batna. Den uppträdde oftast parvis och rörde sig med stor liflighet bland kvistarne på Rosmarinbuskar, Juniperus och Callitris, och ej sällan såg man den sätta sig på marken. Stjärten höll den ofta uppstående som en gärd- smyg. Jag fann den också i de täta buskskogarne af stenek vid Lambessa. I dessa skogar funnos spridda enbuskar, litet hagtorn och frodiga, starrliknande grässtånd, men, såvidt jag kunde finna, ingen rosmarin, h vilket jag fäste mig vid, då sagda växt uppgifvits som samhörig med fågeln. Slutligen såg jag den 8 april ett exemplar, en hona, i ökenterrängen vid Fontaine chaude. Det kan måhända för- tjäna uppmärksammas, då fågeln år 1858 upptäcktes just i algieriska Sahara, ehuru sydhgare än Biskra, för att långt senare återfinnas endast på häckplatserna i bergen. Man hade till och med velat tro, att Tristram förväxlat den med den genuine ökensångaren Sylvia nana deserti. Det ser ut som om fågeln under vintern drog ned genom Sahara. Agrobates galaktotes (Temm.). Den 21 april iakttog jag en individ af denna art vid Ouéd Biskra. Den kom fram ur buskagen i en intill flod- bädden gående trädgård och satte sig med rätt uppstående stjärt å den sluttande lerbrinken. Den 26 april sköt jag ett exemplar inne i arabbyn vid El Kantaraoasen. Den var på- fallande orädd där den satt stilla eller hoppade några steg, med stjärten uppstående, på den lilla med lermurar och plan- tager omgifna bygatan. Sylvia communis Lath. Sköts en gång i början af maj af N. Gyldenstolpe, i de glest buskbevuxna grusbackarne invid bergen öster om Batna. Parus coeruleus ultramarinus Bp. Liksom en del andra fåglar har blåmesen med något olik- artade former modifierats för olika områden af Nordvästaf- rika, inclusive Canarieöarne. Den i Algeriet, Marocko och en del af Canarieöarne förekommande P. ultramarinus iakttogs 20 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NiO 11. i enstaka exemplar i slutet af april i de tallbevuxna bergen vid Batna och den 7 maj, i de höga stenekskogarne söder om Lambessa. Den föreföll skyggare än vår P. coerulus. Parus äter ledouci Malh. Denna såvidt bekant, endast i Algeriet och Nord-Tunis lefvande svartmesform påträffades den 28 april i de tallbe- vuxna bergen vid Batna och därsammastädes den 3 maj, då en individ sågs flyga från en tallkrona ned till en liten i en ravin befintlig gles vuxen stenekbuske, där den hoppade på marken och plockade i och tog med sig af markens mossa. Den 7 maj sågs en individ i stenekskogarne bortom Lambessa. Var öfverallt skyggare än P. äter. Certhia brachydactyla mauritanica Witherby. Sedd en gång i stenekskog mellan Lambessa och Ouéd Taga. Melanocorypha calandra (L.). Talrik å de odlade fälten kring Batna. Den plägade gå upp ett tiotal meter framför en och långsamt, ryckvis, höja sig, och gick snart åter ned efter att ha hållit sig stilla på samma punkt med fladdrande vingar, spänstigt böjda som på en snäppa. Sågs äfven ständigt vid vägen öfver den mestadels vild- vuxna högslätten bortåt Timgad. Satt ofta vid vägkanten lockande kusken att slå efter den med piskan. Ibland sågs den stående, högrest, på en sten ute i fältet. Alauda arvensis subsp.? Sånglärkor hördes ofta öfver de odlade fälten kring Batna. Den 5 maj kom en arabpojke med ett bo innehållande 1 ägg och 2 knappt halfvuxna ungar. Den 8 maj fann jag på ett fält vid Batna ett bo med 4 halfrufvade ägg, hvilka i allo öfverensstämde med våra nordiska sånglärkors. Tvenne skjutna exemplar visade sig föga af vika från vår vanliga sånglärka. Näbben är icke längre, däremot något ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 21 smalare. Fåglarne förefalla mera mörkfläckiga till följd af att grundfärgen är ljusare, ljust gråbrun i stället för rost- brungrå. Buken är mera helt hvit. Formen passar icke in under beskrifningen på A. arvensis harterti, som enligt Hartert skulle vara den algieriska, snarare under den som H. ger af A. arvensis cantarella. Calandrella brachydactyla Leisl. Den 3 april sköts en gammal hona vid Ferme Dufour och den 15 april en ungfågel vid Moghar (mellan Touggourt och Mrayer). När vi den 2 maj på aftonen åkte öfver den vildvuxna högslätten bortåt Timgad, slog först ett exemplar och snart därefter tre stycken helt orädda ned på vägen. Två skötos och visade sig vara hanar med starkt svällda testes. De voro ljust rostfärgade på hjässan; och hela dräkten är, jämförd med de förstnämnda fåglarnes, mera ljust sandbrun. Honexemplaret från Ferme Dufour har sidofläckarne å bröstet utpräglade, men är i det hela vida mörkare. Ryggfjädrarnes skaftfläckar äro mörkare och större, och det bruna är mindre rostfärgadt. Ungfågeln från Moghar liknar honan, men har ej sidofläckarne å bröstet. Galerida theklse harterti Erl. Iakttagen som häckfågel vid El Kantara och Batna. På förra platsen uppträdde den på en ökenartad slätt, väl 1 kilometer från oasen, och, på den senare, bland annat äfven vid foten af de tallbevuxna bergen. De sågos aldrig sitta i träd eller på buskar, hvilket af Kleinschmidt uppgifves som betecknande för artens nära släktskap med Lullula. I El Kantara tillfördes mig af en herde ett bo med tre ägg, h vilka i hög grad likna 'ågg af Lullula. Då trädlärkan, ehuru den af Hartert uppgifves förekomma »i det bergiga Algeriet», svårligen kan antagas häcka vid El Kantara, skulle boet möjligen tillhöra ofvanstående art, hvilkens ägg af Har- tert sägas vara relativt fint och matt punkterade. Detta skulle då mera än något annat tala för den nämnda släkt- skapen. 22 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. Galerida cristata arenicola Tristr. På olika platser omkring Biskra, vid Col de Sfa den 5 april, vid Ferme Dufour den 3 april och vid Fontaine chaude den 8 april, skötos tofslärkor, hvilka genom en ljusare och mera rödgul, för ökenterräng mera anpassad kolorit skilde sig från vår G. cristata. En liknande ökenform iakttogs utan att blifva närmare undersökt, under ökenresan till Touggourt, vidarQ vid El Kantara och slutligen också på högslätten mellan Lambessa och Timgad. De i Biskratrakten skjutna exemplaren öf verensstämma närmast med Tristrams G. arenicola sådan denna beskrifves af Dresser i hans omförmälda arbete och med Harterts G. cristata arenicola. Det grågulröda i dräktens grundfärg och den till öfversta delen af bröstet begränsade streckteckningen å un- dersidan, gifva den allmänna färgkaraktären, Iris är ljust gråbrun, öfvernäbbens öfre delar samt undernäbbens spets äro hornbrungrå. öfvernäbbens undre kant och undernäbben i öfrigt äro blekt rödgrå. Benen äro ljust gulgrå. Med de af Dresser angifna måtten stämma närmast de af mig an- tecknade: T. 1. = 170— 180 mm.; V. 102; V. s. 27—28; S. 64—66; T. 24—25. Dessa mått skilja sig ej mycket från de i Naumann för G. cristata angifna. Dock är totallängden och vingmåttet något större hos de af mig mätta exemplaren. Vingmåttet är märkbart lägre än det af Hartert för G. cristata arenicola angifna. Näbben är påfallande stor, den mäter (från pannfjäder- kanten till näbbspetsen) 17,5 och 18 mm. Den är sålunda lika stor som näbben hos Harterts G. cristata macrorrhyncha, som enligt H. mäter »intill 18 mm.». Men den är mindre än näbben hos Dressers G. macrorrhyncha, som enligt D. mäter 22,6 mm. I livar je fall är G. cristata macrorrhyncha i öfrigt så mycket större, att mina exemplar icke kunna hänföras till denna art. Så vidt jag kan finna, äro dessa att betrakta som stornäbbade former af G. cristata arenicola. Men de äro ej blott stornäbbade utan också i påfallande grad storhuf- vade — afståndet från nacken till näbbroten utgör 27 — 29 mm. Det synes mig troligt, att G. cristata arenicola med mel- lanformer går öfver i G. cristata macrorrhyncha. Måhända ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 23 utgör den, ev. tillsamman med den snarlika abyssinska G. cristata isabellina, en första länk i en utvecklingskedja, som går vidare genom G. cristata macrorrhyncha och släktet Cher- sophilus till släktet Alcemon. Ett bo af Galerida och antagligen subsp. arenicola, till- fördes mig af en herde i El Kantara den 26 april. Det är byggdt ytterst af fina strån och finare, torra växtdelar, litet garnstycken, lianeremsor, ull och gethår; innerst och till mesta delen af växtull, blandad med de egendomliga, för ändamålet mycket lämpliga bladsnärpen af halfagräset. Innehöll 3 ägg, nästan orufvade, af storfläckig typ. Ammomanes deserti algeriensis Sharpe. Iakttogs kring Biskra — vid Col de Sfa å bergkedjans fot, vid Fontaine chaude vid de salthaltiga lägre kullarne — och vid El Kantara dels på lågt liggande ökenslätt, dels å steniga gräsbevuxna högterrasser. Terrängen vid Col de Sfa syntes med hänsyn till skyddsfärgen särskild t passande. Få- gelns fina rödgrå kolorit gick här helt samman med markens. Fågeln är föga skygg. Man såg den ibland helt nära sig höja sig i luften med ett kort, melodiskt men ej särdeles starkt kvitter för att sedan i båglinjer hastigt sänka sig till jorden. Den 22 april påträffades vid El Kantara ett bo af denna art. Det låg på en ökenslätt ej långt från bergskedjan Djebel Filatu, på hård, stenig terräng, glest bevuxen hufvudsakligen med blekt blågrön Artemisia herba alba. Den rufvande honan gick upp ett par meter ifrån oss och höll sig sedan på några meters af stånd. Boet låg djupt i en liten urgröpning i jorden så att kanten knappast höjde sig öfver marken och var helt öfvertäckt af en sten. Dess yttre bredd var 10 och 11 cm., dess inre 6 cm. och djupet 3,5 cm. Bomaterialet är i yttre delar fina gräs och delar af finare örter, i inre delar och till hufvudmassan fröull (till betydlig del från Filago spatulatha) med tillhörande små örtdelar, fruktfjun af Syngenesister, en och annan liten garnända samt får- och getull. Boet inne- höll 3 föga rufvade ägg med starkt röd gula. Aggen ha föl- jande mått och vikt: 22,5 X 17 mm 23 X 17 22,5 X 16,5 18cgm ' 18 ' 17 24 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 11. Alaemon alaudipes (Desf.). Såg strax nedom Mrayer vid olika tillfällen en indi- vid af denna art. Den kom snabbt flygande rätt lågt öfver marken, korsade vägen tätt framför våra mulåsnor, fortsatte på andra sidan vägen och slog ned på marken utom skott- håll. Vid försök att närma sig den, löpte den med utomor- dentlig snabbhet upp öfver sandkullarne och lyfte utom skotthåll. Flykten erinrade något om härfågelns. Anthus campestris L. Skjöts vid Ferme Dufour den 8 april. Var ej ovanlig å fälten kring Batna. Sågs äfven å de kala bergkullarne vid Djebel Mahmel den 5 maj. Motacilla flava L. Sågs, 15—22 april, ofta vid de små vattendragen i Ouéd Biskra. Emberiza calandra L. Ej sedd söder om Batna. Mellan Lambessa och Batna förekom den ehuru ej talrikt. Först i Nord- Algeriet syntes den vara vanlig. Emberiza striolata sahari Levaill. Af denna mycket egendomliga fågel sköts (af N. Gylden- stolpe) ett exemplar i bergterrängen vid Col de Sfa den 5 april. Eljes iakttogs fågeln endast i arabbyarne, i Gammal- Biskra, i oasen Chetma och i oasen El Kantara. På araber- nas små lerhus lefde dessa fåglar — af araberna kallade mara- buter — som gråsparfvar, ännu oräddare än dessa. Man såg dem ofta sitta stilla långa stunder på murarne. Ibland kommo de ned på marken för att dricka ur en rännil, stundom ett par steg från ens fötter. Någon gång hördes ett svagt läte: piih, piih. Om det intima samlifvet med araberna är egendomligt nog, så är fågelns häckningsvanor än mera af vikande från släktets. Boet anbringas nämligen under arabhustaken, öfver ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 25 bjälkarne af palmstammar, som täckta med palmbladskaft läggas öfver murarne, eller på dessa själfva. Bona äro byggda ytterst af gröfre och finare strån och fina rotfibrer och där- innanför af tagel blandadt med något ull, i en mäktig bale. Äggen, 3 å 4 till antalet, hafva en mycket blekt blågrön grundfärg och — i regel likformigt strödda öfver hela ägget, någon gång mera samlade i krans å tjockändan — mörkbruna eller mörkt brunvioletta ytfläckar, allt utan snirklar. En 4- kuU visar måtten: 18 X 14 mm. 18,5 X 14 18,5 X 13,5 18 X 13,5 10 cgm ' 10 ' 10 ' 10 Coccothraustes buvryi Cab. Under vistelsen i Batna hade man jämt tillfälle att iakttaga stenknäckar, dels kring staden Batna, dels vid Lam- bessa. De höllo till i trädgårdar och framför allt i de med unga träd planterade alléerna, där de lifnärde sig med alm- arnes frukter. De uppträdde talrikt och voro icke skygga, då de icke sågo sig uppmärksammade. Dessa stenknäckar voro alla påfallande små och af en betydligt mera oansenlig kolorit än den nordeuropeiska formens. Medan Dresser i sitt meromnämnda verk för C. vulgaris anger måttet 17,8 för totallängden, visa tre af mig mätta exemplar, samtliga honor, måttet 16 — 16,7. De tre honornas färg — egendomligt nog iakttog jag, bland de många stenknäckar jag såg, ingen med mera lysande, för hankön talande färger — går vida mer i grått än hos vår form, med en svag dragning i brunt (själfva ryggen är mörkbrun) of van och en svag antydan om vinrödt å undersidan. Det vackert röd- och olivgula hos den nord- europeiska formen saknas här helt. Endast rundt om näbben visar en smal zon en dragning i gulgrått. De öfre stjärt- täckarne äro olivgulgrå. Iris är ljusgrå med en smal brun- violett zon innerst. Näbben är blåsvart utom vid basen rundtom samt å undernäbbens midt, där den är blåhvit, stö- tande något i rödt. Acanthis cannabina nana (Tsch.). Ej ovanlig vid Batna, där den mest förekom i maquis- vegetationen bland bergen. 26 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 11. Serinus canaria serinus (L.). Iakttagen i oasen Cbetma den 18 april, där den mest uppehöll sig bland de små trädgårdarnes örtväxter. Talrik i oasen El Kantara, därifrån bon med färska eller halfrufvade ägg erhöilos 23 — 27 april. Bona äro vackert svarfvade, bestå i yttre delar af de finaste, smidiga stjälkar och rottågor, stundom också af smådelar af starkt ulliga växter, särskildt GnaphaUum syatulathum, stundom blandadt med litet tråd- ändar, fina linneremsor, samt i inre delar af växtull jämte litet får ull. Äggens antal vanligen fem. Acanthis carduelis africanus subsp. nov. Utomordentligt allmän hvarhelst vi kommo i Algeriet, särskildt i oaser och trädgårdar kring Biskra och i El Kan- tara. Vid Batna sågs den mest i maquisvegetationen. Sågs ofta i småflockar äfven midt i häckningstiden. Ett af mig i Biskra skjutet ex. har icke gröfre näbb och har kortare vinge än nordliga formen. Under vistelsen i El Kantara kommo arabpojkar ofta med bon med friska eller stundom starkt rufvade ägg, van- ligen fem till antalet. Fringilla chloris aurantiiventris (Cab.). Iakttagen vid El Kantara och i maquisvegetationen vid Batna. Ett ^^-exemplar från El Kantara, den 27 april, öf- verensstämmer rätt väl med den europeiska grönfinken, men visar ännu lifligare färger. Fringilla coelebs africana Bp. Äfven bofinken representeras i Nordvästafrika och å dess ögrupper med skiftande former. Chokladfärgen bleknar till ljust vinrödt hos de på fastlandet lefvande formerna, till rostgult hos F. tintillon på Azorerna, Madeira och Canarie- öarne, och försvinner delvis helt för hvitt hos F. Palmce på ön Palma. Det stålblå breder ut sig hos fastlandsformerna och än mer hos F. tintillon, det gröna drar sig tillbaka hos F. tintillon och är helt försvunnet hos F. Palmce, där det blå ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 27 ljusnar. Och så står till sist den märkligaste bland dem alla, Teneriffas F. teydea, helt gråblå, med större växt och med helt säregna vanor. Den algieriska bofinken uppträdde synnerligen talrikt i maquisbuskagen och å de tallbevuxna bergen kring Batna och likaså i stenekskogarne bortom Lambessa. Medan den vid Batna var synnerligen skygg och visade en stor förmåga att hålla sig dold bland tallbarren för att omärkligt smyga därifrån, var den bland stenekarne vida mera orädd och lätt åtkomlig. Passer hispaniolensis Temm. Talrik i alla under resan besökta oaser. Den sparf, som fanns i Constantine, i Rummelravinen, tycktes mig också vara denne. Sågs äfven inne i det europeiska Biskra. Sågs i regel i flockar som höllo till i träd, framförallt i palmkro- norna. Betydligt skyggare än vår gråsparf. Passer domesticus subsp.? På grund af Königs uppgift att denna art skulle vara den i Biskra förekommande, spanade jag där ofta efter den. Blott en gång tyckte jag mig se ett exemplar. I hvarje fall var P. hispaniolensis afgjordt den äfven i Biskra dominerande. Erythrospiza githaginea Licht. Flyktigt iakttagen på Col de Sfa den 5 april och vid El Kantara den 24 april. Sturnus vulgaris L, Tvenne J^-exemplar fällda i en farm strax norr om Biskra den 8 april — ett sent datum om arten, som Hartert upp- ger, icke häckar i Algeriet. Oriolus galbula L. Visade sig, rätt skygg, ej sällan i alléer och trädgårdar, 28 april — 8 maj, vid Batna. 28 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. NIO 11. Pyrrhocorax graculus L. Den arabiske guiden vid hotellet i El Kantara kände väl till »les petits corbeaux» i de närliggande bergen, och den 24 april fick jag tillfälle se fåglarne där. Redan efter en halftimmes ridt nedanför branterna på nordsidan af Djebel Filatu, där den steniga terrängen lång- samt och i våglinjer sänker sig mot dälden nedanför den midt emot liggande bergskedjan, fingo vi alpkråkor i sikte. De kommo flygande från klippkrönet ofvanför och slogo ned på marken, sökande efter föda bland stenarne och växterna, som utgjordes af Halfa- och annat gräs samt, till stor del, af arteynisia herba alba. Ibland togo de plats på något af de på terrassen liggande väldiga stenblocken. Mest under deras flykt, liksom också medan de sutto på bergkrönet, hördes deras läte, som någon gång liknade kajans men oftast var ett smällande och långt ljudande pschä, något liknande run- gandet efter en mauserkula. De voro ej synnerligen skygga. Efter en timmes ridt nådde vi häckningsplatsen. Det ljust brunröda och lafgrå berget, fullt med afsatser och mestadels lodräta remnor, hängde här fram öfver den starkt sluttande terrassen, så att de nedre delarne af branten, omkring 10 meter upp, gick inåt. Här funnos på en höjd af 10 till 15 meter åtskilliga breda remnor och hål, och ur ett par af dessa syntes en del af ett fågelbo, stort som en kråkas, och g jord t af grofva pinnar. Uppe vid bergkrönet flögo ett tiotal alp- kråkor, här, förmodligen på grund af skottlossning, skyggare än förut, och här hade de, efter allt att döma, sin häcknings- koloni. Denna alpkråkelokal torde ha varit känd af Canon Tri- stram som, förutom Bokhari vid Alger, nämner klippor vid El Kantara som fyndort (The Ibis 1859). Salvin och, än tidigare, Loche talar om fågelns förekomst i Algeriet, och Dixon omnämner (The Ibis 1882) att han på Djebel Aures vid Ouéd Taga iakttagit Pyrrhocorax utan att kunna angifva arten. Jag vill tillägga, att jag vid besöket å Djebel Måhmel, ej långt från Ouéd Taga, den 5 maj, hörde alpkråkans läte, dock utan att se fågeln. Om ett af mig skjutet c?-exemplar har jag antecknat: T. 1. 40,4 cm.; V. s. 2; V. 31; S. 15,3; T. 6; Näbb (efter öfre kanten) 5,7. ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 29 Iris ljust gråbrun med en yttre, smal, ljusgrå zon. Näbb korallrödt, inuti orangerödt inemot svalget, som är blekt kött- färgadt. Fötternas färg går något mera i purpur. Sulorna blekt köttfärgade. Garrulus glandarius cervicalis Bp. Den 23 april fälldes från en palmkrona i oasen El Kantara en 5"i^^i^^^- Strax efteråt visade sig på samma plats en andra individ, antagligen honan. Den 5 och 7 maj iakttogos flere stycken i stenekskogarne bortom Lambessa. De föreföllo något mindre skygga än våra nötskrikor. Det läte, som iakt- togs, var ett jamande. Om två exemplar, ett af hvardera könet, har jag antecknat: T. 1. 33—34 cm.; V. s. 8. Iris har en innersta brunröd zon, därutanför en blekblå, så en blekare rödbrun och ytterst en afbruten, smal, svartblå zon. Fjäderdräkten företer bjärta motsättningar, något som öfverhufvud synes karakterisera de västliga, spec. sydvästliga formerna. Medan de östliga G. Brandtii och G. hyrcanus äro mera enfärgadt och mättadt chokladbruna, tilltager färgdif- ferentieringen, särskild t uttalad i det svarta och hvita å huf- vudet, genom de västliga formerna medan den dock mest synes tillspetsa sig på den linje som går genom G. hyrcanus, och G. Krynicki till G. cervicalis, som i fråga om kontrast- färgning synes vara slutlänken. Pica mauritanica Malh. En individ sågs vid Ouéd Taga den 5 maj. Den 7 maj sågs en flock på några individer i stenekbuskskogarne söder om Lambessa, i hvilkas utkanter mot de öppna dalsänkorna de under stor skygghet förflyttade sig. På manshöjd i sten- ekbuskarne påträffades flera gamla bon. Den algieriska skatan synes afgjordt vara en skogsfågel. Under vintern sades den vid Ouéd Taga, som har ett rått klimat, någon gång komma i flock till gårdarne. Ett J^-exemplar har T. 1. 45 cm.; V. s. 19,2; V. 17,5. Tris brungrå. Den nakna fläcken bakom ögat sidenskimrande koboltblå. 30 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. Corvus corax tingitanus Irby. Ej af mig iakttagen söder om Biskra. Mindre vanlig kring Biskra är den vid El Kantara talrik som häckfågel och ses redan här i flockar. Vid Batna är den synnerligen talrik och ses där ej sällan i stora flockar på fälten i närheten af upplag för afskräden o. d. Syntes ofta på resan genom Nordalgeriet. Den är betydligt mindre skygg än C. corax. Lätet ligger högre på tonskalan och är mera sträft, erinrande om råkans. Under vistelsen i El Kantara tillfördes oss en 4-kull orufvade ägg. Den 24 april besökte jag därsammastädes platsen för ett korpbo. Det låg i den lätt sönderrasande branten af en kalkstensklippa, ett 100-tal meter från järn- vägen med öppen utsikt åt denna, i en uppåt öppen remna, omkring 20 meter öf ver marken. Den rufvande fågeln, synlig på långt håll, flög af utom skotthåll då vi, beväpnade, nal- kades. Boet innehöll, enligt araben som nedhissades, nakna ungar. Näbbformen, i allmänhet karaktäriserad af den starka konvexiteten, synes i öfrigt rätt olikartad å tvenne af mig fällda exemplar. Medan honans är mera utdraget, utmärker sig hanens för en stark vinkelböjning af undernäbben. Coloeus monedula spermologus (Vieill.). Förekom i mängd i Rummelravinen vid Constantine. Bland flockarne där sågos flera individer med ofvanifrån egen- domligt brunskimrande dräkt. Lanius excubitor algeriensis Lesson. Den 5 april såg jag helt flyktigt i en trädgård i Biskra en individ, som på grund af ett mörkare grå syntes mig till- höra denna art. På högslätten mellan Lambessa och Timgad iakttogs, den 5 maj, en individ. Lanius excubitor elegans Swains. Såg arten, under ökenfärden, på högslätten söder om Bordj Saada samt nedanför Mrayer. Såg äfven, den 14 april, ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 31 en individ i en palmkrona inne i oasen Touggourt. Den 15 april fann jag nedanför Mrayer ett bo. Jag undersökte ett Sarib-buskage och under tiden flög en ökenvarfågel därifrån och tog plats på telegraftråden i närheten. Buskaget inne- höll ett par gamla bon af arten samt ett, innehållande 5 friska 'agg. Fågeln, som kommit från buskaget och som väl antagligen rufvat, sköts och befanns vara en hane, Boet låg rätt djupt i snåret, ^/i meter öfver marken. Det föreföll något slarfvigt byggdt, bestod innerst af rottrådar och torra stjälkar af Salicornicéer, vidare af linnetrådar, get- och kamelhår och en myckenhet af smala tygremsor, »isabellfärgade», ett ma- terial, som, antagligen stammande från beduinerna, fanns i mängd hängande på vindsidan af buskaget. Äggen, h vilkas gula var mycket ljus, hafva följande mått och vikt: 26 X 19,5 mm. 25 X 19,5 25 X 1 9 25,5 X 19,5 2 6 X 19 28 cgm ' 28 ' 28 '* 28 ' 27 * Lanius senator rutilans Temm. Den rödhufvade törnskatan var vanlig på alla besökta platser från Batna till Touggourt och sågs äfven midt i öknen såsom den 15 april nedanför Mrayer, där Saribbuskar före- kommo. Samtliga undersökta exemplar hade, mer och mindre starkt uttalad, den rostgula färgton å undersidans och öfver- gumpens hvita, som kännetecknar de i Nordafrika häckande rödhufvade törnskalforna och som gaf Temminck anledning gifva dem den omstridda artbeteckningen. Under min vistelse i Algeriet var jag tyvärr ej underkunnig om det vanskliga i detta problem. Ett större material af de för skilda åldrar och ruggningsperioder skiftande dräkterna hade varit synner- ligen önskvärdt för en utredning af den ännu oklara frågan. Oklarheten gäller särskildt betydelsen af de egendomliga ljusa dräkterna, hvilka mest motivera artbeteckningen. Man är ännu ej enig om, huruvida dessa dräkter tillhöra honor i allmänhet eller endast unga honor eller om de öfverhufvud endast äro att anse som afnötningsfenomen. Muscicapa striata (Pall.). Iakttagen på bergen vid Batna den 30 april och inne i staden den 4 maj. 32 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. Muscicapa atricapilla speculigera Bp. Svarta och hvita flugsnappare sågos ofta vid Batna, såväl i stadens planteringar som bland de tallbevuxna bergen. Sågos äfven, den 7 maj, i stenekskogarne bortom Lambessa. De torde hafva tillhört ofvanstående subspecies, då den nord- europeiska formen väl tidigare lämnar Afrika. Muscicapa collaris Bechst. Sedd den 1 maj i en allé vid Batna. Chelidon rustica L. Vanlig vid Biskra, El Kantara och Batna, på samtliga lokalerna häckfågel. Ett den 7 april i Ouéd Biskra skjutet exemplar har mer än vanligt rostgul undersida. Iakttog i Biskra individer med en starkare rostfärg, erinrande om den egyptiska Chelidon rustica savignii. Ett vid boet i Lambessa iakttaget exemplar hade däremot helt hvit undersida, hvadan Algeriets H. rustica i denna punkt synes rätt mycket variabel. Hirundo riparia rupestris Scop. Förekom i bergbranterna vid El Kantara. Ett exemplar därifrån har totallängden 14,5 cm. Iris ljust gråbrun. Näbben gråsvart. Fötter blekt gråröda. Hirundo riparia subsp.? Såg i oasen Chetma en individ den 18 april. Hirundo urbica subsp.? Sedd en gång, den 8 april, i öknen vid Col de Sfa. Cypselus melba L. Iakttagen öfver Col de Sfa, 8 april, och i bergen vid Batna. Caprimulgus europaeus L. Sedd bland stenekbuskagen vid Lambessa den 7 maj. ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 33 Caprimulgus segyptius Licht. Under ökenresan hördes nattskärror i oaserna Mrayer och Touggourt. Efter htteraturen att döma torde de snarast ha varit denna art. Gecinus Vaillantii Malh. Ett exemplar sedt i stenekskogarne mellan Lambessa och Ouéd Taga den 5 maj. lynx torquilla L. Fann, den 2 april, på gatan i Biskra en söndertrampad individ. Merops apiaster L. Biätare påträffades första gången under ökenresan den 11 april nedanför Bordj Saada, då ett par fåglar sågos på tele- graftråden. På hemfärden den lo — 16 april sågos de flerstädes i mindre flockar. Ofta flögo de från telegraftråden ned på marken. Efter ett skott gåfvo de sig seglande af utåt fältet. Den 18 april sågos skilda småflockar i oasen Chetma. De svärmade fram, som i lek och dans, öfver palmerna och kornfälten. De kunde komma med stark fart fladdrande som svalor. Helt plötsligt döko de ned mot jorden, vände plöts- ligt uppåt igen, fladdrade och seglade på nytt. Ryggarne skimrade gyllenbrunt i solljuset, och det lyste rosarödt genom vingen när fågeln stod med ryggen mot solen. Efter nämnda dag hördes de, mest på eftermiddagarne, i Biskra, svärmande öfver stadsparkerna eller ute öfver ouéden. Kerub-rub lät det, entonigt och föga melodiskt men jublande som lärktcner. Öfver ouéden såg man ofta deras flyglekar. De ilade med blixtsnabbt spelande vingslag, för att med en gång hålla inne och segla, ett hastigt slag igen och så seg- lande på nytt, under vändande ibland på vingplanet som rof fåglar. Ibland slog någon ned och satte sig på en sten i den torra flodbädden, låg vågrät och lät fortfarande höra sitt jublande. Då vi lämnade Biskra, den 20 april, hade de ännu ej dragit sig samman vid häckplatserna i ouédens lerbrinkar. Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. X:o 11. 3 34 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. Men vid vår ankomst till El Kantara, den 21 april, funnos de där, och den 4 maj sågs en skara på 20 a 30 svärma öfver bergen norr om Batna. Merops persicus Pallas. Iakttogs med säkerhet endast på ökenresan mellan Toug- gourt och Mrayer den 15 april, då ett par sköts från telegraf- tråden. Förekommo i vida mindre antal än M. apiaster. Ooracias garrulus L. Såg den i maquis vegetationen vid Batna den 3 maj och i stenekskogarne den 5 maj. Upupa epops L. Iakttagen från Constantine ned till Biskra och i oaserna däromkring. Sedd äfven i ökenterrängen. Strix flammea L. • Den 7 maj presenterades af en arab i Batna en oriifvad 4-kull, tagen, enligt hans uppgift, »i arabhusen». Scops giu Scop. Hörd, nätterna 11 — 16 april, i oaserna Biskra Mrayer och Touggourt. Cerchneis tinnunculus (L.). Algeriets vanligaste roffågel och iakttagen öfverallt ned till Biskra. Särskildt talrik i Rummelravinen vid Constan- tine, där, den 1 april, ett litet träd å bergbranten har ej mindre än sex exemplar. Falco Feldeggi Schl. Ett par gånger sedd vid bergbranterna i El Kantara. Milvus korschun Gmelin. Sågs på åtskiUiga ställen mellan Alger och Biskra, men ej längre söderut. Särskildt ofta sedd i El Kantara. ROSENIUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 35 Buteo desertorum Daudin. Sedd flerstädes omkring Biskra och en gång, den 19 april, inne i oasen vid Gammal-Biskra. Aquila Bonellii Temm. Denna art, af fransmännen kallad »Jean le bleu», fanns uppstoppad i hotellen i El Kantara och Batna. Tror mig hafva sett fågeln en gång i bergen vid El Kantara. Neophron percnopterus L. Förekom rätt talrikt i Rummelravinen vid Constantine, där den flög och seglade i vida ringar öfver arabstaden och längs ravinbranterna och ofta sågs sätta sig på deras afsatser. Sedd ett par gånger vid El Kantara och en gång öfver bergen vid Batna. Ingenstädes vid eller söder om Biskra. Columba livia L. Häckade flerstädes i bergbranterna vid El Kantara. Slog ibland, parvis eller i små sällskap, ned på de klippiga markerna i dälderna. Ett 5 -exemplar, skjutet där den 24 april, öfverensstämmer i allo med den europeiska formen. T. 1. 30,5 cm. Fötterna blekt purpurfärgade. I Rummelravinen sågos dufvor i mängd, de flesta med rena klippdufvefärger, några dock med afvikande tamdufve- dräkter. Turtur vulgaris L. Den 4 maj sågos två stycken i ett af de små alléträden utanför Batna, mycket orädda. Den 7 maj iakttagna i sten- ekskogarne bortom Lambessa. Turtur senegalensis L. Förekom, ehuru ej talrikt, i oaserna från Biskra till Touggourt, men höll sig i allmänhet väl dold och var oftast ganska skygg. Vid Gammal-Biskra hände mig dock, på af- 36 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. tonen den 20 april, att tre palmdufvor helt plötsligt slogo ned i ett litet Ivornfält helt nära vägen och så tätt tillsam- man, att de alla blefvo fällda i ett skott. Samma dag såg jag en palmdufva slå ned på marken i en gränd inne i arabbyn. I Gammal-Biskras oas såg jag ett tomt bo af palmdufva, 5 meter högt på midten af ett palmblad och bestående af mörkbrun palmbast med litet kortstråig halm i midten. Columba palumbus L. Den 5 och 7 maj såg jag ringdufvor i stenekskogarne bortom Lambessa. De uppträdde vid senare tillfället i små- flockar. Tycktes vara ej fullt så skygga som våra ringdufvor och trögare i flykten. De kunde en god stund, medan man var i omedelbar närhet, sitta stilla i de täta kronorna, tills de helt plötsligt döko ut på andra sidan. Coturnix communis (L.). Voro, under vår vistelse i Biskra, vanliga i sädesfälten däromkring. Den 4 maj stötte jag upp ett par ur ett korn- fält utanför Batna. Caccabis petrosa Gmel. Vanlig kring El Kantara och Batna. Den 24 utbjödo beduiner vid El Kantara orufvade ägg. Den 5 maj såg jag ett par klipphöns på öfversta sluttningarne af Djebel Mähmel. Den 7 maj såg jag i stenekskogarne bortom Lambessa helt plötsligt en stor fågel högrest ila bort på marken ett bösshåll ifrån mig. Först efter det hastigt aflossade skottet blef det mig klart, att det var en klipphöna. Det visade sig vara en höna med stora gulor i ovariet. Ardea cinerea L. Den 20 april sågos två stycken tillsammans flyga norrut öfver Ouéd Biskra. ROSENTUS, ORNITHOLOGISKA IAKTTAGELSER I ALGERIET. 37 Phoenicopterus roseus Pallas. Den 1 april och den 9 maj, då järnvägsstationen Les Laos norr om Batna passerades, sågos i de långgrunda sjö- arne där, omramade af flacka stränder, stora mängder, bortåt ett tusental, flamingos. De stodo på några hundra meters af stånd i ett långt, tätt, rosenfärgadt band tvärs öfver sjön. En och annan liten grupp stod något närmare skild från kedjan. Ciconia alba L. Utomordentligt allmän i Algeriet. En individ sågs den 7 april flyga öfver öknen vid Col de Sfa. Den 11 april sågos två stycken flyga norrut strax norr om Bordj Saada. Eljes sågos inga söder om Batna. I staden Batna rufvade åtskil- liga par, och vid farmen vid Ouéd Taga, sydost om Batna, ett par. Nedanför Constantine sågos i en liten lund af ett tunnlands areal vid järnvägen ett dussin bon. Och i Con- stantine fanns minst ett tiotal bon på taken i arabstaden. Pterocles arenarius Pallas. Vid Ferme Dufour sågos den 3 april ett par sandhöns, hvilka antagligen tillhörde denna art. Den 11 april sågos mellan Biskra och Bordj Saada på långt håll några mindre flockar af obekant art. Otis Houbara Gmel. Aldrig af mig iakttagen. Tillfördes, under de sista da- garne af vistelsen där, af beduiner såväl hårdt rufvade ägg som ungar. Aegialitis alexandrina (L.). Sedd en gång under ökenfärden mellan Biskra och Mrayer. Aegialites dubia Scopoli. Några individer af denna art syntes, 15 — 20 april, vid vattenpölarne i Ouéd Biskra. Arhio för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 11. 3* 38 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:0 11. Cursorius gallicus Gmel. Under ökenfärden mellan Touggourt och Mrayer kommo, kort före solnedgången, tvenne ökenlöpare flygande öfver vägen och slogo ned på ett godt bösshåll från vagnen. Den ena blef omedelbart skjuten, den andra flög vidare och för- svann ur synhåll. Oedicnemus crepitans Saharae Rchw. Sedd endast i Ouéd Biskra, där vid ett par tillfällen mellan 15 och 21 april ett par gick upp utom skotthåll å den steniga och hårdleriga marken och sedan, trots långvarigt sökande, ej på nytt kunde fås upp. Totanus glareola L. Ett exemplar sköts vid en vattenpöl i Ouéd Biskra den 21 april. Numenius phoeopus L. Den 1 april sågs från bantåget ett exemplar på stranden af Flamingosjön vid Les Lacs. Anas spec? Några änder sågos, utan att till arten kunna bestämmas, vid Les Lacs den 1 april. Larus leucophaeus Licht. Sedd utanför Alger den 30 mars. Trvckt den 31 december 191Ö. Uppsala 1910. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A.-B. --^^^ .-^'ii ■:*;:!'.-'./-;-.",J^g&< .^. ■•« o CQ 4u I Af ■ ^ *t J t. o 03 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BAND 7. N:o 12. Discomegistus, a iiew genus of myriopodo- pliilous Parasitidae from Trinidad, witli notes on the Heterozerconinae. By IVAR TRÄGÅRDH D. Se, F. E. S. With 13 textfigures. Communicated January 25:th 1911 b}^ Chr. Aubivillius and Y. Sjöstedt- After Berlese in 1886 [1. p. 206—7 figs. 1, 1 a— c. Pl. 9] described the first acarus found on myriopods, a long time elapsed before the number of myriopodophilous mites in- creased; and it was only 5 years ago that the author [5. p. 872—873] was able to add two new genera, Neomegisius små Paramegistus, with one species each, which he had discovered on Spirostrephis sp. in South- Af rica. Considering the num- ber of large JuHdse, which occur in the tropics and which are equally suitable to mites, one could, however, safelypre- sume that these represented only a very small portion of tlie myriopodophilous mites, which further researches would .reveal. As a matter of fact, Jacobssons' researches in Java enabled Berlese [3 & 4] to describe, in the last year, not less than 4 new species, for which two new genera and one new subgenus were created. And a most remarkable circumstance is that none of these belongs to the family Antennophorince , which contain all the hitherto known myriopodophilous species, but two have their place in the Greeniince, the other two in the Heterozer- conince, the myriopodophilous life being thus acquired inde- pendently in three different families. Arkiv för zoologi. Band 7. N:o 12. 1 2 ARKIV FÖR ZOOLOGI. BÄND 7. NIO 12. Araongst a small collection o